2015 Yukon Denali 2ndprint

2k15i_gmc_yukon_den_23168273B.
ai
(Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109)
Spine = Printer Adjust
(Image set @ 60% Transparency
Color = Black
Date = 08/05/14
GMC 2015i Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA- Black plate (1,1)
Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-8431504) - 2015 - CRC - 7/30/14
2015 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-29
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-50 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-58 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-41
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-54
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-84
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
2015 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-11
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens
was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be
model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at
specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from:
that may not be available in your
The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Refer to the purchase savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the documentation relating to your
GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
DENALI are trademarks and/or features. Attention: Customer Service
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, quick reference.
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for GMC
wherever it appears in this manual.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23168273 B Second Printing 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ Warning
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
{ Caution gauge, or indicator.
Danger, Warnings, and Caution indicates a hazard that M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions could result in property or vehicle you need to see your owner manual
damage. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
{ Danger information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a

high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Here are some additional symbols Changer
that may be found on the vehicle (: Heated Steering Wheel
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to j: LATCH System Child
the Index. Restraints
0 : Adjustable Pedals * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
9 : Airbag Readiness Light : : Oil Pressure
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar (if equipped) O : Power
$ : Brake System Warning Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
" : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders
I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
B : Engine Coolant Temperature _ : Tow/Haul Mode
O : Exterior Lamps d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
# : Fog Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Rear Vision

Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Instrument Panel Throttle and Brake Pedal (RCTA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Active Emergency Braking
Initial Drive Information Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-14 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Universal Remote System . . . 1-20
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Performance and Maintenance
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Vehicle Features Traction Control/Electronic
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-17 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-22
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-22
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Driver Information Driving for Better Fuel
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Heated and Cooled Front Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Roadside Assistance
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Lane Departure OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Passenger Sensing Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . 1-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-6. 5. Favorite Switches (Out of View). 12. Exterior Lamp Controls on
2. Head-Up Display (HUD) on See Steering Wheel Controls on page 6-1.
page 5-33. page 5-2. Fog Lamps on page 6-5 (If
Volume Switches (Out of View). Equipped).
3. g Traction Control/Electronic See Steering Wheel Controls on
Stability Control on page 9-41. 13. Parking Brake on page 9-39.
page 5-2.
14. Automatic Transfer Case Knob
j Power Assist Steps on 6. Hazard Warning Flashers on (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel
page 2-18 (If Equipped). page 6-4. Drive on page 9-35.
X Parking Assist Button (If 7. Instrument Cluster on page 5-11. 15. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Equipped). See Assistance 8. Shift Lever. See Automatic (Out of View). See Malfunction
Systems for Parking or Backing Transmission on page 9-29. Indicator Lamp on page 5-20.
on page 9-55.
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
@ Lane Departure Warning Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-34. Equipped). See Towing
(LDW) on page 9-65 (If Range Selection Mode (If Equipment on page 9-77.
Equipped). Equipped). See Manual Mode on 17. Cruise Control on page 9-44.
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If page 9-32. Adaptive Cruise Control on
Equipped). See Adjustable 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic page 9-47 (If Equipped).
Throttle and Brake Pedal on Headlamp System on page 6-3. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
page 9-19. 10. Infotainment on page 7-1. System on page 9-58 (If
4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 11. Instrument Panel Illumination Equipped).
Lane-Change Signals on Control on page 6-6. 18. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 6-5. page 10-4.
Windshield Wiper/Washer on 19. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-3. page 5-2.
1-4 In Brief
20. Horn on page 5-3. Initial Drive

21. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
Information
22. Ignition Positions on This section provides a brief
page 9-20. overview about some of the
important features that may or may
23. Driver and Passenger Heated not be on your specific vehicle.
and Cooled Front Seat
Buttons. See Heated and For more detailed information, refer
Cooled Front Seats on to each of the features which can be
page 3-7. found later in this owner manual.
24. Rear Climate Control Buttons. Remote Keyless Entry

See Rear Climate Control
System on page 8-5. (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door.
The RKE transmitter is used to Press K again within three seconds
25. Dual Automatic Climate Control
remotely lock and unlock the doors to unlock all remaining doors.
System on page 8-1
and it may work up to 60 m (197 ft) Q: Press to lock all doors.
away from the vehicle.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-50.
b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.
c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.
In Brief 1-5
7 : Press and release to initiate When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks
vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps will turn on. The doors will be
locked and the climate control To lock or unlock the doors from
lamps flash and the horn sounds
system may come on. inside the vehicle:
three times.
The engine will continue to run for . Press Q or K on a power door
Press 7 and hold for more than
10 minutes. After 30 seconds, lock switch.
three seconds to sound the panic
repeat the steps if a 10-minute .
alarm. Pushing down the manual lock
extension is desired. Remote start
knob on the driver door will lock
Press 7 again to cancel the panic can be extended only once.
all doors. Pushing down the lock
alarm. Canceling a Remote Start knob on a passenger door will
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote lock that door only.
To cancel a remote start, do one of
Keyless Entry (RKE) System on the following: . Pulling the door handle once will
page 2-2. unlock that door. Pulling the
. Press and hold / until the handle again will unlatch it.
Remote Vehicle Start parking lamps turn off.
To lock or unlock the doors from
If equipped, the engine can be . Turn on the hazard warning outside the vehicle press Q or K on
started from outside of the vehicle. flashers. the RKE transmitter. See Remote
Starting the Vehicle
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
1. Press and release Q. page 2-9.
2. Immediately, press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
1-6 In Brief
Power Door Locks Keyless Access Liftgate

If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
Pressing the button on the driver
door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the handle button is pressed
again within five seconds, the
passenger doors and liftgate will
unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2-3.
Q: Press to lock the doors. To open the liftgate, press K on the

K: Press to unlock the doors. power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
See Door Locks on page 2-11. transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry
page 2-3.
In Brief 1-7
Use the pull cup to lower and close Windows Seat Adjustment
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This Power Seats
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.
The power windows work when the
Pressing and releasing b while the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. ACCESSORY, or in Retained To adjust the seat:
Pressing again reverses the Accessory Power (RAP). See . Move the seat forward or
direction. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) rearward by sliding the control
on page 9-25. forward or rearward.
To close, press l on the bottom
of the liftgate next to the latch. If equipped, the front and rear . Raise or lower the front part of
windows have an express-down the seat cushion by moving the
To disable the power liftgate feature. The front windows have an front of the control up or down.
function, select OFF on the liftgate express-up feature. See Windows
switch. See Liftgate on page 2-13. . Raise or lower the seat by
on page 2-25 and Power Windows
moving the rear of the control up
on page 2-25.
or down.
1-8 In Brief
. Press and hold the control up to
See Power Seat Adjustment on
increase upper lumbar support
Memory Features
page 3-3.
and decrease lower lumbar
Lumbar Adjustment support.
Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3-4.
The SET, "1," "2," and B (Exit)

buttons on the driver door are used
To adjust the lumbar support: to manually save and recall memory
settings for the driver seat, outside
. Press and hold the control
mirrors, power tilt and telescoping
forward to increase or rearward
steering column, and adjustable
to decrease upper and lower
pedals.
lumbar support at the same time.
See Memory Seats on page 3-5 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-50.
In Brief 1-9
Second Row Seats Heated and Cooled Front Press A to cool the driver or
The second row seatbacks can be Seats passenger seat.
folded for additional cargo space, See Heated and Cooled Front Seats
or the seats can be folded and on page 3-7.
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
third row seats. The seatbacks also Head Restraint
recline. Adjustment
See Second Row Seats on
Do not drive until the head restraints
page 3-9.
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Third Row Seats
To achieve a comfortable seating
Third row seatbacks can be folded. position, change the seatback
See Third Row Seats on page 3-14. recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
The buttons are on the center stack restraint height in the proper
below the climate control system. To position.
operate, the engine must be See Head Restraints on page 3-2
running. and Power Seat Adjustment on
Press I to heat the driver or page 3-3.
passenger seatback only.
Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
1-10 In Brief
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

indicator will light on the overhead
System console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-19.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
United States
Refer to the following sections for

important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico
. Safety Belts on page 3-16. The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard
Properly on page 3-18. passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-19. is affected by the passenger To adjust the mirrors:
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
Children (LATCH System) on Sensing System on page 3-33. driver or passenger side mirror.
page 3-47.
In Brief 1-11
2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction. Adjustment Adjustment
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to Adjust the mirror to view the area Power Tilt and Telescope Steering
deselect the mirror. behind the vehicle. Wheel
To power fold the mirrors: Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
The mirror automatically reduces
inward.
the glare of headlamps from behind.
2. Press { again to return the The dimming feature comes on
mirrors to the driving position. when the vehicle is started. See
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
See Power Mirrors on page 2-22. on page 2-24.
Heated Mirrors
Press 1 to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control To adjust the power tilt and
System on page 8-1. telescope steering wheel,
if equipped:
Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
1-12 In Brief
Throttle and Brake Pedal See Adjustable Throttle and Brake To change the dome lamp settings,
Pedal on page 9-19. press the following:
Adjustment
The vehicle may have a memory OFF: Turns the lamps off, even
If equipped, the position of the function, which lets pedal settings when a door is open.
throttle and brake pedals can be be saved and recalled. See Memory
changed. DOOR: The lamps come on
Seats on page 3-5. automatically when a door is
opened.
Interior Lighting
ON: Turns all dome lamps on.
Dome Lamps
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
The switch used to adjust the

pedals is to the left of the steering
wheel.
Press the switch to the left to move
the pedals closer to your body. There are dome lamps in the
Press the switch to the right to move overhead console and the headliner,
the pedals away. if equipped.
In Brief 1-13
Exterior Lighting For vehicles first sold in Canada,

the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
AUTO: Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
Press m or n next to each reading

5 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument
lamp to turn it on or off. panel lights.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the See:
steering wheel. . Exterior Lamp Controls on
There are four positions. page 6-1
O : Turns off the automatic . Fog Lamps on page 6-5
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
1-14 In Brief
Windshield Wiper/Washer L m : Push the paddle at the top of Move the band out of the 3 INT
the lever to spray washer fluid on position to deactivate Rainsense.
the windshield.
z AUTO: Press to turn
Rainsense™ Rainsense on or off. When turned
With Rainsense, a sensor near the on and z FRONT is in one of the
top center of the windshield detects Rainsense wipe sensitivity
the amount of water on the positions, the wipers can be
windshield and controls the adjusted for more or less sensitivity
The windshield wiper control is on frequency of the windshield wiper. to moisture. When turned off, the
the turn signal lever. wipers operate as timed intermittent
3 INT: Turn the z FRONT wipers and can be adjusted for
The windshield wipers are controlled band on the wiper lever to adjust the more or less frequent wipes. A DIC
by turning the band with z sensitivity. message may be displayed when
FRONT on it. Rainsense is turned on or off.
1 : Fast wipes. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
w : Slow wipes. page 5-3.
3 INT: Turn the z FRONT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
OFF: Turns the windshield
. Turn the band up for more
wipers off. sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band down for less
8: For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes, sensitivity to moisture.
hold the band on 8 longer.
In Brief 1-15
Climate Controls 9. Rear Climate Control Power Transmission

Button
This system controls the heating, Range Selection Mode
cooling, and ventilation. 10. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
11. Front Climate Control Power
Button
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
14. Rear Temperature Control
The Range Selection Mode switch,
15. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control if equipped, is on the shift lever.
Lockout)
1. To enable the Range Selection
16. Rear Window Defogger feature, move the shift lever to
17. SYNC (Synchronized the M (Manual Mode) position.
Temperature) The current range will appear
1. Driver Temperature Control next to the M. This is the highest
See Dual Automatic Climate Control attainable range with all lower
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) System on page 8-1 and Rear gears accessible. As an
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Climate Control System on page 8-5 example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is
(if equipped). selected, 1 (First) through
4. Fan Control
5 (Fifth) gears are available.
5. Defrost
6. Passenger Temperature Control
7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
8. Air Recirculation
1-16 In Brief
2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on Automatic Transfer Case AUTO: This setting is ideal for use
the shift lever to select the when road surface traction
desired range of gears for conditions are variable.
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode on page 9-32. 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive
High position when extra traction is
While using Range Selection Mode, needed, such as on snowy or icy
cruise control and the Tow/Haul roads or in most off-road situations.
Mode can be used.
4 n : Vehicles with a two speed
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active. automatic transfer case have a
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-34. Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This
setting sends maximum power to all
Four-Wheel Drive four wheels. You might choose 4 n if
Two Speed Automatic you are driving off-road in deep
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Transfer Case sand, mud, or snow, and while
you can send the engine's driving climbing or descending steep hills.
power to all four wheels for extra The transfer case knob is to the left
traction. of the steering wheel. Use this knob N (Neutral): Shift the transfer case
to shift into and out of the different to N (Neutral) only when towing the
four-wheel drive modes. vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle
Towing on page 10-77 or Towing the
2 m : This setting is used for driving Vehicle on page 10-77.
in most street and highway
See Four-Wheel Drive on
situations.
page 9-35.
In Brief 1-17
Vehicle Features Cruise Control +RES: If there is a set speed in

memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
Infotainment System accelerate. If cruise control is
See the infotainment manual for already active, use to increase
information on the radio, audio vehicle speed.
players, phone, navigation system, *: Press to disengage cruise
and voice or speech recognition. control without erasing the set
It also includes information on speed from memory.
settings.
See Cruise Control on page 9-44 or
Steering Wheel Controls Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9-47 (If Equipped).
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering Driver Information
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment 5 : Press to turn the system on or Center (DIC)
manual. off. The indicator light is white when The DIC display is in the instrument
cruise control is on and turns off cluster. It shows the status of many
when cruise control is off. vehicle systems.
SET −: Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
1-18 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In

addition, the driver seat will pulse or
(FCA) System beeps will sound.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
reduce the harm caused by on page 9-65.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Lane Change Alert (LCA)
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a If equipped, the LCA system is a
vehicle much too closely. When lane-changing aid that assists
approaching a vehicle ahead too drivers with avoiding lane change
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red crashes that occur with vehicles in
alert on the windshield and rapidly the side blind zone (or spot) areas
w or x : Press to move up or beeps or pulses the driver seat. or with vehicles rapidly approaching
down in a list. these areas from behind. The LCA
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) warning display will light up in the
o or p : Press to move between System on page 9-58. corresponding outside side mirror
the interactive display zones in the and will flash if the turn signal is on.
cluster. Lane Departure The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
V: Press to open a menu or select Warning (LDW) system is included as part of the
a menu item. Press and hold to LCA system.
reset values on certain screens. If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
See Driver Information Center (DIC) speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or on page 9-62 and Lane Change
on page 5-30. greater. LDW uses a camera sensor Alert (LCA) on page 9-62.
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
In Brief 1-19
Rear Vision Parking Assist Collision Preparation (ACP) System.

These systems can provide a boost
Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking Assist to braking or automatically brake the
If equipped, RVC displays a view of (RPA) uses sensors on the rear vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
the area behind the vehicle on the bumper to assist with parking and severity of crashes when driving in a
center stack display when the avoiding objects while in forward gear.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may See Active Emergency Braking
aid with parking and low-speed System on page 9-60.
backing maneuvers. display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a
See Assistance Systems for Parking graphic on the instrument cluster to Power Outlets
or Backing on page 9-55. provide the object distance. In Accessory power outlets can be
addition, multiple beeps or seat used to plug in electrical equipment,
Rear Cross Traffic Alert pulses may occur if very close to an such as a cell phone, MP3
(RCTA) System object. player, etc.
If equipped, the RCTA system uses The vehicle may also have the Front The vehicle may have up to five
a triangle with an arrow displayed Parking Assist system. accessory power outlets:
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic See Assistance Systems for Parking
behind your vehicle that may cross Vehicles with a Center Console
or Backing on page 9-55.
your vehicle's path while in . One in front of the cupholders on
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will Active Emergency the center console.
sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
Braking System . One inside the center storage
See Assistance Systems for Parking console.
or Backing on page 9-55. If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) it also has the Active . One on the rear of the center
Emergency Braking System, which storage console.
includes Intelligent Brake . One in the third row seat on the
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic driver side.
1-20 In Brief
. One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.
Universal Remote System Sunroof
Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system.
. One in the storage area on the
bench seat.
. One on the rear of the center If equipped with the Universal
armrest storage. Remote system, these buttons will
. One in the third row seat area on be in the front overhead console.
the driver side. This system provides a way to
. One in the rear cargo area on replace up to three remote control
the passenger side. transmitters used to activate 1. Open or Close
devices such as garage door
Lift the cover to access and replace 2. Vent
openers, security systems, and
when not in use.
home automation devices. On vehicles with a sunroof, the
See Power Outlets on page 5-7. sunroof only operates when the
See Universal Remote System on
page 5-58. ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-25.
Vent: From the closed position,
press the rear of switch (2) to vent
the sunroof.
In Brief 1-21
Open/Close: To open the sunroof, When the sunroof is opened, an air Performance and
press and hold switch (1) until the deflector will automatically raise.
sunroof reaches the desired The air deflector will retract when Maintenance
position. Press and hold the front of the sunroof is closed.
switch (1) to close it. The sunroof also has a sunshade Traction Control/
Express-Open/Express-Close: To which can be pulled forward to block Electronic Stability
express-open the sunroof, fully sun rays. The sunshade must be Control
press and release the rear of opened and closed manually.
switch (1) until the sunroof reaches The vehicle has a traction control
If an object is in the path of the
the desired position. To system that limits wheel spin and
sunroof while it is closing, the
express-close the sunroof, fully the StabiliTrak system that assists
anti-pinch feature will detect the
press and release the front of with directional control of the vehicle
object and stop the sunroof.
switch (1). Press the switch again to in difficult driving conditions. Both
stop it. See Sunroof on page 2-28. systems come on automatically
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5-44.
1-22 In Brief
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and
The low tire pressure warning light Engine Oil Life System
alerts to a significant loss in
hold g until i and g illuminate pressure of one of the vehicle's The engine oil life system calculates
in the instrument cluster and the tires. If the warning light comes on, engine oil life based on vehicle use
appropriate DIC message stop as soon as possible and inflate and displays a DIC message when
displays. See Ride Control the tires to the recommended it is necessary to change the engine
System Messages on page 5-44. pressure shown on the Tire and oil and filter. The oil life system
Loading Information label. See should be reset to 100% only
. Press and release g again to Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15. following an oil change.
turn on both systems. The warning light will remain on until Resetting the Oil Life System
. StabiliTrak will automatically turn the tire pressure is corrected.
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on if the vehicle exceeds The low tire pressure warning light on the DIC. See Driver
56 km/h (35 mph). Traction may come on in cool weather when Information Center (DIC) on
control will remain off. the vehicle is first started, and then page 5-30.
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control on page 9-41. may be an early indicator that the 2. Press and hold V for several
tire pressures are getting low and seconds. The oil life will change
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the to 100%.
proper pressure. The oil life system can also be reset
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal as follows:
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the correct tire pressures. the engine off.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal
on page 10-50.
slowly three times within
five seconds.
In Brief 1-23
Keep vehicle tires properly

OnStar®
.
3. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the DIC. If the inflated.
display shows 100%, the system . This vehicle may be equipped with a
Combine several trips into a
is reset. comprehensive, in-vehicle system
single trip.
that can connect to a live OnStar
See Engine Oil Life System on . Replace the vehicle's tires with Advisor for Emergency, Security,
page 10-9. the same TPC Spec number Navigation, Connection, and
molded into the tire's sidewall Diagnostic Services. OnStar
Driving for Better Fuel near the size. services may require a paid
Economy . Follow recommended scheduled subscription. See OnStar Overview
maintenance. on page 14-1.
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy Roadside Assistance
possible. Program
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
smoothly.
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
. Brake gradually and avoid 1-888-889-2438
abrupt stops.
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time. New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
. When road and weather Program.
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control. See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
1-24 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-22
2-22 Keys
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-23
Keys and Locks Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Interior Mirrors an ignition key or Remote
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-24
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Automatic Dimming Rearview dangerous and children or others
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9 could be seriously injured or
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 killed. They could operate the
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Windows power window or other controls or
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 make the vehicle move. The
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-12 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 windows will function with the key
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 in the ignition or with the RKE
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 transmitter in the vehicle, and
Roof children or others could be caught
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 in the path of a closing window.
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE
Vehicle Security transmitter.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-19
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-21
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription,

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
The transmitter has a button on the . Check the distance. The
side used to remove the key. Do not transmitter may be too far from
pull the key out without pressing the the vehicle.
button. . Check the location. Other
The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be
that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal.
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
. Check the transmitter's battery.
in the vehicle. See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician
There is a key in the transmitter. inspect the key blade for debris. for service.
This key is used for the driver door Periodically clean with a brush
and glove box. or pick.
Remote Keyless Entry locking has occurred. If enabled

through the DIC, the horn chirps
(RKE) System Operation
when Q is pressed again within
The Keyless Access system allows three seconds. See Vehicle
for vehicle entry when the Personalization on page 5-50.
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation” later in Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
this section. See Vehicle Alarm System on
page 2-19.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from If equipped with auto mirror folding,
the vehicle. pressing and holding Q for
Other conditions can affect the one second will fold the mirrors. The
With Remote Start (without auto mirror folding feature will not
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Start Similar) operate unless it is enabled. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-2. / (Remote Vehicle Start): Vehicle Personalization on
If equipped, press and release Q, page 5-50.
then immediately press and hold / K (Unlock): Press once to unlock
until the turn signal flash or for at only the driver door. If K is pressed
least four seconds. The engine may again within three seconds, all
be started from outside the vehicle remaining doors unlock. The interior
using the RKE transmitter. See lamps may come on and stay on for
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-9. 20 seconds or until the ignition is
Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. turned on.
If enabled through the Driver If enabled through the DIC, the turn
Information Center (DIC), the turn signal lamps flash twice to indicate
signal lamps flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred. If enabled
through the DIC, the exterior lamps 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Keyless Access can be
may turn on. See Vehicle Alarm): Press and release to programmed to unlock all doors on
Personalization on page 5-50. initiate vehicle locate. The turn the first lock/unlock press from the
If equipped, memory seat positions signal lamps flash and the horn driver door. See Vehicle
may be recalled when unlocking the sounds three times. Personalization on page 5-50.
vehicle if enabled. See Vehicle Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Press and hold 7 for more than
Personalization on page 5-50 and the Driver Door
three seconds to activate the panic
Memory Seats on page 3-5.
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When the doors are locked and the
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter and the horn sounds repeatedly for RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
disarms the alarm system. See 30 seconds. The alarm turns off of the door handle, pressing the
Vehicle Alarm System on when the ignition is moved to ON/ lock/unlock button on the driver door
page 2-19. RUN or 7 is pressed again. The handle will unlock the driver door.
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for If the lock/unlock button is pressed
If equipped with auto mirror folding, again within five seconds, all
the panic alarm to work.
pressing and holding K for passenger doors and liftgate will
one second will unfold mirrors. The Keyless Access Operation unlock.
auto mirror folding feature will not
The Keyless Access system allows
operate unless it is enabled. See
for doors and the liftgate to be
accessed without pressing the RKE
page 5-50.
transmitter button. The RKE
b (Liftgate): Press twice to open transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
or close the liftgate. Press once to of the door being opened. If the
stop the liftgate from moving. vehicle has this feature, there will be
c (Liftglass): Press twice to open a button on the outside door
the liftglass. handles.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If other electronic devices interfere

the Passenger Doors with the RKE transmitter signal, the
When the doors are locked and the vehicle may not detect the RKE
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) transmitter inside the vehicle.
of the door handle, pressing the If passive locking is enabled, the
lock/unlock button on a passenger doors may lock with the RKE
door handle will unlock all doors. transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
Pressing the lock/unlock button will not leave the RKE transmitter in an
cause all doors to lock if any of the unattended vehicle.
following occur: Temporary Disable Passive
. The lock/unlock button was used Locking Feature
to unlock all doors. Temporarily disable the passive
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Similar . Any vehicle door has been locking by pressing and holding K
opened and all doors are now on the interior door switch with a
Pressing the lock/unlock button will closed. door open for at least four seconds,
cause all doors to lock if any of the or until three chimes are heard.
following occur: Passive Locking Passive locking will then remain
. It has been more than If equipped with Keyless Access, disabled until Q on the interior door
five seconds since the first lock/ this feature will lock the vehicle is pressed, or until the vehicle is
unlock button press. several seconds after all doors are turned on.
closed, if the vehicle is off and at
. Two lock/unlock button presses To customize the doors to
least one RKE transmitter has been
were used to unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the
removed from the interior, or none
. Any vehicle door has been remain in the interior. vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
opened and all doors are now Start” under Vehicle Personalization
closed. on page 5-50.
Keyless Liftgate Opening The vehicle can be reprogrammed 3. Insert the vehicle key into the
Press the touch pad on the so that lost or stolen transmitters no key lock cylinder on the driver
underside of the liftgate handle to longer work. Each vehicle can have door handle. Then turn the key
open the liftgate when all doors are up to eight transmitters matched counterclockwise, to the unlock
unlocked, or when all doors are to it. position, five times within
locked and the transmitter is within 10 seconds.
Programming with a Recognized
1 m (3 ft). Transmitter (Keyless Access The Driver Information Center
Vehicles Only) (DIC) displays READY FOR
Keyless Liftglass Opening REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC.
Press the exterior liftglass button to A new transmitter can be
open the liftglass when all doors are programmed to the vehicle when
unlocked, or when all doors are there is one recognized transmitter.
locked and the transmitter is within To program, the vehicle must be off
1 m (3 ft). and all transmitters, both currently
See Liftgate on page 2-13. recognized and new, must be
with you.
Keyed Access 1. Remove the key from the
To access a vehicle with a dead recognized transmitter.
transmitter battery, see Door Locks 2. Place the recognized
on page 2-11. transmitter(s) in the cupholder or
Programming Transmitters to passenger seat.
the Vehicle 4. Place the new transmitter in the
Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter pocket/insert.
to the vehicle will work. If a
Open the center console storage
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
area and the storage tray. The
replacement can be purchased and
transmitter pocket/insert is in
programmed through your dealer.
front of the storage area next to Programming without a 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
the center console storage area Recognized Transmitter (Keyless displays PRESS ENGINE
between the driver and front Access Vehicles Only) START BUTTON TO LEARN,
passenger seats. If there are no currently recognized then press the ENGINE START/
5. Press the ENGINE START/ transmitters available, follow this STOP button.
STOP button. When the procedure to program up to eight The DIC display will again show
transmitter is learned, the DIC transmitters. This feature is not REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
display will show that it is ready available in Canada. This procedure PLEASE WAIT.
to program the next transmitter. will take approximately 30 minutes
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
6. Remove the transmitter from the to complete. The vehicle must be off
times. After the third time all
and all transmitters to be
transmitter pocket and press K programmed must be with you.
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
or Q on the transmitter. 1. Remove the vehicle key from the vehicle. Remaining transmitters
To program additional transmitter. can be relearned during the next
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. 2. Insert the vehicle key into the steps.
When all additional transmitters key lock cylinder on the driver The DIC display should
are programmed, press and hold door handle; then turn the key now show READY FOR
the ENGINE START/STOP counterclockwise, to the unlock REMOTE # 1.
button for approximately position five times within
12 seconds to exit 10 seconds.
programming mode. The Driver Information Center
7. Return the key back into the (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
7. Remove the transmitter from the To start the vehicle:

transmitter pocket/insert and 1. Open the center console storage
press K or Q on the transmitter. area and the storage tray.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP
button for approximately
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
5. Place the new transmitter in the 8. Return the key back into the
transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter.
Open the center console storage Starting the Vehicle with a Low
area and the storage tray. The Transmitter Battery
transmitter pocket/insert is in 2. Place the transmitter in the
front of the storage area next to If the transmitter battery is weak or if transmitter pocket/insert.
the center console storage area there is interference with the signal,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
between the driver and front
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY N (Neutral) press the brake
passenger seats. pedal and the ENGINE START/
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
6. Press the ENGINE START/ TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN STOP button.
STOP button. When the START YOUR VEHICLE. when Replace the transmitter battery
transmitter is learned, the DIC starting the vehicle. See Key and as soon as possible.
display will show that it is ready Lock Messages on page 5-42.
to program the next transmitter.
Battery Replacement To replace the battery:

Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.
{ Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter. 2. Lift the battery with a flat object.
3. Remove the battery.
1. With the key removed, insert a
flat, thin object in center of the 4. Insert the new battery, positive
transmitter to separate and side toward the back cover.
remove the back cover. Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start

If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and The engine will turn off during a The engine will continue to run
cooled seats, if equipped, may also remote vehicle start if: for 10 minutes. Repeat
come on. See Heated and Cooled . The coolant temperature gets Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
Front Seats on page 3-7 and too high. time extension.
Vehicle Personalization on Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
. The oil pressure gets low.
page 5-50. START to operate the vehicle.
Laws in some communities may The RKE transmitter range may be
restrict the use of remote starters. reduced while the vehicle is running. Extending Engine Run Time
Check local regulations for any Other conditions can affect the The engine run time can be
requirements on remote starting of performance of the transmitter. See extended by 10 minutes, for a total
vehicles. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of 20 minutes, if during the first
Do not use remote start if the System on page 2-2 or Vehicle 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
vehicle is low on fuel. Personalization on page 5-50. repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
The vehicle cannot be remote Starting the Engine Using Remote requested, 30 seconds after
started if: Start starting.
. The key is in the ignition (Key 1. Press and release Q. A maximum of two remote starts,
Access) or the transmitter is in or a single start with an extension,
the vehicle (Keyless Access). 2. Immediately press and hold / is allowed between ignition cycles.
. The hood is not closed. until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds. The vehicle's ignition must be
. There is an emission control turned on and then back off to use
system malfunction and the When the vehicle starts, the remote start again.
malfunction indicator lamp is on. parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.
Canceling a Remote Start

. Use the key in the driver door.
Warning (Continued) To lock or unlock the doors from
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following: passengers should wear inside the vehicle:
safety belts properly and the . Press Q or K on the power door
. Press and hold / until the
doors should be locked lock switch.
parking lamps turn off. whenever the vehicle is
. Turn on the hazard warning driven.
. Pushing down the manual lock
flashers. knob on the driver door will lock
. Young children who get into all doors. Pushing down the
. Turn the ignition on and then off. unlocked vehicles may be manual lock knob on a
unable to get out. A child can passenger door will lock only
Door Locks be overcome by extreme heat that door.
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
. Pulling an interior door handle
{ Warning heat stroke. Always lock the will unlock the door. Pulling the
vehicle whenever leaving it. door handle again unlatches it.
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter Keyless Access
. Passengers, especially through an unlocked door If equipped, the RKE transmitter
children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors being opened. Press the button on
vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from the door handle to open. See
locked, the handle will not happening. “Keyless Access Operation” in
open it. The chance of being Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
thrown out of the vehicle in a To lock or unlock the doors from System Operation on page 2-3.
crash is increased if the outside the vehicle:
doors are not locked. So, all
. Press Q or K on the Remote
(Continued)
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Key Cylinder Access Pressing the power lock switch

twice will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all the doors.
This feature will not operate if the
key is in the ignition.
This feature can be programmed
using the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door
Lock” under Vehicle Personalization
on page 5-50.
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. Automatic Door Locks

To access the key cylinder, insert K (Unlock): Press to unlock the The vehicle may have an automatic
the key into slot on the bottom of doors. lock/unlock feature. This feature can
the door handle and pry cover off. be programmed using the Driver
Replace cover when done by Information Center (DIC). See
snapping on tabs.
Delayed Locking
When locking the doors with the page 5-50.
Power Door Locks power lock switch and a door or the
liftgate is open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection
Press Q or K on the Remote five seconds after the last door is
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. closed. You will hear three chimes Keyed Ignition: When locking is
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to signal that the delayed locking requested with the driver door open
System Operation on page 2-3. feature is in use. and the key in the ignition, all the
doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock. This can be
manually overridden by pressing Safety Locks Doors

and holding Q on the power door
The rear door safety locks prevent
lock switch. passengers from opening the rear Liftgate
Pushbutton Start: When locking doors from inside the vehicle.
is requested with the driver door
open and the vehicle is in ACC/
{ Warning
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, Exhaust gases can enter the
all the doors will lock and then the vehicle if it is driven with the
driver door will unlock. This can be liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
manually overridden by pressing or with any objects that pass
and holding Q on the power door through the seal between the
lock switch. body and the trunk/hatch or
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
turned on, the vehicle is off with the carbon monoxide (CO) which
driver door open, and door locking cannot be seen or smelled. It can
is requested, all the doors will lock cause unconsciousness and even
and only the driver door will unlock. death.
The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Press { to activate the safety locks If the vehicle must be driven with
feature can be turned on or off using on the rear doors. The indicator light the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
the vehicle personalization menus. comes on when activated.
See Vehicle Personalization on . Close all of the windows.
page 5-50. Press { again to deactivate the . Fully open the air outlets on
safety locks. or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release

Warning (Continued) of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wipers are
. Adjust the climate control in motion.
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and Use the pull cup to lower and close
set the fan speed to the the liftgate. Do not press the touch
highest setting. See “Climate pad while closing the liftgate. This
Control Systems” in the will cause the liftgate to be
Index. unlatched.
. If the vehicle is equipped with If equipped with Keyless Access,
a power liftgate, disable the the RKE transmitter must be within
power liftgate function. 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it. See Remote
See Engine Exhaust on Keyless Entry (RKE) System
page 9-28. To open the liftgate, press K on the Operation on page 2-3.
power door lock switch or press K The liftgate has an electric latch.
on the RKE transmitter twice to If the battery is disconnected or has
{ Caution unlock all doors. Press the touch low voltage, the liftgate will not
pad (1) on the underside of the open. The liftgate will resume
To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate handle and lift up. operation when the battery is
liftglass, make sure the area reconnected and charged.
Press the button (2) above the
above and behind the liftgate is
license plate to open the liftglass,
clear before opening it.
or press b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.
Power Liftgate Operation The modes are: vehicle can be opened if the
. MAX: Opens to maximum RKE transmitter is within 1 m
{ Warning height. (3 ft) of the touch pad.
You, or others, could be injured if

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
caught in the path of the power that can be set from 3/4 to fully
liftgate. Make sure there is no one open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead
in the way of the liftgate as it is
objects such as a garage door or
opening and closing.
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate
can be opened all the way
manuallly.
. OFF: Opens manually only.
To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
. Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of
RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate next to the latch to
moves. close.
. Press 8 on the overhead Press any liftgate button, the touch
console. The driver door must pad, or b on the RKE transmitter
be unlocked. while the liftgate is moving to stop it.
. Press the touch pad on the Pressing again restarts the
If equipped, the switch is on the operation in the reverse direction.
outside liftgate handle after
overhead console. The vehicle must The touch pad on the liftgate handle
unlocking all doors. If equipped
be in P (Park). cannot be used to close the liftgate.
with Keyless Access, a locked
Do not manually force the liftgate to Obstacle Detection Features direction and open fully. The liftgate
open or close during a power cycle. will remain open until it is activated
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
The power liftgate may be again or closed manually.
during a power open or close cycle,
temporarily disabled in extremely a warning chime will sound and the Setting the 3/4 Mode
low temperatures, or after repeated liftgate will automatically reverse
power cycling over a short period of direction and move a short distance To change the position the liftgate
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can away from the obstacle. After stops at when opening:
still be operated manually. Select removing the obstruction, the power 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
OFF on the liftgate switch. liftgate operation can be used again. open the liftgate.
If the vehicle is shifted out of If the liftgate encounters multiple 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
P (Park) while the power function is obstacles on the same power cycle, the desired height by pressing
in progress, the liftgate will continue the power function will deactivate. any liftgate button. Manually
to completion. If the vehicle is After removing the obstructions, adjust the liftgate position if
accelerated before the liftgate has manually close the liftgate. This will needed.
completed moving, the liftgate may allow normal power operation
stop or reverse direction. Make sure functions to resume. 3. Press and hold l next to the
the liftgate is closed and latched If the vehicle is locked while the latch on the outside of the
before driving. liftgate is closing, and an obstacle liftgate until the turn signals flash
prevents the liftgate from completely and a beep sounds. This
If the power liftgate support strut indicates the setting has been
has lost pressure, the turn signals closing, the horn will sound as an
alert that the liftgate did not close. recorded.
will flash and a chime will sound
while the liftgate automatically Pinch sensors are on the side The liftgate cannot be set below a
closes. See your dealer for service edges of the liftgate. If an object is minimum programmable height.
before using the power liftgate. caught between the liftgate and the If there is no light flash or sound,
vehicle and presses against a then the height adjustment may be
sensor, the liftgate will reverse too low.
Manual Operation To operate, kick your foot straight up

in one swift motion under the center
Select OFF to manually operate the
of the rear bumper, then pull it back.
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
beginning of this section.
{ Caution
Hands-Free Operation
Splashing water may cause the
If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
Access, the liftgate may be
operated with a kicking motion transmitter away from the rear
under the rear bumper. bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
The liftgate will not operate if the cleaning or working near the rear
RKE transmitter is not within Length of Kick Zone bumper to avoid accidental
1 m (3 ft). opening.
The hands-free feature will not work
while the liftgate is moving. To stop . Do not sweep your foot side
the liftgate while in motion use one
to side.
of the liftgate switches.
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.
. This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or closed. The power assist steps will There are two other modes of
start the vehicle. The feature will retract immediately if the vehicle operation:
be re-enabled. starts moving. Deploy Mode: To extend both
When closing the liftgate using this Keep hands, children, pets, objects, power assist steps for cleaning,
feature, there will be a short delay. and clothing clear of the power press j while the vehicle is in
The rear lights will flash and a assist steps when in motion. The
P (Park) or N (Neutral). Press j
chime will sound. Step away from steps will reverse direction if they
the gate before it starts moving. encounter an obstruction when again to retract them. The DIC will
opening or closing. Remove the display a message.
Power Assist Steps obstruction, then open and close the Lock Mode: Press and hold j for
door on the same side to complete four seconds to lock and disable the
the motion of the assist steps. If the power assist steps. Press and
obstruction is not cleared, the assist
steps remain extended while driving. hold j for four seconds again to
enable them. The DIC will display a
message.
If equipped, the power assist steps

will deploy when the door is opened
and automatically retract
three seconds after the door is
Vehicle Security Slow Flash: Alarm system is

armed.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
This vehicle has theft-deterrent transmitter, the horn will chirp and
features; however, they do not make Arming the Alarm System the lights will flash to indicate
the vehicle impossible to steal. 1. Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
2. Lock the vehicle with one of
Vehicle Alarm System three ways: by pressing K on the RKE
.
transmitter during the 10-second
Use the RKE transmitter. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
. Use the Keyless Access activated.
system. The alarm will also be activated if a
. With a door open, press Q passenger door, the liftgate, or the
on the interior of the door. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
3. After 30 seconds the alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals
system will arm, and the flash and the horn sounds for about
indicator light will begin to slowly 30 seconds. The alarm system will
The indicator light, on the flash. Pressing Q on the RKE then re-arm to monitor for the next
instrument panel near the unauthorized event.
transmitter a second time will
windshield, indicates the status of
bypass the 30-second delay and
the system.
immediately arm the alarm
Disarming the Alarm System
Off: Alarm system is disarmed. system. To disarm the alarm system or turn
On Solid: Vehicle is secured The vehicle alarm system will not off the alarm if it has been activated:
during the delay to arm the system. arm if the doors are locked with . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured. the key.
. Unlock the vehicle using the
A door, liftgate or the hood is open. Keyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle. Intrusion Sensor and
. Make sure there are no
To avoid setting off the alarm by Inclination Sensor obstructions blocking the
accident: sensors in the front overhead
In addition to the standard console.
. Lock the vehicle after all theft-deterrent system features, this
occupants have exited. system may also have an inclination
. Close DVD screens before
sensor and intrusion sensor. leaving the vehicle.
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter, or use the The inclination sensor can set off Intrusion and Inclination
Keyless Access system. the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch
Unlocking the driver door with the vehicle, such as a change in
the key will not disarm the vehicle orientation.
system or turn off the alarm. The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
How to Detect a Tamper alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
Condition into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
If K is pressed on the RKE allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
transmitter and the horn chirps three
sensor is activated.
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed. Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
If the alarm has been activated, a
sensor:
message will appear on the DIC.
See Security Messages on . Make sure all doors and It is recommended that the intrusion
page 5-46. windows are completely closed. and inclination sensors be
. Secure any loose items such as deactivated if pets are left in the
a sunshades. vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.
With the vehicle off, press o in If the RKE transmitter appears to be

the front overhead console to turn undamaged, try another transmitter
off the feature. or place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert next to the
The indicator light will come on center console storage area
momentarily, indicating that these between the driver and front
sensors have been disabled until passenger seats. See “Starting the
the next time the alarm system is The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a Vehicle with a Low Transmitter”
armed. under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system. System Operation on page 2-3.
Immobilizer If the engine does not start with the
The system has one or more
See Radio Frequency Statement on transmitters matched to an other transmitter or when the
page 13-12. immobilizer control unit in the transmitter is in the pocket in the
vehicle. Only a correctly matched center console, the vehicle needs
Immobilizer Operation transmitter will start the vehicle. service. See your dealer who can
If the transmitter is ever damaged, service the theft-deterrent system
This vehicle has a passive and have a new transmitter
theft-deterrent system. you may not be able to start the
vehicle. programmed to the vehicle.
The system does not have to be Do not leave the transmitter or
manually armed or disarmed. When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when device that disarms or deactivates
The vehicle is automatically the ignition is turned on. the theft-deterrent system in the
immobilized when the transmitter vehicle.
leaves the vehicle. If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
The immobilization system is problem with the system. Turn the
disarmed when the ignition button is vehicle off and try again.
pressed in and a valid transmitter is
found in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 2. Press { again to return the

mirrors to the driving position.
Convex Mirrors Turn Signal Indicator
The vehicle may also have a turn
{ Warning signal indicator on the mirror. An
A convex mirror can make things, arrow on the mirror flashes in the
direction of the turn or lane change.
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane, Heated Mirrors
you could hit a vehicle on the The heated outside rearview mirrors
right. Check the inside mirror or turn on when the rear window
glance over your shoulder before defogger is on.
changing lanes. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): This
To adjust the mirrors:
button is on the climate control
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the panel. Press to heat the mirror.
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control Dual Automatic Climate Control
the driver seat. pad to move each mirror in the System on page 8-1.
desired direction.
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
To power fold the mirrors:
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
Automatic Dimming Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle is
Mirror Mirror a long distance away, the image
in the main mirror is small and
The driver outside mirror near the inboard edge of the
automatically adjusts for the glare of mirror.
headlamps from behind.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
Blind Spot Mirrors larger and moves outboard.
If equipped, there is a small convex 3. As the vehicle enters the blind
mirror built into the upper and outer
zone, the image transitions from
corner of the driver outside rearview the main mirror to the blind spot
mirror. It can show objects that may mirror.
be in the vehicle's blind zone.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears in
the blind spot mirror.
Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
Actual Mirror View

2. When checking for traffic or The mirror(s) return to the original Interior Mirrors
before changing a lane, look at position when:
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
. The vehicle is shifted out of Interior Rearview Mirrors
R (Reverse), or remains in
adjacent lane, behind your R (Reverse) for about Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
vehicle. Check the blind spot 30 seconds. view of the area behind your
mirror for a vehicle in the blind vehicle.
zone. Then, glance over your . The ignition is turned off.
shoulder to double check before If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
. The vehicle is driven in may have three control buttons at
moving slowly into the R (Reverse) above a set speed.
adjacent lane. the bottom of the mirror. See your
To turn this feature on or off, see dealer for more information about
Vehicle Personalization on OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors page 5-50. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
If equipped with memory seats, the Do not spray glass cleaner directly
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts on the mirror. Use a soft towel
to a preselected position when the dampened with water.
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The mirror will automatically reduce
the glare of the headlamps from
behind. The dimming feature comes
on each time the vehicle is started.
Child-View Mirror Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ Warning pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
If equipped, push up on the
path of a closing window. Never
sunglasses bin and release. Push
leave keys in a vehicle with
the bin back in halfway to secure
the mirror in position. children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
Push the mirror back up when not lockout button to prevent
in use. operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2-1.
Express-Down Windows window will need to be

reprogrammed for the express-up
Windows that have the
feature to work.
express-down feature allow the
windows to be lowered without To reprogram the power windows:
holding the switch. Press the 1. Close all doors.
window switch fully and release it to
activate the express-down feature. 2. Place the ignition in ACC/
The express mode can be canceled ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
at any time by briefly pressing or START.
pulling the switch. 3. From any open position, pull the
power window switch up until the
Express-Up Window
window is fully closed.
The driver door has switches that If equipped, the driver window
4. Hold the switch up for
control all windows. Each express-up feature allows the
approximately two seconds after
passenger door switch only controls window to be raised without holding
the window is fully closed.
that window. The power windows the switch. Pull the window switch
work when the ignition is in ON/ up fully and release it to activate the The window is now reprogrammed.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in express-up feature. The express-up
Retained Accessory Power (RAP). feature can be canceled at any time Express Window Anti-Pinch
See Retained Accessory Power by briefly pulling the switch. Feature
(RAP) on page 9-25. If any object is in the path of the
Programming the Power window when express-up is active,
Press the switch to lower the Windows
window. Pull the switch up to the window stops at the obstacle
raise it. If the battery on the vehicle has and auto-reverses to a preset
been recharged or disconnected, factory position. Weather conditions
or is not working, the driver power such as severe icing also cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window returns to normal operation In this mode, the window can still Sun Visors
once the obstacle or condition is close on an object in its path. Use
removed. care when using the override mode.
Express Window Anti-Pinch Window Lockout
Override This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
{ Warning except from the driver position.
If express override is activated,
the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could
Pull the sun visor down to block
be injured and the window could
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
be damaged. Before you use center mount to pivot to the side
express override, make sure that window or, if equipped, extend
all people and obstructions are along the rod.
clear of the window path.
The anti-pinch feature can be

overridden in a supervised mode.
Hold the window switch in the
partially or fully pulled up position. . Press Z to activate the rear
The window rises for as long as the window locks. An indicator light
switch is held. Once the switch is will illuminate when the feature
released, the express mode is is on.
reactivated. . Press Z again to deactivate the
rear window locks.
Roof Vent: From the closed position,

press the rear of switch (2) to vent
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
the sunroof. anti-pinch feature will detect the
Sunroof object and stop the sunroof.
Open/Close: To open the sunroof,
press and hold switch (1) until the
sunroof reaches the desired
position. Press and hold the front of
switch (1) to close it.
Express-Open/Express-Close: To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release the rear of
switch (1) until the sunroof reaches
the desired position. To
express-close the sunroof, fully Dirt and debris may collect on the
press and release the front of sunroof seal or in the track. This
switch (1). Press the switch again to could cause an issue with sunroof
1. Open or Close stop it. operation or noise. It could also plug
2. Vent When the sunroof is opened, an air the water drainage system.
deflector will automatically raise. Periodically open the sunroof and
On vehicles with a sunroof, the The air deflector will retract when remove any obstacles or loose
sunroof only operates when the the sunroof is closed. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or roof sealing area using a clean
ON/RUN, or when Retained The sunroof also has a sunshade
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. which can be pulled forward to block
remove grease from the sunroof.
See Retained Accessory Power sun rays. The sunshade must be
(RAP) on page 9-25. opened and closed manually. If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Adding Equipment to the

Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-37
Restraints Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-38
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Replacing Airbag System
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-24 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Head Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Child Restraints
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Front Seats Infants and Young
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-44
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-28 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-46
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 When Should an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers
Heated and Cooled Front Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 for Children (LATCH
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 What Makes an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seats
How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Securing Child Restraints
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
What Will You See after an (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-58
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
How to Wear Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats
the button located on the top of the
The vehicle's second row seats
seatback and push the head
have head restraints in the outboard
restraint down. Power Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into { Warning
The second row seat outboard head
place. Push and pull on the head You can lose control of the
restraints are not removable.
restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Third Row Seats If you are installing a child restraint seat while the vehicle is moving.
in the third row seat, see “Securing Adjust the driver seat only when
a Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving.
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-47.
The third row seat head restraint

can be lowered to allow for better
visibility when the rear seat is
unoccupied.

. Press and hold the control up to
To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment increase upper lumbar support
. Move the seat forward or and decrease lower lumbar
rearward by sliding the control support.
forward or rearward.
.
Press and hold the control down
Raise or lower the front part of to increase lower lumbar support
the seat cushion by moving the and decrease upper lumbar
front of the control up or down. support.
. Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up Reclining Seatbacks
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-4.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-4. To adjust the lumbar support:
Some vehicles are equipped with a . Press and hold the control
feature that activates a vibrating forward to increase or rearward
pulse alert in the driver seat to help to decrease upper and lower
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver lumbar support at the same time.
Assistance Systems on page 9-54.
To recline the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Memory Seats
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. If equipped, the SET, "1," "2," and
The lap belt could go up over B (Exit) buttons on the driver door
your abdomen. The belt forces are used to manually store and
would be there, not at your pelvic recall memory settings for the driver
bones. This could cause serious seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and
telescoping steering column, and
internal injuries.
adjustable pedals.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Storing Memory Positions 3. Immediately press and hold B If the Auto Memory Recall feature is
To store positions to the “1” and “2” until two beeps sound. enabled in the vehicle
buttons: personalization menu, then do one
Manually Recalling Memory of the following to recall the “1” or
1. Adjust the driver seat, outside Positions “2” position:
mirrors, power tilt and If the vehicle is off or not in P (Park),
telescoping steering column, and . Press K on the RKE transmitter
adjustable pedals (if equipped) press and hold "1," "2," or B to and open the driver door.
to the desired driving positions. manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing . Press K on the RKE transmitter
2. Press and release SET. A beep when the driver door is
"1,” "2," or B before the stored
will sound. already open.
positions are reached stops the
3. Immediately press and hold “1” recall. . Press the lock/unlock button on
until two beeps sound. the outside driver door handle
If the vehicle is on and in P (Park),
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for a second and open the driver door. The
press and release “1,” “2,” or B to RKE transmitter must be present
driver using “2.”
manually recall the previously for the recall to activate.
To store positions to the B (Exit) stored memory positions. Placing
the ignition in OFF/LOCK before the See Vehicle Personalization on
button and easy exit features: page 5-50.
stored positions are reached stops
1. Adjust the driver seat, outside the recall. To stop recall movement, press one
mirrors, power tilt and
Automatically Recalling Memory of the memory, power mirror,
telescoping steering column, and
Positions (Auto Memory Recall) or power seat controls; press the
adjustable pedals (if equipped)
power tilt and telescoping steering
to the desired positions for The Auto (Automatic) Memory column control; or press the
getting out of the vehicle. Recall feature automatically recalls adjustable pedal control.
2. Press and release SET. A beep the current driver’s previously stored
will sound. “1” or “2” position when entering the
vehicle.

. The vehicle is turned off with the
RKE transmitters are not labeled
driver door open.
Heated and Cooled Front
with a number. If your memory seat
position is stored to “1” or “2” but
Seats
Obstructions
this position is not automatically
recalling, then change the stored If something has blocked the driver
seat, power tilt and telescoping
{ Warning
position or switch RKE transmitters
with the other driver. steering column, and/or the If you cannot feel temperature
adjustable pedals while recalling a change or pain to the skin, the
Easy Exit Recall memory position, the recall may seat heater may cause burns. To
If programmed on in the vehicle stop. Remove the obstruction. Then reduce the risk of burns, people
personalization menu, the easy exit do one of the following: with such a condition should use
feature automatically moves the . If automatically or manually care when using the seat heater,
driver seat, power tilt and recalling the stored memory especially for long periods of
telescoping steering column, position, press and hold the time. Do not place anything on
adjustable pedals, and outside appropriate manual control for the seat that insulates against
mirrors on some vehicles to the two seconds. Try recalling again heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
memory positions stored to the B by pressing the appropriate cover, or similar item. This may
(Exit) button. See “Storing Memory memory button. cause the seat heater to
Positions” previously in this section. . If recalling the exit position, overheat. An overheated seat
See also Vehicle Personalization on press and hold the appropriate heater may cause a burn or may
page 5-50. manual control for the exit damage the seat.
Easy exit recall automatically feature not recalling for
activates when one of the following two seconds. Then try recalling
occurs: the exit position again.
. The vehicle is turned off and the If the memory position is still not
driver door is opened within a recalling, see your dealer for
short time. service.
Press the button once for the The heated or cooled seat indicator
highest setting. With each press of lights do not turn on during a remote
the button, the seat will change to start.
the next lower setting, and then to The temperature performance of an
the off setting. The indicator lights unoccupied seat may be reduced.
next to the buttons indicate three for This is normal.
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on The heated or cooled seats will not
high for an extended time, their level turn on during a remote start unless
may automatically be lowered. they are enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu. See Remote
The passenger seat may take Vehicle Start on page 2-9 and
longer to heat up. Vehicle Personalization on
The buttons are on the center stack Remote Start Auto Heated and page 5-50.
below the climate control system. To Cooled Seats
operate, the engine must be
running. During a remote start, the heated or
cooled seats can be turned on
Press I to heat the driver or automatically. When it is cold
passenger seatback only. outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
Press J to heat the driver or cooled seats turn on. The heated or
passenger seat cushion and cooled seats are canceled when the
seatback. ignition is turned on. Press the
Press A to cool the driver or heated or cooled seat button to use
passenger seat. the heated or cooled seats after the
vehicle is started.
The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.
Rear Seats The buttons are on the rear of the Second Row Seats
center console.
Reclining Seatbacks
Heated Rear Seats Press M or L to heat the left
outboard or right outboard seat To recline the seatback:
{ Warning cushion.
Press the button once for the
If you cannot feel temperature highest setting. With each press of
change or pain to the skin, the the button, the heated seat changes
seat heater may cause burns. to the next lower setting, and then
See the Warning under Heated the off setting. Indicator lights on the
and Cooled Front Seats on button show the setting: three for
page 3-7. high, two for medium, and one
for low.
If the heated seats are on high for
an extended time, their level may
automatically be lowered.
1. Lift the lever on the outboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Manual Fold and Tumble

{ Warning Feature Caution (Continued)
If either seatback is not locked, it belts and return them to their
could move forward in a sudden { Warning normal stowed position before
stop or crash. That could cause folding a rear seat.
Do not leave the second row seat
injury to the person sitting there.
in a tumbled position while the
Always push and pull on the Folding and Tumbling the Seat
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seatbacks to be sure they are
seat is not locked. It can move To fold and tumble the seat:
locked.
when the vehicle is in motion.
1. Make sure that there is nothing
People in the vehicle could be
To return the seatback to the upright under, in front of, or on the seat.
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
position: Be sure to return the seat to the
1. Lift the lever fully while applying passenger seating position before
pressure to the seatback, and driving the vehicle. Push and pull
the seatback will return to the on the seat to make sure it is
upright position. If the lever is locked into place.
lifted without applying pressure,
the seat will release to a folded
position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
{ Caution
make sure it is locked. Folding a rear seat with the safety
The second row seats can be folded belts still fastened may cause
for additional cargo space or folded damage to the seat or the safety
and tumbled for easy entry and exit belts. Always unbuckle the safety
to the third row seat. (Continued)
2. Lift the lever, on the outboard Folding and Tumbling the Seat
side of the seat, to release the from the Third Row Seat
seatback.
{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
3. Lift the lever again to release the seat to make sure it is locked into
rear of the seat from the floor. place.
The seat will tumble forward.
4. The rear pull strap can also be To fold and tumble the seat from the
The seatback will fold forward to used to fold or fold and tumble third row seat:
create a flat load floor. the seat. It is easier to tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing
If the seatback cannot fold flat, the seat with the rear pull strap under, in front of, or on the seat.
try moving the front seat forward once the seat is folded flat.
and/or put the front seatback in
the upright position.
Warning (Continued)
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.
2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear 3. Pull the strap again to release
of the second row seat to the rear of the seat from the { Warning
release the seatback. The floor. The seat will tumble
seatback will fold forward. forward. Automatically folding and
tumbling the seat when someone
Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause
Feature injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
{ Warning sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release button.
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
(Continued)
Folding and Tumbling the Seat

{ Caution from the Cargo Area
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
The transmission must be in

P (Park) for this feature to work. Driver Side Rear Panel Button
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold Shown
and tumble the seat for entry to the 2. Press the automatic seat release 1. Second Row Power Seat
third row. button on the panel behind the Buttons
rear doors. The seatback
Folding and Tumbling the Seat 2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons
automatically folds flat.
To fold and tumble the seat: To fold and tumble the seat from the
3. Press the button again to
1. Make sure that there is nothing release the rear of the seat from cargo area:
under, in front of, or on the seat. the floor. The seat will tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing
forward. under, in front of, or on the seat.
2. Press the button (1) on the side To return the seat to the sitting
trim of the cargo area to fold the position from the tumbled position: Caution (Continued)
seatback. 1. Pull the seat down until both belts and return them to their
The left button folds the left sides of the seat are latched to normal stowed position before
seatback, and the right button the floor. Make sure the seat is folding a rear seat.
folds the right seatback. securely latched to the floor
3. Press the button again to before raising the seatback.
If both sides are not latched to The transmission must be in
release the rear of the seat from P (Park) for this feature to work.
the floor. The seat will tumble the floor, the seatback will not
forward. raise. The third row seatbacks can be
2. Lift the seatback and push it folded to increase cargo space.
The buttons (2) can be used to fold
and unfold the third row seatbacks rearward. Push and pull on the
from the cargo area. See Third Row seatback to make sure it is
Seats on page 3-14. locked.
Returning the Seat to the Third Row Seats

Sitting Position
Folding the Seatback
{ Warning { Caution
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden Folding a rear seat with the safety
stop or crash. That could cause belts still fastened may cause
injury to the person sitting there. damage to the seat or the safety
Always push and pull on the belts. Always unbuckle the safety 1. Second Row Power Seat
seatbacks to be sure they are (Continued) Buttons
locked.
2. Third Row Power Seat 4. Disconnect the rear safety belt Returning the Seatback to the
Buttons mini-latch, using a key in the slot Upright Position
To fold the seatback: on the mini-buckle, and let the
belt retract into the headliner.
1. Open the liftgate to access the Stow the mini-latch in the holder
controls for the seat. in the headliner.
2. Make sure that there is nothing 5. Press and hold the switch (2) on
under, in front of, or on the seat. the side trim of the cargo area to
3. Fully lower the head restraints. fold the seatback.
See Head Restraints on The left switch folds the left
page 3-2. Put the second row seatback, and the right switch
seatback in the upright position. folds the right seatback.
See Second Row Seats on
page 3-9 6. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
The switches (1) can be used to fold 1. Second Row Power Seat
or fold and tumble the second row Buttons
seats from the cargo area. See 2. Third Row Power Seat
Second Row Seats on page 3-9. Buttons
To return the seatback to the upright 3. Reconnect the center safety belt Safety Belts
position: mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do
not let it twist. This section of the manual
1. Open the liftgate to access the
describes how to use safety belts
controls for the seat. 4. Pull on the safety belt to be sure
properly. It also describes some
2. Press and hold the switch (2) on the mini-latch is secure.
things not to do with safety belts.
the side trim of the cargo area to 5. Repeat the steps for the other
raise the seatback. seatback, if desired. { Warning
The left switch raises the left
seatback, and the right switch Do not let anyone ride where a
raises the right seatback. safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
{ Warning passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
A safety belt that is improperly worse than if you are wearing
routed, not properly attached, safety belts. You can be seriously
or twisted will not provide the injured or killed by hitting things
protection needed in a crash. The inside the vehicle harder or by
person wearing the belt could be being ejected from the vehicle. In
seriously injured. After raising the addition, anyone who is not
rear seatback, always check to be buckled up can strike other
sure that the safety belts are passengers in the vehicle.
properly routed and attached, and It is extremely dangerous to ride
are not twisted. in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing

Warning (Continued) safety belts makes such good
sense.
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About
passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts
the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a
Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt?
check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are
restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you
reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is
See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted.
page 5-17. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. belts?
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the
when worn properly, your strongest most protection.
bones take the forces from the
Also, in nearly all states and in There are important things to know would apply force on your
all Canadian provinces, the law about wearing a safety belt properly. abdomen. This could cause
requires wearing safety belts. serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the
How to Wear Safety Belts shoulder and across the chest.
Properly These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
This section is only for people of
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
adult size.
there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
{ Warning
children and infants. If a child will be You can be seriously injured,
riding in the vehicle, see Older or even killed, by not wearing
Children on page 3-39 or Infants your safety belt properly.
and Young Children on page 3-41. . Sit up straight and always keep
. Never allow the lap or
Follow those rules for everyone's your feet on the floor in front
protection. of you. shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
It is very important for all occupants . Always use the correct buckle
to buckle up. Statistics show that for your seating position.
. Never wear the shoulder belt
unbelted people are hurt more often under both arms or behind
. Wear the lap part of the belt low your back.
in crashes than those who are and snug on the hips, just
wearing safety belts. touching the thighs. In a crash,
. Never route the lap or
this applies force to the strong shoulder belt over an
pelvic bones and you would be armrest.
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
Lap-Shoulder Belt If the shoulder portion of a

passenger belt is pulled out all
All seating positions in the vehicle the way, the child restraint
have a lap-shoulder belt. locking feature may be engaged.
If you are using a rear seating If this happens, let the belt go
position with a detachable safety back all the way and start again.
belt, and the safety belt is not Engaging the child restraint
attached, see Third Row Seats on locking feature in the front
page 3-14 for instruction on outboard seating position may
reconnecting the safety belt to the affect the passenger sensing
mini-buckle. system. See Passenger Sensing
The following instructions explain System on page 3-33.
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
properly. the belt across you. Do not let it
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is get twisted.
adjustable, so you can sit up The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
straight. To see how, see “Seats” you pull the belt across you very
in the Index. quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
For front seating positions, if the Position the release button on 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
webbing locks in the latch plate the buckle so that the safety belt up on the shoulder belt.
before it reaches the buckle, tilt could be quickly unbuckled if For third row seats, it may be
the latch plate flat to unlock. necessary. necessary to pull stitching on the
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt safety belt through the latch
height adjuster, move it to the plate to fully tighten the lap belt
height that is right for you. See on smaller occupants.
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
in this section for instructions on
use and important safety
information.
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks. If you find
that the latch plate will not go
fully into the buckle, see if you To unlatch the belt, push the button
are using the correct buckle. on the buckle. The belt should
Pull up on the latch plate to return to its stowed position.
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-24.
For third row seats, slide the latch Safety Belt Pretensioners
plate up the safety webbing when
This vehicle has safety belt
the safety belt is not in use. The
pretensioners for front outboard
latch plate should rest on the
occupants. Although the safety belt
stitching on the safety belt.
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
Before a door is closed, be sure the are part of the safety belt assembly.
safety belt is out of the way. If a They can help tighten the safety
door is slammed against a safety belts during the early stages of a
belt, damage can occur to both the moderate to severe frontal, near
belt and the vehicle. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster activation are met. Safety belt
The vehicle has a shoulder belt Push down on the release button to pretensioners can also help tighten
height adjuster for the driver and move the height adjuster to the the safety belts in a side crash or a
front outboard passenger positions. desired position. rollover event.
Adjust the height so the shoulder Move the adjuster up by pushing up Pretensioners work only once. If the
portion of the belt is on the shoulder on the shoulder belt guide. pretensioners activate in a crash,
and not falling off of it. The belt the pretensioners and probably
After the adjuster is set to the
should be close to, but not other parts of the vehicle's safety
desired position, try to move it down
contacting, the neck. Improper belt system will need to be replaced.
without pushing the release button
shoulder belt height adjustment See Replacing Safety Belt System
to make sure it has locked into
could reduce the effectiveness of Parts after a Crash on page 3-25.
position.
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-18.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Rear Outboard Seating Positions

Guides There are comfort guides for the
rear outboard seating positions for
{ Warning the second row and the third row
outboard seating positions. The
A safety belt that is not properly comfort guides are stored on a clip
worn may not provide the on the interior trim next to the
protection needed in a crash. The outboard seatback.
person wearing the belt could be To install:
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take 2. Place the guide over the belt,
belt restraining forces. and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head. 1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
Third Row Center Seating Position

Comfort guides for the third row
center seating position are available
from your dealer. Instructions are
included with the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release the
twisted and it lies flat. The safety belt as described
elastic cord must be behind the previously in this section. Make
belt with the plastic guide on the sure the shoulder portion of the An adjustable comfort guide is used
front. belt is on the shoulder and not for the center seating position in the
falling off of it. The belt should third row seat. The adjustable
be close to, but not contacting, comfort guide attaches to the head
the neck. restraint post on the inboard side of
To remove and store the comfort the left rear outboard seat.
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide onto its storage clip.
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety
Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts,
including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety anchorages are all working properly.
be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them Look for any other loose or
wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a
around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under
But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or
enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away.
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5-17.
long enough for you. To help avoid
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
personal injury, do not let someone
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-25.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To
portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety
possible, below the rounding, belt. See the instruction sheet that
throughout the pregnancy. comes with the extender.
Safety Belt Care Warning (Continued)

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
Keep belts clean and dry. system was not being used at the
crash. To help make sure the time of the crash.
{ Warning safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them Have the safety belt pretensioners
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. inspected and any necessary checked if the vehicle has been in a
replacements made as soon as crash, or if the airbag readiness light
It may severely weaken them. In
possible. stays on after you start the vehicle
a crash, they might not be able to
or while you are driving. See Airbag
provide adequate protection. Readiness Light on page 5-18.
Clean safety belts only with mild After a minor crash, replacement of
soap and lukewarm water. safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
Replacing Safety Belt have been stressed or damaged.
System Parts after a See your dealer to have the safety
Crash belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
(Continued)
Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on an
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment
airbags: opening. { Warning
. A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the front killed in a crash if you are not
outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front wearing your safety belt, even
. A front center airbag for the outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are
driver and front outboard designed to work with safety
passenger. For the front center airbag, the word
belts, not replace them. Also,
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
. A seat-mounted side impact airbags are not designed to inflate
the driver seatback.
airbag for the driver. in every crash. In some crashes
For seat-mounted side impact safety belts are the only restraint.
. A seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the See When Should an Airbag
airbag for the front outboard side of the seatback closest to Inflate? on page 3-30.
passenger. the door.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver Wearing your safety belt during a
For roof-rail airbags, the word crash helps reduce the chance of
and for the second and third row AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
passengers seated directly hitting things inside the vehicle or
behind the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement being ejected from it. Airbags are
the protection provided by safety “supplemental restraints” to the
. A roof-rail airbag for the front belts. Even though today's airbags safety belts. Everyone in the
outboard passenger and the are also designed to help reduce vehicle should wear a safety belt
second and third row the risk of injury from the force of an properly, whether or not there is
passengers seated directly inflating bag, all airbags must inflate an airbag for that person.
behind the front outboard very quickly to do their job.
passenger.
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or
force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side
an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with
against, or very close to any seat-mounted side impact airbags
There is an airbag readiness light
airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags.
on the instrument cluster, which
seriously injured or killed. Do not
shows the airbag symbol.
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting The system checks the airbag
on the edge of the seat or leaning { Warning electrical system for malfunctions.
forward. Safety belts help keep The light tells you if there is an
Children who are up against, electrical problem. See Airbag
you in position before and during or very close to, any airbag when
a crash. Always wear a safety Readiness Light on page 5-18.
it inflates can be seriously injured
belt, even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children
should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read
while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children on
the vehicle. page 3-39 or Infants and Young
Occupants should not lean on or Children on page 3-41.
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?
The front outboard passenger The front center airbag is in the

frontal airbag is in the passenger inboard side of the driver seatback.
The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel.
center of the steering wheel.
Warning (Continued)
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat or console
Side Similar Side Similar accessories that block the
The driver and front outboard The roof-rail airbags for the driver, inflation path of a seat-mounted
passenger seat-mounted side front outboard passenger, and side impact airbag or the front
impact airbags are in the side of the second and third row outboard center airbag.
seatbacks closest to the door. passengers are in the ceiling above Never secure anything to the roof
the side windows. of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie-down
{ Warning through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
If something is between an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
occupant and an airbag, the blocked.
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the The front center airbag is designed
direction of the impact, and how to inflate in moderate to severe side
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. crashes depending upon the
This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at location of the impact, when either
airbags. See Airbag System on different crash speeds depending on side of the vehicle is struck. In
page 3-26. Airbags are designed to whether the vehicle hits an object addition, the front center airbag is
inflate if the impact exceeds the straight on or at an angle, and designed to inflate when the
specific airbag system's deployment whether the object is fixed or sensing system predicts that the
threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow vehicle is about to roll over on its
are used to predict how severe a or wide. side. The front center airbag is not
crash is likely to be in time for the designed to inflate in frontal
airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to impacts, near frontal impacts,
the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear or rear impacts.
electronic sensors that help the impacts, or many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
airbag system determine the In addition, the vehicle has are designed to inflate in moderate
severity of the impact. Deployment advanced technology frontal to severe side crashes depending
thresholds can vary with specific airbags. Advanced technology on the location of the impact.
vehicle design. frontal airbags adjust the restraint Seat-mounted side impact airbags
Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. are not designed to inflate in frontal
inflate in moderate to severe frontal The vehicle also has a seat position impacts, near frontal impacts,
or near frontal crashes to help sensor that enables the sensing rollovers, or rear impacts.
reduce the potential for severe system to monitor the position of the A seat-mounted side impact airbag
injuries, mainly to the driver's or driver seat. The seat position sensor is designed to inflate on the side of
front outboard passenger's head provides information that is used to the vehicle that is struck.
and chest. adjust the deployment of the driver Roof-rail airbags are designed to
Whether the frontal airbags will or frontal airbag. inflate in moderate to severe side
should inflate is not based primarily crashes depending on the location
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
inflate during a rollover or in a types of collisions, primarily
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? on
will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering page 3-30 for more information.
vehicle is struck, if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags should never be regarded
system predicts that the vehicle is moderate to severe side collisions, as anything more than a supplement
about to roll over on its side, or in a even belted occupants can contact to safety belts.
severe frontal impact. the inside of the vehicle.
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after
say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
an Airbag Inflates?
vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the After the frontal airbags and
occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
Inflate? are also designed to help contain
even realize an airbag inflated. The
the head and chest of occupants in
In a deployment event, the sensing front center airbag and roof-rail
the outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal airbags may still be at least partially
first, second, and third rows. The
triggering a release of gas from the inflated for some time after they
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the inflate. Some components of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out airbag module may be hot for
full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, several minutes. For location of the
events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of airbags, see Where Are the
prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module. Airbags? on page 3-28.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3-28.
The parts of the airbag that come

into contact with you may be warm, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming problems following an airbag system, brake and steering
from the vents in the deflated deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
airbags. Airbag inflation does not medical attention. appears to be drivable after a
prevent the driver from seeing out of moderate crash, there may be
the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle has a feature that may concealed damage that could
the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn make it difficult to safely operate
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps and hazard the vehicle.
warning flashers, and shut off the Use caution if you should attempt
{ Warning fuel system after the airbags inflate. to restart the engine after a crash
The feature may also activate, has occurred.
When an airbag inflates, there without airbag inflation, after an
may be dust in the air. This dust event that exceeds a predetermined
could cause breathing problems threshold. You can lock the doors, In many crashes severe enough to
for people with a history of and turn off the interior lamps and inflate the airbag, windshields are
asthma or other breathing trouble. hazard warning flashers by using broken by vehicle deformation.
To avoid this, everyone in the the controls for those features. Additional windshield breakage may
vehicle should get out as soon as also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning
breathing problems but cannot . Airbags are designed to inflate
get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag
airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new
by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system.
If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel If you do not get them, the
(Continued) airbag system will not be there
(Continued) to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include certain conditions. No other airbag

airbag modules and possibly is affected by the passenger
other parts. The service manual sensing system.
for the vehicle covers the need The passenger sensing system
to replace other parts. works with sensors that are part of
. The vehicle has a crash sensing the front outboard passenger seat
and diagnostic module which United States and safety belt. The sensors are
records information after a designed to detect the presence of
crash. See Vehicle Data a properly seated occupant and
Recording and Privacy on determine if the front outboard
page 13-14 and Event Data passenger frontal airbag should be
Recorders on page 13-14. allowed to inflate or not.
. Let only qualified technicians According to accident statistics,
work on the airbag systems. Canada and Mexico children are safer when properly
Improper service can mean that secured in a rear seat in the correct
an airbag system will not work The words ON and OFF, or the child restraint for their weight
properly. See your dealer for symbols for on and off, will be and size.
service. visible during the system check.
When the system check is Whenever possible, children aged
complete, either the word ON or 12 and under should be secured in
Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will a rear seating position.
System be visible. See Passenger Airbag Never put a rear-facing child seat in
The vehicle has a passenger Status Indicator on page 5-19. the front. This is because the risk to
sensing system for the front The passenger sensing system the rear-facing child is so great,
outboard passenger position. The turns off the front outboard if the airbag inflates.
passenger airbag status indicator passenger frontal airbag under
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
When the passenger sensing

{ Warning Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints the off indicator will light and stay lit
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag as a reminder that the airbag is off.
or killed if the passenger frontal is off. If you secure a See Passenger Airbag Status
airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in Indicator on page 5-19.
the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to
outboard passenger frontal airbag
forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a
anytime the system senses that a
be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat. person of adult size is sitting
passenger frontal airbag inflates properly in the front outboard
and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is passenger seat.
forward position. designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing
Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal airbag if: system has allowed the airbag to be
system has turned off the . The front outboard passenger enabled, the on indicator will light
passenger frontal airbag, no seat is unoccupied. and stay lit as a reminder that the
system is fail-safe. No one can airbag is active.
. The system determines an infant
guarantee that an airbag will not
is present in a child restraint. For some children, including
inflate under some unusual children in child restraints, and for
circumstance, even though the . A front outboard passenger
very small adults, the passenger
airbag is off. takes his/her weight off of the
sensing system may or may not turn
seat for a period of time.
(Continued) off the front outboard passenger
. There is a critical problem with frontal airbag, depending upon the
the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body
passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should is present in a child restraint. If a retractor lock is set, the belt can
wear a safety belt child restraint has been installed be tightened but not pulled out of
properly — whether or not there is and the on indicator is lit: the retractor.
an airbag for that person. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
{ Warning 2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle. vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
If the airbag readiness light ever 3. Remove any additional items recline the vehicle seatback and
comes on and stays on, it means from the seat such as blankets, adjust the seat cushion,
that something may be wrong cushions, seat covers, seat if adjustable, to make sure that
with the airbag system. To help heaters, or seat massagers. the vehicle seatback is not
avoid injury to yourself or others, 4. Reinstall the child restraint pushing the child restraint into
have the vehicle serviced right following the directions provided the seat cushion.
away. See Airbag Readiness by the child restraint Also make sure the child
Light on page 5-18 for more manufacturer and refer to restraint is not trapped under the
information, including important Securing Child Restraints (Rear vehicle head restraint. If this
safety information. Seat) on page 3-56 or Securing happens, adjust the head
Child Restraints (Front restraint. See Head Restraints
If the On Indicator is Lit for a Passenger Seat) on page 3-58. on page 3-2.
Even if the child restraint is
Child Restraint equipped with a safety belt 6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system is lock-off, make sure the safety The passenger sensing system may
designed to turn off the front belt retractor is locked by pulling or may not turn off the airbag for a
outboard passenger frontal airbag if the shoulder belt all the way out child in a child restraint depending
the system determines that an infant of the retractor before tightening upon the child’s size. It is better to
the safety belt. When the secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, { Warning
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
3. Place the seatback in the fully adult-sized occupant, the airbag
upright position. will not be able to inflate and help
4. Have the person sit upright in protect that person in a crash,
the seat, centered on the seat resulting in an increased risk of
cushion, with legs comfortably serious injury or even death. An
extended. adult-sized occupant should not
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt ride in the front outboard
is pulled out all the way, the passenger seat, if the passenger
child restraint locking feature will airbag off indicator is lit.
be engaged. This may
unintentionally cause the Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
passenger sensing system to
the front outboard passenger seat,
turn the airbag off for some
System Operation
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Safety belts help keep the
adult-sized occupants. If this
because that person is not sitting passenger in position on the seat
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
properly in the seat or that the child during vehicle maneuvers and
the belt go back all the way, and
restraint locking feature is engaged. braking, which helps the passenger
then buckle the belt again
If this happens, use the following sensing system maintain the
without pulling the belt out all
steps to allow the system to detect passenger airbag status. See
the way.
that person and enable the front “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
outboard passenger frontal airbag: 6. Restart the vehicle and have the
in the Index for additional
person remain in this position for
1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of
two to three minutes after the on
proper restraint use.
indicator is lit.
A thick layer of additional material,

such as a blanket or cushion, { Warning { Warning
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the
massagers can affect how well the passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the
passenger sensing system passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag
operates. We recommend that you seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper
not use seat covers or other proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you
aftermarket equipment except when sensing system. are close to an airbag when it
approved by GM for your specific inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to They are probably part of the
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow
page 3-37 for more information Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and
about modifications that can affect Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing
how the system operates. should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
The on indicator may be lit if an of the airbag system in several
object, such as a briefcase, places around the vehicle. Your
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, dealer and the service manual have
Adding Equipment to the
or other electronic device, is put on information about servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
an unoccupied seat. If this is not vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the
desired, remove the object from purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system,
the seat. Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet
Information on page 13-11. metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing
any parts of the front seats, safety
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check
module, steering wheel, instrument interfere with the operation of the
panel, any airbag module, ceiling or passenger sensing system. This The airbag system does not need
pillar garnish trim, overhead could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or
console, front sensors, side impact deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag
sensors, airbag wiring, or front airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See
center console. sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light on
turning off the passenger airbag(s). page 5-18.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location See Passenger Sensing System on
of the airbag sensors, sensing and page 3-33. { Caution
diagnostic module, and airbag If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail If an airbag covering is damaged,
wiring. airbags, see Different Size Tires opened, or broken, the airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a and Wheels on page 10-59 for
may not work properly. Do not
passenger sensing system that additional information.
open or break the airbag
includes sensors as part of the front If you have to modify your vehicle coverings. If there are any
outboard passenger seat. The because you have a disability and opened or broken airbag
passenger sensing system may not you have questions about whether coverings, have the airbag
operate properly if the original seat the modifications will affect the covering and/or airbag module
trim is replaced with non-GM vehicle's airbag system, or if you replaced. For the location of the
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with have questions about whether the airbags, see Where Are the
GM covers, upholstery, or trim airbag system will be affected if the
Airbags? on page 3-28. See your
designed for a different vehicle. Any vehicle is modified for any other
dealer for service.
object, such as an aftermarket seat reason, call Customer Assistance.
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad See Customer Assistance Offices
or device, installed under or on top on page 13-3.
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints
replace airbag system parts. See
Parts after a Crash your dealer for service.
Older Children
If the airbag readiness light stays on
{ Warning after the vehicle is started or comes
A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
not work properly and may not
page 5-18.
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
possible. booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer instructions that

. Can proper safety belt fit be According to accident statistics,
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the children are safer when properly
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, restrained in a rear seating position.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
In a crash, children who are not
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to buckled up can strike other people
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? who are buckled up, or can be
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use safety belts
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder properly.
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or { Warning
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just Never allow more than one child
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. to wear the same safety belt. The
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the safety belt cannot properly spread
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash. the impact forces. In a crash, they
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the can be crushed together and
on page 3-19. If a comfort guide abdomen, which could cause seriously injured. A safety belt
is not available, or if the severe or even fatal internal must be used by only one person
shoulder belt still does not rest injuries in a crash. at a time.
on the shoulder, then return to Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
the booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
. Does the lap belt fit low and page 3-19.
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Warning (Continued)
Infants and Young
Children
belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs
applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and
That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the
injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and
go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the
the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
{ Warning restrained while in a vehicle.
Never allow a child to wear the

safety belt with the shoulder belt
{ Warning
behind their back. A child can be Children can be seriously injured
seriously injured by not wearing or strangled if a shoulder belt is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a wrapped around their neck. The
crash, the child would not be shoulder belt can tighten but
restrained by the shoulder belt. cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The child could move too far The shoulder belt locks when it is
forward increasing the chance of pulled all the way out of the
head and neck injury. The child retractor. It unlocks when the
might also slide under the lap shoulder belt is allowed to go all
(Continued) (Continued)
Warning (Continued) { Warning

the way back into the retractor, Never hold an infant or a child
but it cannot do this if it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to
wrapped around a child’s neck. crash forces, an infant or a child
If the shoulder belt is locked and will become so heavy it is not
tightened around a child’s neck, possible to hold it during a crash.
the only way to loosen the belt is For example, in a crash at only
to cut it. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a
in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children to play with the safety arms. An infant should be
belts. secured in an appropriate { Warning
restraint.
Children who are up against,
Every time infants and young or very close to, any airbag when
children ride in vehicles, they should it inflates can be seriously injured
have the protection provided by or killed. Never put a rear-facing
appropriate child restraints. Neither child restraint in the front
the vehicle's safety belt system nor outboard seat. Secure a
its airbag system is designed rear-facing child restraint in a rear
for them. seat. It is also better to secure a
Children who are not restrained forward-facing child restraint in a
properly can strike other people, rear seat. If you must secure a
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
restraint should take into

Warning (Continued) consideration not only the child's { Warning
weight, height, and age but also
the front outboard seat, always whether or not the restraint will To reduce the risk of neck and
move the front passenger seat as be compatible with the motor head injury during a crash, infants
far back as it will go. vehicle in which it will be used. need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
For most basic types of child
rear-facing child restraint, the
restraints, there are many
different models available. When crash forces can be distributed
purchasing a child restraint, be across the strongest part of an
sure it is designed to be used in infant's body, the back and
a motor vehicle. If it is, the shoulders. Infants should always
restraint will have a label saying be secured in rear-facing child
that it meets federal motor restraints.
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
{ Warning
height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still
child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicle's regular
Q: What are the different types of
are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on
add-on child restraints?
available for children with the hip bones, as it should.
A: Add-on child restraints, which special needs. Instead, it may settle up around
are purchased by the vehicle the child's abdomen. In a crash,
owner, are available in four basic
the belt would apply force on a
types. Selection of a particular
body area that is unprotected by
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Child Restraint Systems
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Forward-Facing Child Seat

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure
vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians
the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect
Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly
(LATCH System) on page 3-47. use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged

locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued)
inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
availability in Canada, check with front passenger airbag inflates
The vehicle is equipped with a front and the passenger seat is in a
Transport Canada or the Provincial center airbag in the inboard side of
Ministry of Transportation office. forward position.
the driver seat. Even with a front
center airbag, a child restraint can Even if the passenger sensing
Securing the Child Within the
be installed in any second row system has turned off the front
Child Restraint
seating position. passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
{ Warning Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
guarantee that an airbag will not
A child can be seriously injured or the rear-facing child is so great if the deploy under some unusual
killed in a crash if the child is not airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is
properly secured in the child turned off.
restraint. Secure the child { Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
properly following the instructions in a rear seat, even if the airbag
that came with that child restraint. A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in
or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the
Where to Put the airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back
Restraint the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure
restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when the inflating airbag. A child in a
See Passenger Sensing System
properly restrained in a child forward-facing child restraint can
on page 3-33 for additional
restraint system or infant restraint be seriously injured or killed if the
information.
system secured in a rear seating (Continued)
position.
When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s
rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in
instructions that came with the child in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer
restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
assemblies or LATCH anchors for designed to make installation of a
additional passengers or child child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
restraints. Adjacent seating a top tether, you must also use
positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
child restraint prevents access to or your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
interferes with the routing of the restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
safety belt. attachments. LATCH-compatible never be installed using only the top
rear-facing and forward-facing child tether and anchor.
Wherever a child restraint is seats can be properly installed
installed, be sure to secure the child using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
restraint properly. the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
Keep in mind that an unsecured use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
child restraint can move around in a LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
collision or sudden stop and injure a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
people in the vehicle. Be sure to child seat.
anchorage system once the Lower anchors (1) are metal bars forward movement and rotation of
combined weight is more than built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint during driving or in
29.5 kg (65 lbs). lower anchors for each LATCH a crash.
The following explains how to attach seating position that will The child restraint may have a
a child restraint with these accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
attachments in the vehicle. lower attachments (2). Either will have a single
Not all vehicle seating positions or Top Tether Anchor attachment (2) to secure the top
child restraints have lower anchors tether to the anchor.
and attachments or top tether Some child restraints with top
anchors and attachments. tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
Lower Anchors attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of

the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into
the vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
Lower Anchor and Top Tether

Anchor Locations
Second Row — Bucket Third Row Seat

H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
Second Row — 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats, the top tether
anchor symbol is on the flipper
panel. Second Row Seat — Bucket Second Row Seat — 60/40
For models with bucket second row For models with 60/40 second row
seating, the top tether anchors are seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat at the bottom rear of the seat
cushion for each seating position in cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use an the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be where the child restraint will be
placed. placed.
the instructions that come with the

child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued)
must be attached.
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
According to accident statistics, belts to secure the restraint,
children and infants are safer when following the instructions that
properly restrained in a child came with the child restraint and
restraint system or infant restraint the instructions in this manual.
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-46 for
additional information. { Warning
Third Row Seat Securing a Child Restraint To reduce the risk of serious or
Designed for the LATCH fatal injuries during a crash, do
For the third row seat, the top tether
System not attach more than one child
anchors are on the back of the
seatback. Move the flipper panel restraint to a single anchor.
rearward to access the anchors. Be { Warning Attaching more than one child
sure to use an anchor on the same restraint to a single anchor could
side of the vehicle as the seating If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment
position where the child restraint will not attached to anchors or with to come loose or even break
be placed. the safety belt, the child restraint during a crash. A child or others
will not be able to protect the child could be injured.
Do not secure a child restraint in a correctly. In a crash, the child
position without a top tether anchor could be seriously injured or
if a national or local law requires
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
that the top tether be attached, or if
restraint properly using the
(Continued)
This system is designed to make

{ Warning { Caution installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH use the vehicle's safety belts.
or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the Instead use the vehicle's anchors
wrapped around their neck. The vehicle’s safety belts. This may and child restraint attachments to
shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary, secure the restraints. Some
cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to restraints also use another vehicle
The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH anchor to secure a top tether.
pulled all the way out of the attachments.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the empty rear seat attachments to the lower
shoulder belt is allowed to go all with a safety belt buckled. This anchors. If the child restraint
the way back into the retractor, could damage the safety belt or does not have lower
but it cannot do this if it is the seat. Unbuckle and return the attachments or the desired
wrapped around a child’s neck. safety belt to its stowed position, seating position does not have
If the shoulder belt is locked and before folding the seat. lower anchors, secure the child
tightened around a child’s neck, restraint with the safety belts
the only way to loosen the belt is and top tether when
to cut it. The vehicle is equipped with a front recommended by the child
center airbag in the inboard side of restraint manufacturer. Refer to
Buckle any unused safety belts the driver seat. Even with a front your child restraint manufacturer
behind the child restraint so center airbag, a child restraint can instructions and the instructions
children cannot reach them. Pull be installed in any second row in this manual.
the shoulder belt all the way out seating position.
of the retractor to set the lock, 1.1. Find the lower anchors for
If you need to secure more than one the desired seating
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint in the rear seat, see position.
child restraint after the child Where to Put the Restraint on
restraint has been installed. page 3-46.
1.2. Put the child restraint on 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the seat. the top tether according to
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower your child restraint
attachments on the child instructions and the
restraint to the lower following instructions:
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten If the position you are using
the top tether to the top tether does not have a head
anchor. Refer to the child restraint and you are using
restraint instructions and the a dual tether, route the
following steps: tether over the seatback.
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
If the position you are using
For the third row seat,
does not have a head
move the flipper panel
restraint and you are using
rearward to access the top
a single tether, route the
tether anchors.
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using If the position you are using move it side to side and back
has an adjustable head has a fixed head restraint and forth. There should be no
restraint and you are using and you are using a single more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
a single tether, raise the tether, route the tether movement, for proper
head restraint and route the around the inboard or installation.
tether under the head outboard side of the head
restraint and in between the restraint. Head Restraint Removal and
head restraint posts. Reinstallation
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Third Row Seats
information.
If the position you are using

has a fixed or an adjustable
head restraint and you are
using a dual tether, route
the tether around the head
restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check, 2. Press the buttons on the head
grasp the child restraint at the restraint posts and pull up on the
LATCH path and attempt to head restraint.
3. When the child restraint is Replacing LATCH System

removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
Parts After a Crash
position is used.
{ Warning
{ Warning A crash can damage the LATCH
With head restraints that are not system in the vehicle. A damaged
installed and adjusted properly, LATCH system may not properly
there is a greater chance that secure the child restraint,
occupants will suffer a neck/ resulting in serious injury or even
spinal injury in a crash. Do not death in a crash. To help make
drive until the head restraints for 5. With the head restraint facing sure the LATCH system is
all occupants are installed and rearward, insert the head working properly after a crash,
adjusted properly. restraint posts into the holes in see your dealer to have the
the top of the seatback. system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
4. Route the top tether of the child 6. Push the head restraint down.
soon as possible.
restraint under the head 7. Try to move the head restraint to
restraint. make sure that it is locked in
place. If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints Do not secure a child seat in a 1. Put the child restraint on
position without a top tether anchor the seat.
(Rear Seat) if a national or local law requires For the third row outboard
When securing a child restraint in a that the top tether be anchored, or if seating positions, if the head
rear seating position, study the the instructions that come with the restraint interferes with the
instructions that came with the child child restraint say that the top strap proper installation of the child
restraint to make sure it is must be anchored. restraint, the head restraint may
compatible with this vehicle. In Canada, the law requires that be removed. See “Head
If the child restraint has the LATCH forward-facing child restraints have Restraint Removal and
system, see Lower Anchors and a top tether, and that the tether be Reinstallation” under Lower
Tethers for Children (LATCH attached. Anchors and Tethers for
System) on page 3-47 for how and If the child restraint or vehicle seat Children (LATCH System) on
where to install the child restraint position does not have the LATCH page 3-47.
using LATCH. If a child restraint is system, you will be using the safety
secured in the vehicle using a belt to secure the child restraint in
safety belt and it uses a top tether, this position. Be sure to follow the
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for instructions that came with the child
Children (LATCH System) on restraint. Secure the child in the
page 3-47 for top tether anchor child restraint when and as the
locations. instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3-46.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run Position the release button on
the lap and shoulder portions of the buckle so that the safety belt
the vehicle's safety belt through could be quickly unbuckled if
or around the restraint. The child necessary.
restraint instructions will show
you how.
5. To tighten the belt, push down

on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt
and feed the shoulder belt back
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way into the retractor. When installing
out of the retractor to set the a forward-facing child restraint, it
3. Push the latch plate into the lock. When the retractor lock is may be helpful to use your knee
buckle until it clicks. set, the belt can be tightened but to push down on the child
not pulled out of the retractor. restraint as you tighten the belt.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check to see if Try to pull the belt out of the
the correct buckle is being used. retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top seating position is used. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
tether, follow the child restraint “Head Restraint Removal and the front. This is because the risk to
manufacturer’s instructions Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors the rear-facing child is so great if the
regarding the use of the top and Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag deploys.
tether. Refer to the instructions System) on page 3-47 for additional
that came with the child restraint
and see Lower Anchors and
information on reinstalling the head
restraint properly.
{ Warning
Tethers for Children (LATCH A child in a rear-facing child
System) on page 3-47. Securing Child Restraints restraint can be seriously injured
7. Before placing a child in the (Front Passenger Seat) or killed if the front outboard
child restraint, make sure it is passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the
securely held in place. To check,
seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would
grasp the child restraint at the
forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating
safety belt path and attempt to
Where to Put the Restraint on
move it side to side and back airbag. A child in a forward-facing
page 3-46.
and forth. When the child child restraint can be seriously
restraint is properly installed, In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front
there should be no more than passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is
outboard passenger frontal airbag in a forward position.
To remove the child restraint,
under certain conditions. See
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Even if the passenger sensing
Passenger Sensing System on
let it return to the stowed position. system has turned off the front
page 3-33 and Passenger Airbag
If the top tether is attached to a top outboard passenger frontal
Status Indicator on page 5-19 for
tether anchor, disconnect it.
more information, including airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
If the head restraint was removed important safety information. one can guarantee that an airbag
for a third row outboard seating (Continued)
position, reinstall it before the
the instructions that come with the 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Warning (Continued) child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions of
must be anchored. the vehicle's safety belt through
will not deploy under some or around the restraint. The child
unusual circumstance, even In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have restraint instructions will show
though it is turned off. you how.
a top tether, and that the tether be
Secure rear-facing child restraints attached.
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
forward-facing child restraint in
position, follow the instructions that
the front seat, always move the
came with the child restraint and the
front passenger seat as far back following instructions:
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat. 1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint.
information. When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
If the child restraint uses a top airbag, the off indicator on the Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
tether, see Lower Anchors and passenger airbag status belt, if needed.
Tethers for Children (LATCH indicator should light and stay lit
System) on page 3-47 for top tether when you start the vehicle. See
anchor locations. Passenger Airbag Status
Do not secure a child seat in a Indicator on page 5-19.
position without a top tether anchor 2. Put the child restraint on
if a national or local law requires the seat.
that the top tether be anchored, or if
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
necessary. into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-33 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
2 NOTES
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the

radio, press and hold P to open.
Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the
Storage Compartments infotainment manual.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning Press and hold P again to close.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1
Do not store heavy or sharp Keep the storage area closed when
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
objects in storage compartments. not in use.
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 In a crash, these objects may The storage area cannot be
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 cause the cover to open and operated with P when valet mode
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2 could result in injury. is enabled. See Vehicle
Additional Storage Features Personalization on page 5-50.
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 manually.
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Roof Rack System Glove Box
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Lift up the glove box handle to open
it. Use the key to lock and unlock
the glove box.
Cupholders
Cupholders are in the front of the
console. If equipped, cupholders
may be in the second and third row
seat armrest areas.
4-2 Storage
To remove the cupholder for Rear Storage Center Console Storage

cleaning, press together the front
top center of the cupholder and pull
out from the chrome ring.
Sunglasses Storage
There is storage in the floor of the Pull the handle and lift to access.
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to There are auxiliary jacks, USB
access. There is a removable ports, an accessory power outlet,
divider to help organize. tote compartment, device holder,
and SD card reader inside.
If equipped, sunglasses storage is
On the rear of the console, there is
on the overhead console. Press the
a High Voltage Power Outlet
fixed button on the cover and
(HVPO), auxiliary jacks, and an
release to access. There may be a
open storage area.
child-view mirror located within the
sunglasses bin. Release the bin and See Power Outlets on page 5-7 and
then push up halfway to secure in the infotainment manual.
position.
Storage 4-3
Additional Storage 2. Let the cover move forward to

the full retracted position.
5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to
make sure it is secure.
Features To remove the cover: On long wheelbase models there
1. Let the cover go all the way into are two cover positions. The slots
Cargo Cover furthest forward allow the cover to
the holder.
be used if the third seat is removed
{ Warning 2. Then, grasping the driver side
cover end cap, push the cover
or folded down. The cover can be
installed and removed from
An unsecured cargo cover could end cap toward the passenger either side.
strike people in a sudden stop or side of the vehicle.
turn, or in a crash. Store the 3. Swing the cover rearward and Cargo Tie-Downs
cargo cover securely or remove it take it out of the vehicle. If equipped with cargo tie-downs in
from the vehicle.
To put the cover in the vehicle: the rear cargo area, these can be
used to strap cargo down and keep
1. Make sure the cover slot in the
To use the cargo cover, if equipped: it from moving inside the vehicle.
holder faces rearward with the
1. Pull the cover handle toward the round surface facing down.
rear of the vehicle. Convenience Net
2. Then, hold the cover at an angle
2. Latch the cover posts into the and place the cover end cap into Use the convenience net, located in
retaining sockets on the cargo the slot in the passenger side the rear, to store small loads as far
area trim panels. trim panel. forward as possible. The net should
not be used to store heavy loads.
To return the cover to the retracted 3. Move the other end of the cover
position: forward and hold it next to the
1. Pull up on the cover handle to driver side trim panel slot.
release the cover posts from the 4. Press the end caps in, to allow
retaining sockets. the cover to fit into the trim slot.
4-4 Storage
Roof Rack System { Caution

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack capacity and loading, see Vehicle
that weighs more than 100 kg Load Limits on page 9-15.
If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it (CHMSL) is located above the rear
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the window glass. Make sure items
wind can catch it while the vehicle loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being not block or damage the CHMSL.
cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure
carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely
than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicle’s center
certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
If equipped, the roof rack can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers,
used to load items. For roof racks otherwise it may result in loss of
that do not have crossrails included, control. If driving for a long distance,
GM Certified crossrails can be on rough roads, or at high speeds,
purchased as an accessory. See occasionally stop the vehicle to
your dealer for additional make sure the cargo remains in its
information. place.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
5-28
Controls Transmission Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
5-29
5-29
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-17 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-18 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Information Displays
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-2 Driver Information
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-20
Malfunction Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-33
Rear Window Wiper/ Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Battery Voltage and Charging
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . 5-24 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-38
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-24 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Indicators Lane Departure Warning Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-39
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-25 Engine Cooling System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-26 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-40
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-41
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-26 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-41
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Engine Coolant Temperature Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-42
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Engine Oil Pressure Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-27
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Object Detection System Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 while driving.
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-46 Adjustment
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 The infotainment system can be
Steering System Power Tilt and Telescope Steering operated by using the steering
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Wheel wheel controls. See "Steering
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-47 manual.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Heated Steering Wheel
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-50
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-50
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-58
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 To adjust the power tilt and
telescope steering wheel,
if equipped:
Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
( (Heated Steering Wheel): Press w (Low Speed): Slow wipes. If z FRONT is then moved to
to turn it on or off. A light next to the 3 INT (Intermittent Wipes): Turn OFF before the driver door is
button displays when the feature is opened or within 10 minutes, the
turned on. the z FRONT band up for more wipers will restart and move to the
frequent wipes or down for less base of the windshield.
The steering wheel takes about frequent wipes.
three minutes to start heating. If the ignition is put in OFF while the
OFF: Turns the windshield wipers are performing wipes due to
Horn wipers off. windshield washing or Rainsense,
8 (Mist): For a single wipe, turn the wipers continue to run until they
To sound the horn, press a on the to8, then release. For several reach the base of the windshield.
steering wheel.
wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. Rainsense™
Windshield Wiper/Washer Clear ice and snow from the wiper With Rainsense, a sensor near the
blades before using them. If frozen top center of the windshield detects
to the windshield, carefully loosen or the amount of water on the
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades windshield and controls the
should be replaced. See Wiper frequency of the windshield wiper.
Blade Replacement on page 10-25. Keep this area of the windshield
Heavy snow or ice can overload the clear of debris to allow for best
wiper motor. An internal circuit system performance.
The windshield wiper control is on breaker to the motor will stop the 3 INT (Rainsense Wipe
the turn signal lever. motor until it cools down.
Sensitivity): Turn the z FRONT
The windshield wipers are Wiper Parking band on the wiper lever to adjust the
controlled by turning the band If the ignition is put in OFF while the sensitivity.
with z FRONT on it. wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
1 (High Speed): Fast wipes. they will immediately stop.
sensitivity to moisture. When turned With Rainsense, if the transmission

off, the wipers operate as timed is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
intermittent wipers and can be speed is very slow, the wipers will
adjusted for more or less frequent automatically stop at the base of the
wipes. windshield.
If z AUTO is on when the ignition The wiper operations return to
. Turn the band up for more is turned on, or if the ignition is in normal when the transmission is no
sensitivity to moisture. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
ON/RUN and the z FRONT band
. Turn the band down for less speed has increased.
is in one of the sensitivity settings
sensitivity to moisture. Windshield Washer
when z AUTO is turned on or off,
Move the band out of the 3 INT a message may display indicating if
position to deactivate Rainsense. Rainsense was turned on or off. { Warning
If the ignition is in ON/RUN In freezing weather, do not use
and z FRONT is not in one of the the washer until the windshield is
sensitivity settings when z AUTO warmed. Otherwise the washer
is turned on, a message may fluid can form ice on the
display indicating that the wiper windshield, blocking your vision.
band must be in one of the
sensitivity settings for Rainsense to
operate.
L m (Washer Fluid): Push the
z AUTO (Rainsense On/Off): paddle marked with the windshield
Press to turn Rainsense on or off. Wiper Arm Assembly Protection washer symbol at the top of the turn
When turned on and z FRONT is When using an automatic car wash, signal lever to spray washer fluid
in one of the Rainsense wipe move the windshield wiper lever to and activate the wipers. The wipers
sensitivity positions the wipers can OFF. This disables the automatic will continue until the paddle is
be adjusted for more or less Rainsense windshield wipers. released or the maximum wash time
is reached. When the paddle is
released, additional wipes may ON (Rear Wipes): Turns on the The wiper operations return to
occur depending on how long the rear wiper. normal when the transmission is no
windshield washer had been = REAR (Rear Wiper Wash): longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
activated. See Washer Fluid on Press this button on the end of the speed has increased.
page 10-18 for information on filling lever to spray washer fluid on the
the windshield washer fluid Reverse Gear Wipes
rear window. The wipers will clear
reservoir. the rear window and either stop or If the rear wiper control is off, the
return to your preset speed. For rear wiper will automatically operate
Rear Window Wiper/ more washer cycles, press and hold continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
Washer the button.
windshield wiper is performing low
The rear window wiper/washer will or high speed wipes. If the rear
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass wiper control is off, the shift lever is
is open or ajar. If the liftgate or in R (Reverse), and the front
liftglass is opened while the rear windshield wiper is performing
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the interval wipes, then the rear wiper
parked position and stops. automatically performs interval
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly wipes.
The rear wiper control is on the turn Protection This feature can be changed. See
signal lever. Vehicle Personalization on
When using an automatic car wash,
To turn the rear wiper on, slide the move the rear wiper control to OFF page 5-50.
lever to a wiper position. to disable the rear wiper. In some The windshield washer reservoir is
OFF: Turns the wiper off. vehicles, if the transmission is in used for the windshield and the rear
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is window. Check the fluid level in the
INT (Intermittent Wipes): Turns on very slow, the rear wiper will reservoir if either washer is not
the rear wiper with a delay between automatically stop at the base of the working. See Washer Fluid on
wipes. rear window. page 10-18.
Compass Clock To set the clock display:

The vehicle may have a compass 1. Select SETTINGS from the
Setting the Time and Date with Home Page, then select Time
display on the Driver Information Faceplate Controls
Center (DIC). The compass receives and Date.
its heading and other information To set the time or date: 2. Select Clock Display.
from the Global Positioning 1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
System (GPS) antenna, Home Page, then select Time
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed or On.
and Date.
information. 4. Press the MENU knob to select.
2. Select the desired function.
The compass system is designed to
3. Turn the MENU knob to increase Press o BACK to go to the last
operate for a certain number of menu and save the changes.
miles or degrees of turn before or decrease the value.
needing a signal from the GPS 4. Press the MENU knob to go to Setting the Time and Date with
satellites. When the compass the next value. After the last Touchscreen Controls
display shows CAL, drive the value is selected, the system will To set the time:
vehicle for a short distance in an update and return to the Settings
open area where it can receive a menu. Press o BACK to go to 1. Press the SETTINGS screen
GPS signal. The compass system the last menu and save the button from the Home Page,
will automatically determine when a then press Time and Date.
changes.
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass Auto Set requires an OnStar 2. Press Set Time and press « or
Messages on page 5-38 for the subscription. ª to increase or decrease
messages that may be displayed for hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
If auto timing is set, the time Press 12–24 Hr for 12 or
the compass. displayed on the clock may not 24 hour clock.
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone. 3. Press the } screen button to go
back to the previous menu.

. One on the rear of the center
Auto Set requires an OnStar Power Outlets armrest storage.
subscription.
Accessory power outlets can be .
If auto timing is set, the time One in the third row seat area on
used to plug in electrical equipment,
displayed on the clock may not the driver side.
such as a cell phone, MP3
update immediately when driving player, etc. . One in the rear cargo area on
into a new time zone. the passenger side.
The vehicle may have up to five
To set the date: accessory power outlets: Lift the cover to access and replace
1. Press the SETTINGS screen when not in use.
Vehicles with a Center Console
button from the Home Page, The accessory power outlets are
then press Time and Date. . One in front of the cupholders on powered as follows:
the center console.
2. Press Set Date and press « or . The power outlet near the
ª to increase or decrease
. One inside the center storage cupholders for vehicles with a
month, day, or year. console. center console or on the center
. One on the rear of the center stack for vehicles with bench
3. Press the } screen button to go storage console. seats, can be configured to
back to the previous menu. operate using Retained
. One in the third row seat on the
To set the clock display: Accessory Power (RAP) or
driver side.
battery power modes. If these
1. Press the SETTINGS screen . One in the rear cargo area on power outlets are used while in
button and press Time and Date. the passenger side. the battery power mode, this
2. Press Clock Display and press could cause interference
Vehicles with Bench Seats
OFF or ON to turn the clock between the Remote Keyless
. One on the center stack below
display off or on. Entry (RKE) transmitter and the
the climate control system. vehicle, and the vehicle may not
3. Press the } screen button to go start. See Ignition Positions on
. One in the storage area on the
back to the previous menu. page 9-20.
bench seat.

. The power outlets in the third When adding electrical equipment,
row seat area or in the rear { Caution be sure to follow the proper
cargo area are powered at all installation instructions included with
times. The power outlets inside Leaving electrical equipment the equipment. See Add-On
the storage area, on the rear of plugged in for an extended period Electrical Equipment on page 9-84.
the console, or on the bench of time while the ignition is in
seat are only powered when the LOCK/OFF will drain the battery.
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ Always unplug electrical
{ Caution
ACCESSORY, or when RAP is equipment when not in use and Hanging heavy equipment from
active. do not plug in equipment that the power outlet can cause
exceeds the maximum 15 ampere damage not covered by the
{ Warning rating. vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
Power is always supplied to the
Certain power accessory plugs may accessory power plugs only, such
outlet, if configured accordingly.
not be compatible with the as cell phone charge cords.
Do not leave electrical equipment
accessory power outlet and could
plugged in when the vehicle is not
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
in use because the vehicle could If a problem is experienced, see
catch fire and cause injury or your dealer.
death.
Power Outlet 110 Volt The indicator light does not come on The power outlet is not designed for
Alternating Current when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or the following, and may not work
if the equipment is not fully seated properly if they are plugged in:
If equipped with this power outlet, it into the outlet.
can be used to plug in electrical . Equipment with high initial peak
equipment that uses a maximum If equipment is connected using wattage, such as
limit of 150 watts. more than 150 watts or a system compressor-driven refrigerators
fault is detected, a protection circuit and electric power tools.
For vehicles with a center console, shuts off the power supply and the
the 110 volt power outlet is on the . Other equipment requiring an
indicator light turns off. To reset the extremely stable power supply,
rear of the center console. circuit, unplug the item and plug it such as
For vehicles with bench seats, the back in or turn the ignition off and microcomputer-controlled
110 volt power outlet is on the then back to ON/RUN. The power electric blankets and touch
center stack below the climate restarts when equipment using 150 sensor lamps.
controls. watts or less is plugged into the
outlet and a system fault is not . Medical equipment.
The 110 volt power outlet is on the
detected.
rear of the center console.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle costly and even dangerous.
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Instrument Cluster
English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar

Cluster Menu
. Info App. This is where the If there is an active call, mute the
selected Driver Information phone or switch to handset
There is an interactive display area Center (DIC) displays can be operation.
in the center of the instrument viewed. See Driver Information
cluster. Center (DIC) on page 5-30. Navigation
. Audio Press V to select the Navigation
. Phone app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
. Navigation
active route, you can resume the
. Settings last route and turn the voice
Audio prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, press V to cancel or resume
Press V to select the Audio app, route guidance or turn the voice
then press p to enter the Audio prompts on or off.
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. Use w Press V to select the Settings app,
Use the right steering wheel control or x to change the station or go to then press p to enter the Settings
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
the next or previous track. menu. Use w or x to scroll
Phone through items in the Settings menu.
Press o to access the cluster
Press V to select the Phone app, Units: Press p while Units is
applications. Use w or x to scroll displayed to enter the Units menu.
through the list of available then press p to enter the Phone Choose English, Imperial, or metric
applications. Not all applications will menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
be available on all vehicles. units by pressing V while the
no active phone call, view recent
calls, or scroll through contacts.
desired item is highlighted. Software Information: Displays Tachometer

A checkmark will be displayed next open source software information.
to the selected item. The tachometer displays the engine
Speedometer speed in revolutions per
Display Themes: There are three minute (rpm).
instrument cluster display The speedometer shows the
configurations to choose from:
Standard, Technology, and Media.
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
{ Caution
Info Pages: Press p while Info hour (mph). If the engine is operated with the
Pages is displayed to enter the Info rpm’s in the warning area at the
Pages menu and select the items to Odometer high end of the tachometer, the
be displayed in the Info app. See The odometer shows how far the vehicle could be damaged, and
Driver Information Center (DIC) on vehicle has been driven, in either the damage would not be covered
page 5-30. kilometers or miles. The odometer by the vehicle warranty. Do not
Speed Warning: The Speed displays on the Speed page of the operate the engine with the rpm’s
Warning display allows the driver to Driver Information Center (DIC). in the warning area.
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, Trip Odometer
press p when Speed Warning is The trip odometer shows how far
displayed. Press w or x to adjust the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
the value. Press V to set the speed.
Once the speed is set, this feature The trip odometer is accessed and
can be turned off by pressing V reset through the Driver Information
while viewing this page. If the Center (DIC). See Driver
selected speed limit is exceeded, a Information Center (DIC) on
pop-up warning is displayed with a page 5-30.
chime.
Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
Standard Theme Shown the tank.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while Metric, Standard Theme Shown
gauge indicates about how much turning a corner or speeding up.
fuel is left in the tank. . The gauge takes a few seconds
There is an arrow near the fuel to stabilize after the ignition is
gauge pointing to the side of the turned on, and goes back to
vehicle the fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is
turned off.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
A reading outside the normal Engine Coolant

operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
Temperature Gauge
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE”
under Engine Oil Messages on
page 5-40 and Engine Oil on
page 10-6.
{ Caution
English, Standard Theme Shown
Lack of proper engine oil
The engine oil pressure gauge maintenance can damage the
shows the engine oil pressure engine. Driving with the engine Metric, Standard Theme Shown
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds oil low can also damage the
per square inch) when the engine is
engine. The repairs would not be
running.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Oil pressure can vary with engine Check the oil level as soon as
speed, outside temperature and oil possible. Add oil if required, but if
viscosity. the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
Transmission
Temperature Gauge
English, Standard Theme Shown English, Standard Theme Shown

This gauge measures the This gauge appears when the
temperature of the vehicle's engine vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and
Metric, Standard Theme Shown
coolant. shows the transmission fluid
While driving under normal temperature. If the gauge is reading
operating conditions, if the needle in the red area and/or a message
moves into the red warning area, appears in the Driver Information
the engine is too hot. Pull off the Center (DIC), the vehicle must be
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off stopped and the cause checked.
the engine as soon as possible. One possible cause is a low fluid
level in the transmission.
See Transmission Messages on
page 5-47.
When the engine is running, this The vehicle can only be driven for a
{ Caution gauge shows the condition of the short time with the readings outside
charging system. The gauge can the normal operating range. If the
Do not drive the vehicle while the transition from a higher to lower or a vehicle must be driven, turn off all
transmission fluid is overheating, lower to higher reading. This is accessories, such as the radio and
or the transmission can be normal. If the vehicle is operating air conditioner and unplug all
damaged. This could lead to outside the normal operating range, chargers and accessories.
costly repairs that would not be the charging system light comes on.
covered by the warranty. Readings outside the normal
See Charging System Light on operating range indicate a possible
page 5-20 for more information. The problem in the electrical system.
voltmeter gauge may also read
Voltmeter Gauge lower when in fuel economy mode.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.
This is normal.
Readings outside the normal Safety Belt Reminders
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical Driver Safety Belt Reminder
accessories are operating in the Light
vehicle and the engine is left idling There is a driver safety belt
for an extended period. This reminder light on the instrument
condition is normal since the cluster.
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
Standard Theme Shown higher engine speeds allow the
When the ignition is on, this gauge charging system to create maximum
indicates the battery voltage. power.
When the vehicle is started, this For vehicles equipped with the Airbag Readiness Light
light flashes and a chime may come passenger safety belt reminder light,
on to remind the driver to fasten when the vehicle is started this light This light shows if there is an
their safety belt. Then the light stays flashes and a chime may come on electrical problem with the airbag
on solid until the belt is buckled. to remind passengers to fasten their system. The system check includes
This cycle may continue several safety belt. Then the light stays on the airbag sensor(s), passenger
times if the driver remains or solid until the belt is buckled. This sensing system (if equipped), the
becomes unbuckled while the cycle continues several times if the pretensioners, the airbag modules,
vehicle is moving. passenger remains or becomes the wiring, and the crash sensing
unbuckled while the vehicle is and diagnostic module. For more
If the driver safety belt is buckled, information on the airbag system,
neither the light nor the chime moving.
see Airbag System on page 3-26.
comes on. If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
Passenger Safety Belt light comes on.
Reminder Light
The front passenger safety belt
There may be a passenger safety reminder light and chime may turn
belt reminder light near the on if an object is put on the seat
passenger airbag status indicator. such as a briefcase, handbag,
See Passenger Sensing System on grocery bag, laptop, or other The airbag readiness light comes on
page 3-33. electronic device. To turn off the for several seconds when the
reminder light and/or chime, remove vehicle is started. If the light does
the object from the seat or buckle not come on then, have it fixed
the safety belt. immediately.
important safety information. The indicator will light either ON or OFF,

{ Warning passenger airbag status indicator is or the on or off symbol, to let you
in the overhead console. know the status of the front
If the airbag readiness light stays outboard passenger frontal airbag.
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means If the word ON or the on symbol is
the airbag system might not be lit on the passenger airbag status
working properly. The airbags in indicator, it means that the front
the vehicle might not inflate in a outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid United States If the word OFF or the off symbol is
injury, have the vehicle serviced lit on the airbag status indicator, it
right away. means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center If, after several seconds, both status
(DIC) message may also come on. indicator lights remain on, or if there
See Airbag System Messages on Canada and Mexico are no lights at all, there may be a
page 5-46. problem with the lights or the
When the vehicle is started, the passenger sensing system. See
passenger airbag status indicator your dealer for service.
Passenger Airbag Status will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
Indicator for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
The vehicle has a passenger several more seconds, the status
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-33 for
a check to show the light is working. are at acceptable levels, helping to

{ Warning It should go out when the engine is maintain a clean environment. The
started. malfunction indicator lamp comes
If the airbag readiness light ever on when the vehicle is placed in
comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
that something may be wrong working. If it does not, have the
with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
avoid injury to yourself or others, Ignition Positions on page 9-20.
have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-18 for more When this light comes on, or is
information, including important flashing, the Driver Information
safety information. Center (DIC) also displays a
message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Charging System Light Messages on page 5-37. If the malfunction indicator lamp
If a short distance must be driven comes on while the engine is
with the light on, be sure to turn off running, this indicates that the OBD
all accessories, such as the radio II system has detected a problem
and air conditioner. and diagnosis and service might be
required.
Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by
The charging system light comes on Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is
briefly when the ignition is turned apparent. Being aware of the light
A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage
on, but the engine is not running, as (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system also
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
assists the service technician in To prevent more serious damage to

correctly diagnosing any Caution (Continued) the vehicle:
malfunction. . Reduce vehicle speed.
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can cause
{ Caution this light to come on.
.
.
Avoid hard accelerations.
Avoid steep uphill grades.
If the vehicle is continually driven Modifications to these systems
with this light on, the emission could lead to costly repairs not . If towing a trailer, reduce the
covered by the vehicle warranty. amount of cargo being hauled as
controls might not work as well,
This could also result in a failure soon as it is possible.
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine to pass a required Emission If the light continues to flash, find a
might not run as smoothly. This Inspection/Maintenance test. See safe place to stop and park the
could lead to costly repairs that Accessories and Modifications on vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
might not be covered by the page 10-3. least 10 seconds, and restart the
vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
This light comes on during a
your dealer for service as soon as
malfunction in one of two ways:
possible.
{ Caution Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
Modifications made to the engine, increases vehicle emissions and
been detected on the vehicle.
transmission, exhaust, intake, could damage the emission control
Diagnosis and service might be
or fuel system of the vehicle or system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
required.
the replacement of the original and service might be required.
tires with other than those of the
same Tire Performance Criteria
(Continued)
The following may correct an If one or more of these conditions

emission control system occurs, change the fuel brand used.
malfunction: It may require at least one full tank
. Check that the fuel cap is fully of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
installed. See Filling the Tank on See Fuel on page 9-66.
page 9-68. The diagnostic If none of the above have made the
system can determine if the fuel light turn off, your dealer can check The DLC is under the instrument
cap has been left off or the vehicle. The dealer has the panel to the left of the steering
improperly installed. A loose or proper test equipment and wheel. See your dealer if assistance
missing fuel cap allows fuel to diagnostic tools to fix any is needed.
evaporate into the atmosphere. mechanical or electrical problems
A few driving trips with the cap The vehicle may not pass
that might have developed. inspection if:
properly installed should turn the
light off. Emissions Inspection and . The malfunction indicator lamp is
. Check that good quality fuel is Maintenance Programs on with the engine running, or if
used. Poor fuel quality causes the light does not come on when
Depending on where you live, your the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
the engine not to run as vehicle may be required to
efficiently as designed and may while the engine is off. See your
participate in an emission control dealer for assistance in verifying
cause stalling after start-up, system inspection and maintenance
stalling when the vehicle is proper operation of the
program. For the inspection, the malfunction indicator lamp.
changed into gear, misfiring, emission system test equipment will
hesitation on acceleration, likely connect to the vehicle's Data . The OBD II (On-Board
or stumbling on acceleration. Link Connector (DLC). Diagnostics) system determines
These conditions might go away that critical emission control
once the engine is warmed up. systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has If the light comes on while driving,
recently been replaced or run pull off the road and stop carefully.
down. The diagnostic system is The pedal might be harder to push,
designed to evaluate critical or the pedal can go closer to the
emission control systems during floor. It may take longer to stop.
normal driving. This can take If the light is still on, have the
several days of routine driving. Metric English vehicle towed for service. See
If this has been done and the Towing the Vehicle on page 10-77.
vehicle still does not pass the This light should come on briefly
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
{ Warning
can prepare the vehicle for will be ready to warn if there is a The brake system might not be
inspection. problem. working properly if the brake
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light is on.
Brake System Warning system warning light also comes on Driving with the brake system
Light when the parking brake is set. The warning light on can lead to a
light stays on if the parking brake crash. If the light is still on after
The vehicle brake system consists does not fully release. If it stays on the vehicle has been pulled off
of two hydraulic circuits. If one after the parking brake is fully the road and carefully stopped,
circuit is not working, the remaining released, it means the vehicle has a have the vehicle towed for
circuit can still work to stop the brake problem.
vehicle. For normal braking service.
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Antilock Brake System If the ABS light is the only light on, axle engages. LO or HI will also be
the vehicle has regular brakes, but next to this light when the vehicle is
(ABS) Warning Light the antilock brakes are not in four-wheel low or four-wheel high.
functioning. Some delay between the shifting
If both the ABS and the brake and the light coming on is normal.
system warning light are on, the See Four-Wheel Drive on
vehicle's antilock brakes are not page 9-35.
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service. Tow/Haul Mode Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-23 and Brake System
If the light does not come on, have it Messages on page 5-38.
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
Four-Wheel-Drive Light
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
the engine again to reset the Mode feature, this light comes on
system. If the ABS light stays on, when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
or comes on again while driving, the activated.
vehicle needs service. A chime may See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-34.
also sound when the light comes on
steady. The four-wheel-drive light comes on
when the transfer case is shifted
into four-wheel drive and the front
Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator Traction Off Light

(LDW) Light
If equipped, this indicator will This light comes on briefly while

This light is green if LDW is on and display green when a vehicle is starting the engine. If it does not,
ready to operate. detected ahead and amber when have the vehicle serviced by your
you are following a vehicle ahead dealer. If the system is working
This light changes to amber and much too closely. normally, the indicator light then
flashes to indicate that the lane turns off.
marking has been crossed without See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
using a turn signal in that direction. System on page 9-58. The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) has been turned off by pressing and
on page 9-65. releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-41.
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on

and flashing, the TCS and/or the
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Engine Coolant
This light comes on briefly while Temperature Warning
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
This light comes on briefly when the Light
engine is started.
dealer.
If the light does not come on, have
This light comes on when the the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally,
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off.
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
the system does not assist in system have been disabled. A DIC This light comes on briefly while
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the message may display. Check the starting the vehicle.
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems DIC messages to determine which
and the warning light turns off. If it does not, have the vehicle
feature(s) is no longer functioning serviced by your dealer. If the
See Traction Control/Electronic and whether the vehicle requires system is working normally the
Stability Control on page 9-41. service. indicator light goes off.
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

{ Caution Then Is On Steady
The engine coolant temperature If the light flashes for about a minute
warning light indicates that the and then stays on, there may be a
vehicle has overheated. Driving problem with the TPMS. If the
with this light on can damage the problem is not corrected, the light
engine and it may not be covered will come on at every ignition cycle.
by the vehicle warranty. See See Tire Pressure Monitor
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10-51.
Engine Overheating on
page 10-16. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light
started. It provides information
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
about tire pressures and the TPMS. { Caution
engine has overheated. When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil
If this happens, pull over and turn This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the
off the engine as soon as possible. the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine
See Engine Overheating on underinflated. oil low can also damage the
page 10-16. A Driver Information Center (DIC) engine. The repairs would not be
tire pressure message may also covered by the vehicle warranty.
display. See Tire Messages on Check the oil level as soon as
page 5-46. Stop as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if
possible, and inflate the tires to the the oil level is within the operating
pressure value shown on the Tire range and the oil pressure is still
and Loading Information label. See low, have the vehicle serviced.
Tire Pressure on page 10-48. Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light
This light should come on briefly as

the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced This light is near the fuel gauge and The security light should come on
by your dealer. comes on briefly when the ignition is briefly as the engine is started. If it
If the light comes on and stays on, it turned on as a check to show it is does not come on, have the vehicle
means that oil is not flowing through working. serviced by your dealer. If the
the engine properly. The vehicle It also comes on when the fuel tank system is working normally, the
could be low on oil and might have is low on fuel. The light turns off indicator light turns off.
some other system problem. See when fuel is added. If it does not, If the light stays on and the engine
your dealer. have the vehicle serviced. does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2-21.
High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog Cruise Control Light
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-5 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the The cruise control light is white
high-beam headlamps are in use. when the cruise control is on and
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam ready, and turns green when the
Changer on page 6-2. cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control on page 9-44.
This light comes on when the
Front Fog Lamp Light exterior lamps are in use. See Adaptive Cruise Control Light
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
For vehicles with fog lamps, this This light is white when the Adaptive
light comes on when the fog lamps
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
are on.
on and ready, and turns green when
the ACC is set and active. See Information Displays o or p : Press to move between
Adaptive Cruise Control on the interactive display zones in the
page 9-47. cluster.
Driver Information
Door Ajar Light Center (DIC) V (Set/Reset): Press to open a
menu or select a menu item. Press
The DIC displays are shown in the and hold to reset values on certain
center of the instrument cluster in screens.
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
on page 5-11. The displays show DIC Info Page Options
the status of many vehicle systems. The info pages on the DIC can be
The controls for the DIC are on the turned on or off through the
right steering wheel control. Settings menu.
This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before 1. Press o to access the cluster
driving, check that all doors are applications.
properly closed.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Settings application.
3. Press V to enter the
Settings menu.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
5. Press w or x to move through
the list of possible information
w or x : Press to move up or displays.
down in a list.
6. Press V while an item is The Average Fuel Economy display Fuel Range and Instantaneous
highlighted to select or deselect shows the approximate average Fuel Economy: Shows the
that item. When an item is liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) approximate distance the vehicle
selected, a checkmark will or miles per gallon (mpg). This can be driven without refueling.
appear next to it. number is calculated based on the LOW will be displayed when the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
DIC Info Pages since the last time this menu item range estimate is based on an
The following is the list of all was reset. This number reflects only average of the vehicle's fuel
possible DIC info page displays. the approximate average fuel economy over recent driving history
Some may not be available for your economy that the vehicle has right and the amount of fuel remaining in
particular vehicle. Some items may now, and will change as driving the fuel tank. It also shows if the
not be turned on by default but can conditions change. Active Fuel Management is active
be turned on through the Settings The Average Speed display shows and in V4 mode, or inactive and in
app. See “DIC Info Page Options” the average speed of the vehicle in V8 mode. See Active Fuel
earlier in this section. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Management® on page 9-27.
Speed: Shows the vehicle speed in per hour (mph). This average is The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or calculated based on the various display shows the current fuel
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle vehicle speeds recorded since the economy in either liters per
odometer is also shown on last reset of this value. 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
this page. per gallon (mpg). This number
Press and hold V while this display reflects only the approximate fuel
Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel is active to reset the trip odometer, economy that the vehicle has right
Economy, and Average Speed: the average fuel economy, and the now and changes frequently as
Shows the current distance traveled, average speed. Or press p and driving conditions change.
in either kilometers (km) or select reset in the menu.
miles (mi), since the trip odometer
was last reset.
Timer and Fuel Used: Can be When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure: Shows the
used as a timer. To start the timer, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate pressures of all four
press V while this display is active. message will appear on the display. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
The display will show the amount of See Engine Oil Messages on either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
time that has passed since the timer page 5-40. The oil should be per square inch (psi). If the pressure
was last reset. To stop the timer, changed as soon as possible. See is low, the value for that tire is
Engine Oil on page 10-6. In addition shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
press V briefly while this display is
to the engine oil life system Monitor System on page 10-50 and
active and the timer is running. To monitoring the oil life, additional Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
reset the timer to zero, press and maintenance is recommended in the page 10-51.
hold V while this display is active. Maintenance Schedule. See Best Fuel Economy: Displays
This also shows the number of Maintenance Schedule on average fuel economy, the best fuel
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used page 11-3. economy over the selected
since the last reset of this The Oil Life display must be reset distance, and a bar graph showing
menu item. after each oil change. It will not instantaneous fuel economy.
Oil Life: Shows an estimate of the reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display at any time other than Press p to change the selected
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is when the oil has just been changed. distance. Press and hold V while
displayed, that means 99% of the It cannot be reset accurately until this display is active to reset the
current oil life remains. the next oil change. To reset the best fuel economy and average fuel
engine oil life system, press and economy. This display can also be
hold V for several seconds while reset by selecting reset in the menu.
the Oil Life display is active. See Top Consumers: Shows a list of
Engine Oil Life System on the features that are currently
page 10-9. impacting the fuel economy, in order
from highest to lowest. If a feature is
turned off, it will be removed from
the list.
Economy Trend: Shows history of Trailer Brake: Displays on vehicles Transmission Fluid Temperature
the Average Fuel Economy from the with the Integrated Trailer Brake Gauge: Shows the temperature of
last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar Control (ITBC) system. the automatic transmission fluid in
represents about 5 km (3 mi) of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer either degrees Celsius (°C) or
driving. During driving the bars will gain setting. degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
shift to always reflect the most
recent distance on the right side. OUTPUT shows the power output to Head-Up Display (HUD)
Press and hold V to clear the graph the trailer any time a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
or press p to reset through is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes { Warning
the menu. may appear in the OUTPUT display
If the HUD image is too bright or
ECO Index: Provides feedback on if a trailer is not connected.
too high in your field of view, it
the efficiency of current driving Speed Signs: Shows sign may take you more time to see
behavior. The bar graph shows a information, which comes from a things you need to see when it is
value that is based on current fuel roadway database in the onboard dark outside. Be sure to keep the
consumption compared to what is navigation. HUD image dim and placed low in
expected from the vehicle with good
and bad driving habits. It also shows Off Road: Displays vehicle pitch your field of view.
if the Active Fuel Management is and roll information, road wheel
active and in V4 mode, or inactive angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) If equipped with HUD, some
and in V8 mode. See Active Fuel status. information concerning the
Management® on page 9-27. Following Distance: Used to operation of the vehicle is projected
Engine Hours: Shows the total select the alert timing for the onto the windshield. The image is
number of hours the engine has run. Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See projected through the HUD lens on
This display also shows the engine Forward Collision Alert (FCA) top of the instrument panel. The
idle hours. System on page 9-58. information appears as an image
Blank Page: Shows no focused out toward the front of the
information. vehicle.

. Lane Departure
{ Caution . Low Fuel
If you try to use the HUD image Some vehicle messages or alerts
as a parking aid, you may displayed in the HUD may be
misjudge the distance and cleared by using the steering wheel
damage your vehicle. Do not use controls. See Vehicle Messages on
the HUD image as a parking aid. page 5-37.
Some information shown may not
The HUD information can be be available on your vehicle if it is
displayed in various languages. The not equipped with these features.
speedometer reading and other
numerical values can be displayed HUD Display on the Vehicle
in either English or metric units. Windshield
The language selection is changed The HUD may display some of the
through the radio and the units of following vehicle information and
measurement is changed through vehicle messages or alerts:
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-50 and
. Speed
“Cluster Settings Menu” under . Tachometer
Instrument Cluster on page 5-11. . Audio The HUD control is to the left of the
. Phone steering wheel.
. Navigation To adjust the HUD image:
. Collision Alert 1. Adjust the driver seat.
. Cruise Control 2. Start the engine.
3. Use the following settings to HUD Views only appears on vehicles that have
adjust the HUD. There are four views in the HUD. these features, and when they are
$ (Image Adjustment): Press Some vehicle information and active.
down or lift up to center the HUD vehicle messages or alerts may be
image. The HUD image can only be displayed in any view.
adjusted up and down, not side
to side.
! (Display View): Press to
select the display view. Each press
will change the display view. Metric
D (Image Brightness): Lift up
and hold to brighten the display. Metric
Press down and hold to dim the
display. Hold down to turn the
display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for English
outside lighting. The HUD Audio/Phone View: This displays
brightness control can also be English the speed view along with audio/
adjusted as needed. phone information. The current radio
Speed View: This display gives the
The HUD image can temporarily speedometer reading (in English or station, media type, and incoming
light up depending on the angle and metric units), speed limit, Adaptive calls will be displayed.
position of the sunlight on the HUD Cruise Control speed, Lane
display. This is normal. Departure Warning, and vehicle
Polarized sunglasses could make ahead indicator. Some information
the HUD image harder to see.
All HUD views may briefly display Navigation View: This displays the Performance View: This displays
audio information when the driver speed view along with Turn-by-Turn the speedometer reading, rpm
uses the steering wheel controls to Navigation information. The reading, transmission positions, and
adjust the audio settings appearing compass heading is displayed when gear shift indicator.
in the instrument cluster. navigation routing is not active.
Care of the HUD
Incoming phone calls appearing in Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
the instrument cluster may also shown in the instrument cluster may Clean the inside of the windshield to
display in any HUD view. also be displayed in any HUD view. remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
Metric Metric
Check that:
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
English English height.

. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn. Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and
. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
Windshield and HUD lens are
clean. indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
If the HUD image is not correct, correct a condition. Multiple
contact your dealer. messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is
The windshield is part of the HUD another. severely discharged, this message
system. See Windshield will display and four chimes will
The messages that do not require
Replacement on page 10-26. sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by
started and the battery continues to
pressing V (Set/Reset). discharge, the climate controls,
The messages that require heated seats, and audio systems
immediate action cannot be cleared will shut off and the vehicle may
until that action is performed. require a jump start. These systems
will function again after the vehicle
All messages should be taken is started.
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem. BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
The following are the possible This message displays when the
messages and some information battery voltage drops below
about them. expected levels and features are
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.
SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages When this message displays, power
CHARGING SYSTEM is no longer available to the trailer
BRAKE FLUID LOW brakes.
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with This message is displayed when the As soon as it is safe to do so,
the battery charging system. Under brake fluid level is low. See Brake carefully pull your vehicle over to
certain conditions, the charging Fluid on page 10-19. the side of the road and turn the
system light may also turn on in the ignition off. Check the wiring
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST connection to the trailer and turn the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light on page 5-20. Driving This message may be displayed ignition back on. If this message still
with this problem could drain the when there is a problem with the displays, either your vehicle or the
battery. Turn off all unnecessary brake boost assist system. When trailer needs service. See your
accessories. Have the electrical this message is displayed, the brake dealer.
system checked as soon as boost assist motor might be heard See “Integrated Trailer Brake
possible. See your dealer. operating and you might notice Control System” under Towing
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Equipment on page 9-77 for more
TRANSPORT MODE ON normal under these conditions. Take information.
This message is displayed when the the vehicle to your dealer for
vehicle is in transport mode. Some service.
Compass Messages
features can be disabled while in SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
this mode, including Remote Dashes may be displayed if the
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
SYSTEM vehicle temporarily loses
and the vehicle alarm system. Take On vehicles with the Integrated communication with the Global
the vehicle to your dealer for service Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, Positioning System (GPS).
to turn transport mode off. this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem
with the ITBC system.
Cruise Control Messages FRONT RADAR BLOCKED – SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE

SEE OWNERS MANUAL CONTROL
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET
TO XXX This message can display when: If this message displays, take the
. The radar is not clean. Keep the vehicle to your dealer to repair the
This message displays when the system. Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the (ACC), Forward Collision Alert
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise (FCA), and/or the Active Emergency
Control on page 9-47. entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning Braking System may not work. Do
instructions, see Exterior Care not use these systems until the
ADAPTIVE CRUISE vehicle has been repaired.
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE on page 10-81.
This message displays when . Heavy rain or snow is interfering SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
attempting to activate Adaptive with the radar object detection or EXITING
Cruise Control (ACC) when it is camera performance. This message may display if
temporarily unavailable. The ACC CRUISE SET TO XXX Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
system does not need service. engaged holding the vehicle at a
This message displays when the stop, and the driver attempts to exit
This can occur under the following cruise control speed is set. See
conditions: the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
Cruise Control on page 9-44. P (Park) before exiting.
. Cruise is turned on when the
vehicle is stopped. NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
PEDAL APPLIED Door Ajar Messages
. The radar cannot see objects
well. See the next message. This message displays when DOOR OPEN
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is This message displays and a chime
active and the driver is pressing the may sound if a door is not fully
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC closed. Stop and turn off the
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise vehicle, check the door for
Control on page 9-47.
obstructions, and close the door added strain on a hot engine, the air ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
again. Check to see if the message conditioning compressor ENGINE
still appears on the DIC. automatically turns off. When the
coolant temperature returns to This message displays and a chime
HOOD OPEN normal, the air conditioning may sound if the engine cooling
compressor turns back on. You can system reaches unsafe
This message displays and a chime
continue to drive your vehicle. temperatures for operation. Stop
may sound if the hood is not fully
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it
closed. Stop and turn off the If this message continues to appear, is safe to do so to avoid severe
vehicle, check the hood for have the system repaired by your damage. This message clears when
obstructions, and close the hood dealer as soon as possible to avoid the engine has cooled to a safe
again. Check to see if the message damage to the engine. operating temperature.
still appears on the DIC.
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
REAR ACCESS OPEN ENGINE Engine Oil Messages
This message will display when the This message displays when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
liftgate is open. Close the liftgate engine coolant temperature is too
completely. This message displays when the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be
Engine Cooling System Coolant Temperature Gauge on sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
Messages page 5-15. OIL SOON message. See Engine
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System on page 10-9 for
to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the
ENGINE TEMP message. See Engine Oil on
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
This message displays when the on page 9-34. page 10-6 and Maintenance
engine coolant becomes hotter than Schedule on page 11-3.
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge on page 5-15. To avoid
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL possible and have the vehicle this message stays on, the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. See Engine should be taken to your dealer for
On some vehicles, this message
Oil on page 10-6. service as soon as possible.
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages
level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service. This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime
See Engine Oil on page 10-6. may sound when the cooling system may sound if the fuel level is low.
temperature gets too hot and the Refuel as soon as possible. See
ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE engine further enters the engine Fuel Gauge on page 5-14 and Fuel
ENGINE coolant protection mode. See on page 9-66.
This message displays when the Engine Overheating on page 10-16
for more information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP
engine oil becomes hotter than the
normal operating temperature. Stop This message also displays when This message may display along
and allow the vehicle to idle until it the vehicle's engine power is with the malfunction indicator lamp
cools down. See Engine Coolant reduced. Reduced engine power on the instrument cluster if the
Temperature Gauge on page 5-15. can affect the vehicle's ability to vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened
accelerate. If this message is on, properly. See Malfunction Indicator
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP but there is no reduction in Lamp on page 5-20. Reinstall the
ENGINE performance, proceed to your fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank
destination. The performance may on page 9-68. The diagnostic
This message displays if low oil
be reduced the next time the vehicle system can determine if the fuel cap
pressure levels occur. Stop the
is driven. The vehicle may be driven has been left off or improperly
vehicle as soon as safely possible
at a reduced speed while this installed. A loose or missing fuel
and do not operate it until the cause
message is on, but acceleration and cap allows fuel to evaporate into the
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as speed may be reduced. Anytime
atmosphere. A few driving trips with NO REMOTE DETECTED Lamp Messages

the cap properly installed should PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
turn this light and message off. TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays when
attempting to turn off the vehicle This message displays and a chime
Key and Lock Messages and the RKE transmitter is no longer sounds if a turn signal is left on for
detected. Restarting is allowed 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
NO REMOTE DETECTED
without the RKE transmitter for signal lever to the off position.
This message displays when the five minutes. Press the brake pedal
transmitter battery may be weak. to restart the vehicle. Object Detection System
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote NUMBER OF KEYS Messages
Keyless Entry (RKE) System PROGRAMMED AUTOMATIC COLLISION
Operation on page 2-3. PREP OFF
This message displays when
NO REMOTE KEY WAS programming new keys to the This message displays when the
DETECTED PLACE KEY IN vehicle. Active Emergency Braking System
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE has been turned off. See Active
START YOUR VEHICLE Emergency Braking System on
This message displays when page 9-60.
This message displays when trying leaving the vehicle with the RKE
to start the vehicle if an RKE transmitter still inside. AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
transmitter is not detected. The REDUCED
transmitter battery may be weak. REPLACE BATTERY IN
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low REMOTE KEY This message displays when the
Transmitter Battery” under Remote Active Emergency Braking System
This message displays when the has been set to the Alert setting.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System battery in the RKE transmitter needs
Operation on page 2-3. This setting disables most automatic
to be replaced. braking functions of the Auto
Collision Preparation feature. Some
last-second automatic braking This message may also be when it is temporarily unavailable.
capability is still provided with the displayed if there is a problem with The LDW system does not need
Alert setting, but braking is less the StabiliTrak system. service.
likely to occur. See Active This message could be due to the
Emergency Braking System on FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF camera being blocked. Cleaning the
page 9-60. outside of the windshield behind the
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP This message displays when the rearview mirror may correct the
Forward Collision Alert has been issue.
UNAVAILABLE turned off.
This message displays when the PARK ASSIST OFF
Active Emergency Braking System FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD This message displays when the
has been unavailable for some time. Parking Assist system has been
The Active Emergency Braking This message displays when the turned off or when there is a
System does not need service. camera is blocked. Cleaning the temporary condition causing the
This can occur under the following outside of the windshield behind the system to be disabled.
conditions: rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning SERVICE AUTOMATIC
. The radar is not clean. Keep the system will not operate. Adaptive COLLISION PREP
radar sensors free of mud, dirt, Cruise Control (ACC), Forward
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the If this message displays, take the
Collision Alert (FCA), and the Active vehicle to your dealer to repair the
entire front and/or rear of the Emergency Braking System may not
vehicle. For cleaning system.
work or may not work as well.
instructions, see Exterior Care Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
on page 10-81. LANE DEPARTURE WARNING Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering UNAVAILABLE Active Emergency Braking System
with the radar object detection or This message displays when may not work. Do not use these
camera performance. attempting to activate the Lane systems until the vehicle has been
Departure Warning (LDW) system repaired.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) features Ride Control System
will not work. Take the vehicle to
If this message remains on after
your dealer.
Messages
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM
Departure Warning (LDW) and UNAVAILABLE If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Control™ suspension system or
features. Take the vehicle to your This message indicates that Lane
Automatic Level Control, this
dealer. Change Alert, Side Blind Zone Alert
message displays when the leveling
(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
SERVICE PARK ASSIST system is not operating properly.
(RCTA) are disabled either because
Have the vehicle serviced by your
This message displays if there is a the sensor is blocked and cannot
dealer.
problem with the Parking Assist detect vehicles in the blind zone,
system. Do not use this system to or the vehicle is passing through an SERVICE STABILITRAK
help you park. See your dealer for open area, such as the desert,
where there is insufficient data for If this message displays, it means
service. there may be a problem with the
operation. This message may also
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF activate during heavy rain or due to StabiliTrak system. If you see this
road spray. The vehicle does not message, try to reset the system.
This message indicates that the Stop; turn off the engine for at least
need service. For cleaning, see
driver has turned the Lane Change 15 seconds; then start the engine
"Washing the Vehicle" under
Alert and Side Blind Zone Alert again. If this message still comes
Exterior Care on page 10-81.
(SBZA) systems off. on, it means there is a problem. You
should see your dealer for service.
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION The vehicle is safe to drive;
SYSTEM however, you do not have the
If this message remains on after benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
continued driving, the vehicle needs your speed and drive accordingly.
service. Lane Change Alert, Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
SERVICE SUSPENSION See Traction Control/Electronic normally leave StabiliTrak on. See
SYSTEM Stability Control on page 9-41. If this Traction Control/Electronic Stability
message continues to be displayed Control on page 9-41.
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride for multiple ignition cycles and on
Control suspension system, this STABILITRAK OFF may also
different road surfaces, see your display when the stability control
message displays when the dealer for service.
suspension system is not operating has been automatically disabled.
properly. Have the vehicle serviced TRACTION CONTROL OFF Several conditions can cause this
by your dealer. message to appear:
This message displays when the
SERVICE TRACTION traction control has been turned off.
. If the system is overheating,
See Traction Control/Electronic which could occur if StabiliTrak
CONTROL activates continuously for an
This message displays when there extended period of time.
is a problem with the Traction TRACTION CONTROL ON . If the brake system warning light
Control System (TCS). When this This message displays when the is on. See Brake System
message displays, the system will traction control is active. See Warning Light on page 5-23.
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your Traction Control/Electronic Stability . If the stability system takes
driving accordingly. See your dealer Control on page 9-41.
for service. See Traction Control/ longer than usual to complete its
Electronic Stability Control on STABILITRAK OFF diagnostic checks due to driving
page 9-41. conditions.
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING StabiliTrak system has been turned . If an engine or vehicle-related
off. Adjust your driving accordingly. problem has been detected and
This message may come on if the To limit wheel spin and realize the the vehicle needs service. See
StabiliTrak system has not fully full benefits of the stability your dealer.
initialized because of road enhancement system, you should
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
. If the transfer case is in
When the StabiliTrak system is fully Four-Wheel Drive Low.
initialized, the message will turn off.
The message turns off as soon as Steering System Tire Messages

the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no
Messages SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
longer present. STEERING ASSIST IS SYSTEM
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Airbag System Messages Monitor System (TPMS), this
This message may display if a
SERVICE AIRBAG problem occurs with the electric message displays if a part on the
power steering system. If this system is not working properly. The
This message displays if there is a tire pressure light also flashes and
message appears, steering effort
problem with the airbag system. then remains on during the same
may be slightly higher than normal.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
service. Light on page 5-27. Several
caution while in reduced assist
mode. If this message is persistent conditions may cause this message
Security Messages or appears repeatedly, take the to appear. See Tire Pressure
vehicle to your dealer for service. Monitor Operation on page 10-51.
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT If the warning comes on and stays
SYSTEM See Steering on page 9-4.
on, there may be a problem with the
This message displays when there SERVICE POWER STEERING TPMS. See your dealer.
is a problem with the theft-deterrent This message displays when there
system. The vehicle may or may not is a problem with electric power
restart, so you may want to take the steering. Take the vehicle to your
vehicle to your dealer before turning dealer for service. See Steering on
off the engine. See Immobilizer page 9-4.
Operation on page 2-21.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages

If equipped with the Tire Pressure AIR TO TIRE
4WD OFF
Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with the Tire Pressure
message displays when the system Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with four-wheel drive,
is relearning the tire positions on message displays when the this message displays when the
your vehicle. The tire positions must pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system is
be relearned after rotating the tires vehicle's tires is low. This message temporarily disabled due to an
or after replacing a tire or sensor. also displays with a vehicle picture overheated condition. The vehicle
See Tire Inspection on page 10-54, to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this
Tire Rotation on page 10-55, Tire tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the
Pressure Monitor System on light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down,
page 10-50, and Tire Pressure on Pressure Light on page 5-27. You the message turns off and the
page 10-48. can receive more than one tire four-wheel-drive system returns to
pressure message at a time. If a tire normal operation.
pressure message appears on the 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have
the tire pressures checked and set This message will display while the
to those shown on the Tire and four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10-41, Vehicle Load Limits
FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
on page 9-15, and Tire Pressure on NEUTRAL
page 10-48. The DIC also shows If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
the tire pressure values. See Driver requested, and the vehicle speed is
Information Center (DIC) on correct, but the transmission is not
page 5-30. in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX GRADE BRAKING ON SHIFT DENIED

If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is This message displays when grade This message displays when the
requested, but the vehicle speed is braking has been enabled with the shift lever is in M (Manual Mode)
too high, this message will display Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of and a transmission range has been
until the correct vehicle speed is the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode selected that is unavailable at the
reached. on page 9-34, Automatic current vehicle speed.
Transmission on page 9-29, and
GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE Cruise Control on page 9-44. TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
This message displays when grade SERVICE 4WD
braking has been activated while If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
driving on downhill grades. This If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, requested, and the vehicle speed is
message will only appear the first this message may display if a correct, but the transmission is not
time the feature is activated in an problem occurs with the in N (Neutral), this message will
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode four-wheel-drive system. If this display until the transmission is
on page 9-34, Automatic message appears, stop as soon as shifted to N (Neutral).
Transmission on page 9-29, and possible and turn off the vehicle.
Cruise Control on page 9-44. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
OFF position for at least TO XXX
GRADE BRAKING OFF one minute, then restart the vehicle
and check for the message on the If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
This message displays when grade
DIC display. If the message is still requested, but the vehicle speed is
braking has been disabled with the
displayed or appears again when too high, this message will display
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
you begin driving, the until the correct vehicle speed is
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
four-wheel-drive system needs reached.
on page 9-34, Automatic
Transmission on page 9-29, and service. See your dealer.
Cruise Control on page 9-44.
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so,

ENGINE carefully pull the vehicle over to the
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition
This message displays and a chime off. Check the wiring connection to
may sound if the transmission fluid CHECK TRAILER WIRING
the trailer and turn the ignition back
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer
the transmission fluid temperature Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
high can cause damage to the this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
idle to allow the transmission to following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service.
cool. This message clears and the See your dealer.
. A trailer with electric brakes
chime stops when the fluid
becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake
temperature reaches a safe level.
vehicle. Control System” under Towing
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Equipment on page 9-77.
‐ If the disconnect occurs while
to prevent damage to the engine or
the vehicle is stopped, this
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
message clears itself after a
on page 9-34. WITH CARE
short time.
VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW ‐ If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible.
This message will display if the
vehicle is driven in 4 n for about message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED
ignition is turned off.
10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph). On vehicles with the Integrated
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected
brakes. to the vehicle.
This message clears itself after Vehicle Personalization Menus

several seconds. This message also The following list of menu items may
clears if you acknowledge it. After Personalization be available:
this message clears, the TRAILER
Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date
GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
access the personalization menus
in the DIC. . Language (Language)
for customizing vehicle features.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) . Valet Mode
The following are all possible
on page 5-30 and “Integrated Trailer
personalization features. Depending . Teen Driver
Brake Control System” under
on the vehicle, some may not be
Towing Equipment on page 9-77. . Radio
available.
. Vehicle
Washer Fluid Messages Radio Audio System Controls
. Bluetooth
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD 1. Press the desired feature to
display a list of available . Voice
FLUID options. . Display
2. Press to select the desired . Rear Camera
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
feature setting.
the windshield washer fluid reservoir . Return to Factory Settings
as soon as possible. See Engine 3. Press o BACK on the faceplate
Compartment Overview on
. Software Information
or the 0 screen button to return
page 10-5 for the location of the Detailed information for each menu
to the previous menu or exit.
windshield washer fluid reservoir. follows.
Also, see Washer Fluid on Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
page 10-18 for more information. access the Settings menu, then Time and Date
select SETTINGS from the Home Manually set the time and date. See
Page on the infotainment system Clock on page 5-6.
display.
Language (Language) Teen Driver (If Equipped) Audio Volume Limit

Select Language, then select from Press and the following may This allows a maximum radio
the available language(s). display: volume to be set.
The selected language will display . View Report Card Select Off or On.
on the system, and voice . Manage Settings Teen Driver Speed Limiter
recognition (if equipped) will reflect
the selected language. . Change PIN If equipped, this allows the
. Key Registration maximum speed limit of the vehicle
Valet Mode (If Equipped) to be set.
This will lock the infotainment
. Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
Select Off or On.
system and steering wheel controls. View Report Card
It may also limit top speed, power, Teen Driver Speed Warning
and access to vehicle storage This allows the driver’s driving
habits to be viewed. See “Teen This allows a warning to be set
locations (if equipped). when a certain speed is exceeded.
Driver” in “Settings” in the
To enable valet mode: infotainment manual. Select Off or On.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the Manage Settings Change PIN
keypad.
Press and the following may This allows the Personal
2. Press Enter to go to the display: Identification Number (PIN) to be
confirmation screen. changed. See “Teen Driver” in
. Audio Volume Limit
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. “Settings” in the infotainment
. Teen Driver Speed Limiter manual.
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Press Back to go
. Teen Driver Speed Warning
back to the previous menu.
Key Registration Manage Favorites Auto Volume

This allows the key to be registered. This allows favorites to be edited. This feature adjusts the volume
See “Register or Unregister a Key” See “Manage Favorites” in based on vehicle speed and
in “Teen Driver” in the infotainment “Settings” under “Radio” in the ambient noise.
manual. infotainment manual. Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Clear All Teen Keys/PIN Number of Favorites Shown Medium, Medium-High, or High.
This allows all Teen Driver keys and Press to set the number of favorites Maximum Startup Volume
the PIN to be cleared. to display. This feature sets the maximum
Select Continue or Cancel. Select the desired number or select startup volume. If the vehicle is
Auto and the infotainment system started and the volume is greater
Radio will automatically adjust the number than this level, the volume is
Press to display the Radio menu of favorites shown. adjusted to this level. To set the
and the following may display: maximum startup volume, press +
Audible Touch Feedback or − to increase or decrease.
. Manage Favorites
This allows Audible Touch
. Number of Favorites Shown Feedback to be turned on or off. Audio Cue Volume
. Audible Touch Feedback Select Off or On. This feature sets the volume of
audio files played at system startup
. Bose AudioPilot Bose AudioPilot and shutdown.
. Auto Volume This allows Bose AudioPilot to be Select On, then press + or − to
. Maximum Startup Volume turned on or off. increase or decrease the volume.
. Audio Cue Volume Select Off or On.
Vehicle Auto Compartment Zone Temp

. Auto Collision Preparation
Select and the following may This feature allows for selection of
. Park Assist
display: the compartment zone temperature . Side Blind Zone Alert
setting when the vehicle is
. Climate and Air Quality . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
restarted.
. Collision/Detection Systems Alert Type
Select Single Zone, Dual Zone,
. Comfort and Convenience or Last Setting. This feature will set crash alerts to
. Lighting Auto Defog beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
. Power Door Locks When set to on, the front defog will including Forward Collision Alert,
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start automatically come on when the Lane Departure Warning, and Park
vehicle is started. Assist alerts.
Climate and Air Quality
Select Off or On. Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Select the Climate and Air Quality
menu and the following may display: Auto Rear Defog Auto Collision Preparation
. Auto Fan Max Speed If equipped, this feature will This feature will turn on or off the
automatically turn on the rear Forward Collision Alert feature as
. Auto Compartment Zone Temp window defogger when it is cold well as the automatic braking
. Auto Defog outside. capability of the Auto Collision
. Auto Rear Defog Select Off or On. Preparation feature. With the Alert
and Brake setting, both Forward
Auto Fan Max Speed Collision/Detection Systems Collision Alert as well as the
This feature will set the maximum Select the Collision/Detection automatic braking capability of the
auto fan speed. Systems menu and the following Auto Collision Preparation feature
may display: are available. The Alert setting
Select Low, Medium, or High. disables most automatic braking
. Alert Type functions of the Auto Collision
Preparation feature. Some Rear Cross Traffic Alert Easy Exit Options
last-second automatic braking This allows the feature to be turned This allows the feature to be turned
capability is still provided with the on or off. See Assistance Systems on or off. See Memory Seats on
Alert setting, but it is much less for Parking or Backing on page 3-5.
likely to be triggered by most driving page 9-55.
conditions. Off disables all Forward Select On or Off.
Collision Alert and automatic Select Off or On.
Chime Volume
braking capabilities of the Auto
Comfort and Convenience This allows the selection of the
Collision Preparation feature.
Select the Comfort and chime volume level.
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
Convenience menu and the Press + or − to adjust the volume.
See ”Auto Collision Preparation” in
following may display:
Object Detection System Messages Reverse Tilt Mirror
on page 5-42. . Auto Memory Recall
When on, the driver and/or
Park Assist . Easy Exit Options
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
. Chime Volume when the vehicle is shifted to
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems . Reverse Tilt Mirror R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
for Parking or Backing on the ground near the rear wheels.
page 9-55.
. Auto Mirror Folding
Select Off, On - Driver and
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Attached. Auto Memory Recall Passenger.
Side Blind Zone Alert This allows the feature to be turned Auto Mirror Folding
This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Memory Seats on When on, the outside rearview
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert page 3-5. mirrors will automatically fold or
(SBZA) on page 9-62. Select On or Off. unfold when the Remote Keyless
Select Off or On. Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K
button is pressed and held.
Select Off or On. Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Delayed Door Lock

Seconds, or 120 Seconds. When on, this feature will delay the
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Power Door Locks locking of the doors. To override the
When on and the front wiper is on, delay, press the power door lock
the rear wiper will automatically Select Power Door Locks and the switch on the door.
activate when the vehicle is shifted following may display:
to R (Reverse). Select On or Off.
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Select Off or On. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Auto Door Unlock
Lighting . Delayed Door Lock Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
and the following may display:
Select the Lighting menu and the Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
following may display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Lock Feedback
. Vehicle Locator Lights driver door from locking when the
. Exit Lighting door is open and the key is in the . Remote Door Unlock
ignition. If Off is selected, the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Vehicle Locator Lights Delayed Door Lock menu will be
This feature will flash the exterior available.
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
lamps when K on the Remote Select On or Off.
. Passive Door Unlock
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is . Passive Door Lock
pressed to locate the vehicle. Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Select On or Off.
doors will automatically unlock when Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Exit Lighting the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
When on, the exterior lamps will
This allows the selection of how Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. flash when unlocking the vehicle
long the exterior lamps stay on with the RKE transmitter.
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside. Select Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback Passive Door Unlock Bluetooth

This allows selection of what type of This allows the selection of what Select and the following may
feedback is given when locking the doors will unlock when using the display:
vehicle with the RKE transmitter. button on the driver door to unlock . Pair New Device
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights the vehicle.
. Device Management
Only, or Horn Only. Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Ringtones
Remote Door Unlock Passive Door Lock
. Voice Mail Numbers
This allows selection of which doors This allows passive locking to be
will unlock when pressing K on the turned on or off and selects Pair New Device
RKE transmitter. feedback. See Remote Keyless Select to pair a new device. See
Entry (RKE) System Operation on “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
Select All Doors or Driver Door. page 2-3. under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Select Off, On with Horn manual.
If equipped and turned on, this Chirp, or On.
Device Management
feature will turn the cooled seats on Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
when using remote start on Select to connect to a different
warm days. This feature sounds an alert when phone source, disconnect a phone,
the RKE transmitter is left in the or delete a phone.
Select Off or On. vehicle.
Ringtones
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Select Off or On.
Press to change the ring tone for
If equipped and turned on, this the specific phone. The phone does
feature will turn the heated seats on not need to be connected to change
when using remote start on the ring tone.
cold days.
Select Off or On.
Voice Mail Numbers Display Rear Camera

This feature displays the voice mail Select and the following may Select and the following may
number for all connected phones. display: display:
To change the voice mail number, . Mode . Guidance Lines
select EDIT or press the EDIT
button. Type a new number, then . Calibrate Touchscreen . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
select SAVE or press the SAVE . Turn Display Off . Rear Park Assist Symbols
button.
Mode Guidance Lines
Voice
Select to change the display of the Select to turn Off or On. See
Select and the following may infotainment system. Assistance Systems for Parking or
display: Backing on page 9-55.
Select Auto, Day, or Night.
. Prompt Length Rear Cross Traffic Alert
.
Calibrate Touchscreen
Audio Feedback Speed Select to turn Off or On.
Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
Prompt Length then follow the prompts. Rear Park Assist Symbols
This feature adjusts the voice Turn Display Off Select to turn Off or On. See
prompt length. Assistance Systems for Parking or
Select to turn the display off. Press
Select Short or Long. anywhere on the display area or any Backing on page 9-55.
Audio Feedback Speed faceplate button to turn the
display on.
This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Return to Factory Settings Universal Remote Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
Select and the following may System that does not have the stop and
display:
reverse feature. This includes any
. Restore Vehicle Settings garage door opener model
page 13-12.
. Clear All Private Data manufactured before April 1, 1982.
. Restore Radio Settings Universal Remote System Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Restore Vehicle Settings Programming Remote system. It may help to have
This allows selection of restoring another person assist with the
vehicle settings. programming process.
Select Restore or Cancel. Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
Clear All Private Data as well as for future programming.
This allows selection to clear all Erase the programming when
private information from the vehicle. vehicle ownership is terminated.
If equipped, these buttons are in the See “Erasing Universal Remote
Select Delete or Cancel. overhead console. System Buttons” later in this
Restore Radio Settings This system can replace up to three section.
remote control transmitters used to To program a garage door opener,
This allows selection to restore
activate devices such as garage park outside directly in line with and
radio settings.
door openers, security systems, and facing the garage door opener
Select Restore or Cancel. home automation devices. These receiver. Clear all people and
instructions refer to a garage door objects near the garage door.
Software Information opener, but can be used for other
Select to view the infotainment devices.
system current software information.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and programming is complete.
has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held There is no need to
accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of the complete Steps 4–6.
radio-frequency signal. three Universal Remote system . If the indicator light does
buttons to be used to operate not come on or the garage
Programming the Universal the garage door. Do not release
Remote System door does not move, a
either button until the indicator second button press may
For questions or help programming light goes from a slow to a rapid be required. For a second
the Universal Remote system, call flashing light. Then release both time, press and hold the
1-800-355-3515 or see buttons. newly programmed button
www.homelink.com. Some garage door openers may for five seconds. If the light
Programming involves require substitution of Step 2 stays on or the garage door
time-sensitive actions, and may time with the procedure under “Radio moves, programming is
out causing the procedure to be Signals for Canada and Some complete.
repeated. Gate Operators” later in this . If the indicator light blinks
section. rapidly for two seconds,
To program up to three devices:
3. Press and hold the newly then changes to a solid light
1. Hold the end of the hand-held programmed Universal Remote and the garage door does
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to system button for five seconds not move, continue with
3 in) away from the Universal while watching the indicator light programming Steps 4–6.
Remote system buttons with the and garage door activation.
indicator light in view. The
hand-held transmitter was . If the indicator light stays on
supplied by the manufacturer of continuously or the garage
the garage door opener receiver. door moves when the
button is pressed, then
does not flash, press and hold enough for the Universal Remote
the same button a second time system to pick up the signal during
for two seconds, then release it. programming.
Again, if the door does not move If the programming did not work,
or the garage door lamp does replace Step 2 under “Programming
not flash, press and hold the the Universal Remote System” with
same button a third time for the following:
two seconds, then release it.
Press and hold the Universal
The Universal Remote system Remote system button while
Learn or Smart Button
should now activate the pressing and releasing the
4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door. hand-held transmitter button every
locate the Learn or Smart button
Repeat the process for two seconds until the signal has
inside the garage on the garage
programming the two remaining been successfully accepted by the
door opener receiver. The name
buttons. Universal Remote system. The
and color of the button may vary
Universal Remote system indicator
by manufacturer. Radio Signals for Canada and light will flash slowly at first and then
5. Press and release the Learn or Some Gate Operators rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
Smart button. Step 6 must be For questions or programming help, “Programming the Universal Remote
completed within 30 seconds of call 1-800-355-3515 or see System” to complete.
pressing this button. www.homelink.com.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws and
hold the newly programmed some U.S. gate operators require
Universal Remote system button transmitter signals to time out or quit
for two seconds and then after several seconds of
release it. If the garage door transmission. This may not be long
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener receiver
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under “Programming
Erase all programmed buttons when the Universal Remote System.”
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should take
about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
2 NOTES
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-9
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
Interior Lighting steering wheel.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 There are four positions:
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 O (Off): Turns off the automatic
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
6-2 Lighting
For vehicles first sold in Canada, When the headlamps are turned on Headlamp High/
the off position will only work when while the vehicle is on, the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). headlamps turn off automatically
Low-Beam Changer
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically 10 minutes after the ignition is $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam
turns on the headlamps, parking turned off. When the headlamps are Changer): Push the turn signal
lamps, taillamps, instrument panel turned on while the vehicle is off, lever toward the instrument panel to
lights, roof marker lamps (if the headlamps will stay on for change the headlamps from low to
equipped), and license plate lamps. 10 minutes before turning off to high beam.
prevent the battery from being
When the vehicle is turned off and Pull the turn signal lever toward you
drained. Turn the headlamp control
the headlamps are in AUTO, the and release it to return to low-beam
off and then back to the headlamp
headlamps turn off. When the key is headlamps.
on position to make the headlamps
removed, the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
automatically come on for a set
time. The time of the delay can be To keep the lamps on for more than
changed using the DIC. See Driver 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
Information Center (DIC) on the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
page 5-30. position.
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Exterior Lamps Off When the high-beam headlamps are
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps. Reminder on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.
2 (Headlamps): Turns on the A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps with the parking lamps headlamps or parking lamps are
and instrument panel lights. manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.
Lighting 6-3
Flash-to-Pass The DRL system comes on when Automatic Headlamp

the following conditions are met:
This feature lets you use the System
high-beam headlamps to signal a
. The ignition is on.
When the exterior lamp control is
driver in front of you that you want . The exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough
to pass. It works even if the in AUTO. outside, the headlamps come on
headlamps are in the automatic automatically.
. The transmission is not in
position.
P (Park).
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The light sensor determines it is
toward you, then release it.
daytime.
If the headlamps are in the
When the DRL system is on, only
automatic position or on low beam,
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
on. They will stay on as long as you
lights, and other lamps will not
hold the lever toward you. The
be on.
high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on. When it begins to get dark, the
Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system There is a light sensor on top of the
normal operation. switches from DRL to the instrument panel. Do not cover the
headlamps. sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior needed.
Lamps (DRL) lamp control to the off position and
then release. For vehicles first sold The system may also turn on the
DRL can make it easier for others to in Canada, off will only work when headlamps when driving through a
see the front of the vehicle during the vehicle is in P (Park). parking garage or tunnel.
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
6-4 Lighting
If the vehicle is started in a dark The automatic headlamp system Hazard Warning Flashers
garage, the automatic headlamp turns off when the exterior lamp
system comes on immediately. If it control is turned to O or the ignition
is light outside when the vehicle is off.
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic Lights On with Wipers
headlamp system changes to the If the windshield wipers are
DRL. During that delay, the activated in daylight with the engine
instrument cluster may not be as on, and the exterior lamp control is
bright as usual. Make sure the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
instrument panel brightness control lamps, and other exterior lamps
is in the full bright position. See come on. The transition time for the
Instrument Panel Illumination lamps coming on varies based on
Control on page 6-6. wiper speed. When the wipers are
When it is bright enough outside, not operating, these lamps turn off.
the headlamps will turn off or may Move the exterior lamp control to O | (Hazard Warning Flashers):
change to Daytime Running Press this button to make the front
or ; to disable this feature.
Lamps (DRL). and rear turn signal lamps flash on
and off. Press again to turn the
flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.
Lighting 6-5
Turn and Lane-Change one second will cause the turn Fog Lamps
signals to flash until the lever is
Signals released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses on page 10-31.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or Turn Signal On Chime
lane change. If the turn signal is left on for more If equipped with fog lamps, the
Move the turn signal lever all the than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime button is on the exterior lamp
way up or down to signal a turn. sounds at each flash of the turn control, to the left of the steering
signal. The message TURN column.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow SIGNAL ON will also appear in the The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
starts to flash to signal a lane Driver Information Center (DIC). To position for the fog lamps to
change. This causes the turn turn the chime and message off, come on.
move the turn signal lever to the off
signals to automatically flash three
position.
# (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the
times. It will flash six times if Tow/ fog lamps on or off. A light will come
Haul Mode is active. Holding the on in the instrument cluster.
turn signal lever for more than
6-6 Lighting
When the fog lamps are turned on, Interior Lighting Dome Lamps
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
Instrument Panel
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also go
Illumination Control
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.
There are dome lamps in the

overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.
This feature controls the brightness To change the dome lamp settings,
of the instrument panel lights and is press the following:
next to the exterior lamp control. OFF: Turns the lamps off, even
D (Instrument Panel when a door is open.
Illumination): Move the DOOR: The lamps come on
thumbwheel up or down to brighten automatically when a door is
or dim the lights. opened.
ON: Turns all dome lamps on.
Lighting 6-7
Reading Lamps Lighting Features

There are reading lamps in
the overhead console and the Entry Lighting
headliner, if equipped. To operate, The vehicle has an illuminated entry
the ignition must be in the ACC/ feature.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
or using Retained Accessory When a door is opened, the dome
Power (RAP). lamps and puddle lamps come on if
the dome lamp control is in the
DOOR position. If the dome lamp
control is in the OFF position, the
lamps do not come on.
Press m or n next to each reading The headlamps, parking lamps,
lamp to turn it on or off. taillamps, and back-up lamps turn
on briefly at night, or in areas with
limited lighting, when K is pressed
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. After about 30 seconds
the exterior lamps turn off. Entry
lighting can be disabled manually by
changing the ignition out of the OFF
position, or by pressing the RKE
transmitter Q button.
6-8 Lighting
This feature can be changed. See Battery Load The battery can be discharged at
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under idle if the electrical loads are very
Management high. This is true for all vehicles.
page 5-50. The vehicle has Electric Power This is because the generator
Management (EPM), which (alternator) may not be spinning fast
Exit Lighting estimates the battery's temperature enough at idle to produce all the
and state of charge. It then adjusts power that is needed for very high
The headlamps, taillamps, parking the voltage for best performance electrical loads.
lamps, back-up lamps, license plate and extended life of the battery.
lamps, and interior lamps come on A high electrical load occurs when
at night, or in areas with limited When the battery's state of charge several of the following are on, such
lighting, when the driver door is is low, the voltage is raised slightly as: headlamps, high beams, fog
opened after the ignition is turned to quickly bring the charge back up. lamps, rear window defogger,
off. The exterior lamps and interior When the state of charge is high, climate control fan at high speed,
lamps remain on after the door is the voltage is lowered slightly to heated seats, engine cooling fans,
closed for a set amount of time, prevent overcharging. The voltmeter trailer loads, and loads plugged into
then automatically turn off. gauge or the voltage display on the accessory power outlets.
Driver Information Center (DIC), EPM works to prevent excessive
The exterior lamps turn off if equipped, may show the voltage
immediately by turning the exterior discharge of the battery. It does this
moving up or down. This is normal. by balancing the generator's output
lamp control off. If there is a problem, an alert will be and the vehicle's electrical needs.
This feature can be changed. See displayed. It can increase engine idle speed to
Vehicle Personalization on generate more power, whenever
page 5-50. needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Lighting 6-9
Normally, these actions occur in

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5-37.
Battery Power Protection

This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes when the
ignition is off. This will keep the
battery from running down.
6-10 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction
System Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
7-2 Infotainment System
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Systems
4. Fan Control
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control Dual Automatic Climate 5. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Control System 6. Passenger Temperature Control
Rear Climate Control
With this system the heating, 7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
cooling, and ventilation in the
vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Air Recirculation
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 climate control settings can be 9. Rear Climate Control Power
changed. See “Climate and Air Button
Maintenance Quality” under Vehicle
Passenger Compartment Air 10. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Personalization on page 5-50. Operation)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 11. Front Climate Control Power
Button
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
14. Rear Temperature Control
15. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
16. Rear Window Defogger
17. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
1. Driver Temperature Control
8-2 Climate Controls
Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to Press AUTO to return to automatic
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation operation.
Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in Driver and Passenger
The system automatically controls warm weather. Temperature Control: The
the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come temperature can be adjusted
conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. separately for the driver and
order to heat or cool the vehicle to passenger.
the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select Turn the knob clockwise or
When the indicator light is on, the outside air. counterclockwise to increase or
system is in full automatic operation. decrease the driver or passenger
If the air delivery mode or fan Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the temperature setting.
setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and the windshield. This sensor regulates SYNC (Synchronized
selected settings are displayed. air temperature based on sun load. Temperature): Press to link the
See “Sensors” later in this section. passenger and rear climate
To place the system in temperature settings to the driver
automatic mode: Manual Operation setting. The SYNC indicator light will
1. Press AUTO. O (On/Off): Press to turn the turn on. When the passenger or rear
climate control system on or off. climate settings are adjusted, the
2. Set the driver and passenger
Outside air still enters the vehicle, SYNC indicator light turns off.
temperature.
and is directed to the floor. This
Air Delivery Mode Control:
To find your comfort setting, start direction can be changed by
with 22°C (72°F) and allow the pressing the air delivery mode. Press Y, \, [ , or - to change
system time to stabilize. Then the direction of the airflow. An
adjust the temperature as
9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise indicator light comes on in the
or counterclockwise to increase or selected mode button.
needed for best comfort.
decrease the fan speed.
Changing the mode cancels the and the air conditioning compressor inside the vehicle. When high
automatic operation and the system will run, unless the outside humidity is detected, the climate
goes into manual mode. Press temperature is close to freezing. control system may adjust to
AUTO to return to automatic Do not drive the vehicle until all outside air supply and turn on the
operation. windows are clear. air conditioner. If the climate control
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the system does not detect possible
See Air Vents on page 8-6. window fogging, it returns to normal
instrument panel outlets.
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
\ (Bi-Level): Air is divided turn the air conditioning system on on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
between the instrument panel and or off. An indicator light comes on to under Vehicle Personalization on
floor outlets. show that the air conditioning is page 5-50.
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the enabled. If the fan is turned off, the Rear Window Defogger
floor outlets, with some to the air conditioner will not run. The A/C
windshield, side window outlets, and light will stay on even if the outside The rear window defogger uses a
second row floor outlets. temperatures are below freezing. warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
- (Defog): This mode clears the @ (Recirculation): Press to turn
windows of fog or moisture. Air is on recirculation. An indicator light K (Rear Window Defogger):
directed to the windshield, floor comes on. Air is recirculated to Press to turn the rear window
outlets, and side window vents. quickly cool the inside of the defogger on or off. An indicator light
vehicle. It can also be used to help on the button comes on to show that
0 (Defrost): Press to clear the reduce outside air and odors that the rear window defogger is on.
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the enter the vehicle. The air The rear window defogger only
windshield and the side window conditioning compressor also comes works when the ignition is in ON/
vents. The system automatically on when this mode is activated. RUN. The defogger turns off if the
forces outside air into the vehicle Auto Defog: The climate control ignition is turned to ACC/
system may have a sensor to ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
automatically detect high humidity
except rear temperature are Remote Start Climate Control

{ Caution manually adjusted, this cancels full Operation
automatic operation. If equipped with the remote start
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear Fan Control: Press up or down to feature, the climate control system
window can damage the rear increase or decrease the rear will come on when the vehicle is
window defogger. Repairs would passenger area fan speed. started remotely, depending on the
not be covered by the vehicle Air Delivery Mode Control: Press outside temperature. The rear
warranty. Do not clear the inside to change the direction of the rear window defogger and heated seats,
passenger airflow. Repeatedly press if equipped, may also come on. See
rear window with sharp objects.
the switch until the desired mode Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-9
appears on the display. Multiple and Heated and Cooled Front Seats
Heated Mirror: If equipped with presses will cycle through the on page 3-7.
heated outside rearview mirrors, the delivery selections.
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost Sensors
from the surface of the mirror when Temperature Control: Press up or
the rear window defog button is down to increase or decrease the
pressed. See Heated Mirrors on airflow temperature into the rear
page 2-22. passenger area.
Rear Climate Controls RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout): Press to lock or unlock
O (On/Off): Press to turn the rear control of the rear climate control
climate control system on or off. system from the rear seat
AUTO: Press AUTO to control the passengers. When locked, the rear
rear passenger temperature, air climate control can only be adjusted
The solar sensor monitors the solar
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO from the front seat.
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
appears in the display when or the system will not work properly.
automatic operation is active. If any
of the climate control settings
There is also an exterior Automatic Operation

temperature sensor behind the front
AUTO: Press AUTO to control the
grille. This sensor reads the outside
inside temperature, air delivery, and
air temperature and helps maintain
fan speed. A is indicated in the
the temperature inside the vehicle.
display when automatic operation is
Any cover on the front of the
active. If any of the climate control
vehicle, including a snowplow, could
settings are manually adjusted, this
cause a false reading in the
cancels full automatic operation.
displayed temperature.
The display only indicates climate
The climate control system uses the
control functions when the system is
information from these sensors to
in rear independent mode.
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan 1. Fan Control Manual Operation
speed, and air delivery mode. The 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
system may also supply cooler air to 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise
the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode or counterclockwise to increase or
sun. The recirculation mode will also Control) decrease the fan speed. Turn
be used as needed to maintain cool completely counterclockwise to turn
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
outlet temperatures. the fan/power off.
5. Heated Rear Seats
TEMP (Temperature Control):
Rear Climate Control If the dual automatic climate control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
System system rear climate control lockout to increase or decrease the airflow
feature is locked, the rear climate temperature into the passenger
The rear climate control system is control settings can only be area. If the SYNC button is pressed
located on the rear of the center adjusted from the front seat. on the front climate controls, the
console storage. The rear climate rear climate temperature is linked to
settings can be adjusted with this the driver temperature setting.
system.
MODE (Air Delivery Mode Air Vents Operation Tips

Control): Press to change the . Clear away any ice, snow,
direction of the airflow in the vehicle. Adjustable air vents are in the
or leaves from the air inlets at
Repeatedly press the button until center and on the side of the
the base of the windshield that
the desired mode appears on the instrument panel.
could block the flow of air into
display. Multiple presses will cycle the vehicle.
through the delivery selections.
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If weather, press the fan up button
Equipped): Press M or L to heat to the maximum fan level before
the left or right outboard seat driving. This helps clear the
cushion. See Heated Rear Seats on intake ducts of snow and
page 3-9. moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of
the window.
. Keep the air path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
1. Slider Knob vehicle more effectively.
2. Thumbwheel . Use of non-GM approved hood
Move the slider knobs (1) to change deflectors can adversely affect
the direction of the airflow. the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside
air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle.
airflow.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on 1. Open the glove box completely.
page 11-3. To find out what type of 3. Remove the six screws and
filter to use, see Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door remove the access plate.
Replacement Parts on page 11-13. dampener string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
pencil may be inserted through
the end of the dampener string
to prevent the string from
slipping inside the door
assembly.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
4. Release the two tabs holding the
service door. Open the service During service, all refrigerants
door and remove the old filter. should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
5. Install the new air filter. directly to the atmosphere is harmful
6. Close the service door and to the environment and may also
secure the tabs. create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the or other health-based concerns.
glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Operating Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
9-25
9-27
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . .
9-41
9-43
Parking over Things Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Driving Information That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-44
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-27
Cruise Control
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-47
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Running the Vehicle While
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Driver Assistance Systems
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Driver Assistance
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-29 Assistance Systems for
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-55
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Assistance Systems for
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Drive Systems Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-13 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Brakes Active Emergency Braking
Antilock Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Starting and Operating Side Blind Zone
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-19 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . 9-62
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-40 Lane Departure
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
California Fuel distractions.
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-67 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Filling a Portable Fuel judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Trailer Towing governments have enacted laws driving.
General Towing
regarding driver distraction. Become
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70 . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Driving Characteristics and to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70 to the floor.
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-73 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-77 keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
Trailer Sway on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-84 . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
Conversions and Add-Ons demanding driving situations.
Add-On Electrical Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-84 place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the infotainment manual for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system, including pairing and using time. Actually doing it is
a cell phone { Warning reaction time.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
Defensive driving means “always perceptions, attentiveness, and that time, a vehicle moving at
expect the unexpected.” The first judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
step in driving defensively is to wear a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
page 3-16. fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
. Assume that other road users drinking. include:
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
other drivers) are going to be you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
careless and make mistakes. of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready. with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering assist is used for an
. Maintain a reasonable steady
vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power speed through the curve.
normally but do not pump the assist may be reduced. . Wait until the vehicle is out of
brakes. Doing so could make the If the steering wheel is turned until it the curve before accelerating
pedal harder to push down. If the reaches the end of its travel, and is gently into the straightaway.
engine stops, there will be some held in that position for an extended
power brake assist but it will be Steering in Emergencies
period of time, power steering assist
used when the brake is applied. may be reduced. . There are some situations when
Once the power assist is used up, it steering around a problem may
can take longer to stop and the Normal use of the power steering be more effective than braking.
brake pedal will be harder to push. assist should return when the
system cools down. . Holding both sides of the
Steering steering wheel allows you to turn
See specific vehicle steering 180 degrees without removing
messages under Steering System a hand.
Electric Power Steering Messages on page 5-46. See your
This vehicle has electric power dealer if there is a problem. . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
steering. It does not have power allows steering while braking.
steering fluid. Regular maintenance Curve Tips
is not required. . Take curves at a reasonable
If power steering assist is lost due speed.
to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Reduce speed before entering a
can be steered, but may require curve.
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
straight down the roadway. these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs.
control systems: . Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle
too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when
curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water,
The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other
off the edge of a road onto the material on the road. Learn to
shoulder while driving. Follow
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such
these tips: throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
1. Ease off the accelerator and
Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow
then, if there is nothing in the
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering,
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking,
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed
2. Turn the steering wheel about
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
one-eighth of a turn, until the
sudden changes could cause
right front tire contacts the
the tires to slide.
pavement edge.
Remember: Antilock brakes help

avoid only the braking skid. Warning (Continued) { Caution
lose control and crash. You and Operating the vehicle for
Off-Road Driving your passengers should always extended periods without the front
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be wear safety belts. fascia lower air dam installed can
used for off-road driving. Vehicles cause improper air flow to the
without four-wheel drive and engine. Re-attach the front fascia
vehicles not equipped with All Before Driving Off-Road
air dam after off-road driving.
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) . Have all necessary maintenance
tires must not be driven off-road and service work completed.
except on a level, solid surface. For Loading the Vehicle for
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Off-Road Driving
more contact information about the
and check inflation pressure in
original equipment tires, see the
all tires, including the spare,
Limited Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information manual.
if equipped. { Warning
. Read all the information about . Unsecured cargo on the load
One of the best ways for successful
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this floor can be tossed about
off-road driving is to control the
manual. when driving over rough
speed.
. Know the local laws that apply to terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck by
{ Warning off-road driving.
flying objects. Secure the
To gain more ground clearance if cargo properly.
When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
and quick changes in direction (Continued)
remove the front fascia lower air
can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the
position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy.
(Continued)

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, cannot be seen, get out of the
Warning (Continued) trees, or grasses or disturb vehicle and walk the hill before
wildlife. driving further.
. Keep cargo in the cargo area
as far forward and as low as
. Do not park over things that When driving on hills:
possible. The heaviest things burn. See Parking over Things .
That Burn on page 9-27. Use a low gear and keep a firm
should be on the floor, grip on the steering wheel.
forward of the rear axle. Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed.
. Heavy loads on the roof raise Driving safely on hills requires good
the vehicle's center of gravity,
. When possible, drive straight up
judgment and an understanding of or down the hill.
making it more likely to roll what the vehicle can and cannot do.
over. You can be seriously or . Slow down when approaching
fatally injured if the vehicle
rolls over. Put heavy loads { Warning the top of the hill.
inside the cargo area, not on

. Use headlamps even during the
Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more
the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible.
can cause the vehicle to stall.
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
{ Warning
Stuck on page 9-13 and Tires on cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high
page 10-41. injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident.
Environmental Concerns steep hills. There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
. Always use established trails, another vehicle. You could be
roads, and areas that have been Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and seriously injured or killed. As you
set aside for public off-road near the top of a hill, slow down
recreational driving and obey all obstructions. If the terrain ahead
and stay alert.
posted regulations.

. Never go downhill forward or . When driving down a hill, keep 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
backward with either the the vehicle headed straight restart the engine.
transmission or transfer case in down. Use a low gear because
N (Neutral). The brakes could the engine will work with the
. If driving uphill when the
overheat and you could lose brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to
control. help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the
control. parking brake, and back
straight down.
{ Warning
If the vehicle has the two‐speed
{ Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
automatic transfer case, shifting Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle,
the transfer case to N (Neutral) a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause
can cause your vehicle to roll overheat and fade. This could it to roll over.
even if the transmission is in cause loss of control and you or . If you cannot make it up the
P (Park). This is because the others could be injured or killed. hill, back straight down
N (Neutral) position on the Apply the brakes lightly when the hill.
transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low . Never back down a hill in
transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under
N (Neutral) using only the
else could be injured. If leaving control. brake.
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to The vehicle can roll
If the vehicle stalls on a hill: backward quickly and you
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the could lose control.
vehicle, and then apply the . If driving downhill when the
parking brake. vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted

. Hidden obstacles can make the Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
after stalling, set the parking steepness of the incline more or Ice
brake, shift into P (Park), and severe. If a rock is driven across
turn the vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in
downhill wheels drop into a rut mud — the deeper the mud, the
3.1. Leave the vehicle and or depression, the vehicle can tilt lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
seek help. even more. moving to avoid getting stuck.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the . If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
{ Warning and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
incline puts more weight on the Getting out of the vehicle on the Traction is reduced on hard packed
downhill wheels, which could downhill side when stopped snow and ice and it is easy to lose
cause a downhill slide or a across an incline is dangerous. control. Reduce vehicle speed when
rollover. If the vehicle rolls over, you could driving on hard packed snow
. Surface conditions can be a be crushed or killed. Always get and ice.
problem. Loose gravel, muddy out on the uphill side of the
spots, or even wet grass can vehicle and stay well clear of the { Warning
cause the tires to slip sideways, rollover path.
downhill. If the vehicle slips Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
sideways, it can hit something or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
that will trip it — a rock, a rut, conditions vary greatly and the
etc. — and roll over. (Continued)
suspension, wheels, tires, and

Warning (Continued) { Caution exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
vehicle could fall through the ice; Do not drive through standing system for any leakage.
you and your passengers could water if it is deep enough to cover
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust More frequent maintenance service
surfaces only. pipe. Deep water can damage the is required. See the Maintenance
axle and other vehicle parts. Schedule on page 11-3.
Driving in Water Driving on Wet Roads

If the standing water is not too deep,
Rain and wet roads can reduce
{ Warning drive slowly through it. At faster
speeds, water splashes and the vehicle traction and affect your
Driving through rushing water can vehicle can stall. When going ability to stop and accelerate.
be dangerous. Deep water can through water, the brakes get wet Always drive slower in these types
and it may take longer to stop. See of driving conditions and avoid
sweep your vehicle downstream
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this driving through large puddles and
and you and your passengers
section. deep‐standing or flowing water.
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the After Off-Road Driving
ground from under your tires. { Warning
Traction could be lost, and the Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes.
vehicle could roll over. Do not They might not work as well in a
chassis, or under the hood. These
drive through rushing water. quick stop and could cause
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
pulling to one side. You could
After operation in mud or sand,
lose control of the vehicle.
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can (Continued)
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, steering,
There is no hard and fast rule about

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Warning (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and
slow down when the road is wet. transmission.
After driving through a large . Shift to a lower gear when going
puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips
down steep or long hills.
wash, lightly apply the brake Besides slowing down, other wet
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
weather driving tips include:
.
{ Warning
Allow extra following distance.
Flowing or rushing water creates Using the brakes to slow the
strong forces. Driving through
. Pass with caution. vehicle on a long downhill slope
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping can cause brake overheating, can
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape. reduce brake performance, and
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking.
occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower
ignore police warnings and be gear to let the engine assist the
very cautious about trying to drive
. Have good tires with proper brakes on a steep downhill slope.
through flowing water. tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-41.
. Turn off cruise control.
Hydroplaning { Warning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Hill and Mountain Roads Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is
water. This can happen if the road is mountains is different than driving dangerous. This can cause
wet enough and you are going fast on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for overheating of the brakes and
enough. When the vehicle is driving in these conditions include: (Continued)
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
contact with the road. good shape.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C curve or an overpass can remain icy
Warning (Continued) (32°F) when freezing rain begins to when the surrounding roads are
fall, resulting in even less traction. clear. Avoid sudden steering
loss of steering. Always have the Avoid driving on wet ice or in maneuvers and braking while
engine running and the vehicle freezing rain until roads can be on ice.
in gear. treated with salt or sand. Turn off cruise control on slippery
Drive with caution, whatever the surfaces.
. Stay in your own lane. Do not condition. Accelerate gently so
swing wide or cut across the traction is not lost. Accelerating too Blizzard Conditions
center of the road. Drive at quickly causes the wheels to spin Being stuck in snow can be a
speeds that let you stay in your and makes the surface under the serious situation. Stay with the
own lane. tires slick, so there is even less vehicle unless there is help nearby.
. Be alert on top of hills; traction. If possible, use Roadside
something could be in your lane Traction Control should be turned Assistance. See Roadside
(stalled car, accident). on. See Traction Control/Electronic Assistance Program on page 13-5.
. Stability Control on page 9-41. To get help and keep everyone in
Pay attention to special road
the vehicle safe:
signs (falling rocks area, winding The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
roads, long grades, passing or improves vehicle stability during
. Turn on the hazard warning
no-passing zones) and take hard stops on slippery roads, but flashers.
appropriate action. apply the brakes sooner than when . Tie a red cloth to an outside
on dry pavement. See Antilock mirror.
Winter Driving Brake System (ABS) on page 9-38.
Driving on Snow or Ice Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
Drive carefully when there is snow slippery spots. Icy patches can
or ice between the tires and the occur on otherwise clear roads in
road, creating less traction or grip. shaded areas. The surface of a
If it takes some time for help to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs
under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This
cause exhaust gases to get panel. keeps the battery charged to restart
inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help
carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little
cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel.
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed
death. to the highest setting. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: “Climate Control Systems.”
Slowly and cautiously spin the
. Clear away snow from around For more information about wheels to free the vehicle when
the base of your vehicle, carbon monoxide, see Engine stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
especially any that is blocking Exhaust on page 9-28. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
the exhaust pipe. Out” later in this section.
. Check again from time to To save fuel, run the engine for only The Traction Control System (TCS)
time to be sure snow does short periods as needed to warm can often help to free a stuck
not collect there. the vehicle and then shut the engine vehicle. See Traction Control/
off and close the window most of Electronic Stability Control on
. Open a window about 5 cm the way to save heat. Repeat this page 9-41. If TCS cannot free the
(2 in) on the side of the until help arrives but only when you vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to
vehicle that is away from the feel really uncomfortable from the Get it Out” following.
wind to bring in fresh air. cold. Moving about to keep warm
(Continued) also helps.
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in

{ Warning the forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
If the vehicle's tires spin at high free the vehicle. If that does not get
speed, they can explode, and you the vehicle out after a few tries, it
or others could be injured. The might need to be towed out. See
vehicle can overheat, causing an Towing the Vehicle on page 10-77.
engine compartment fire or other Recovery hooks can be used,
damage. Spin the wheels as little if equipped.
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph). Recovery Hooks
For information about using tire { Warning

chains on the vehicle, see Tire Never pull on recovery hooks
{ Caution
Chains on page 10-62. from the side. The hooks could Do not drive through standing
Rocking the Vehicle to Get break and you and others could water if it is deep enough to cover
It Out be injured. When using recovery the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
hooks, always pull the vehicle pipe. Deep water can damage the
Turn the steering wheel left and from the front. axle and other vehicle parts.
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive If the vehicle has recovery hooks at
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back the front of the vehicle, use them if
and forth between R (Reverse) and the vehicle is stuck off-road and
a forward gear, spinning the wheels needs to be pulled some place to
as little as possible. To prevent continue driving.
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)

open, you will find the label
attached below the door lock
It is very important to know how post (striker). The tire and
much weight your vehicle can vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a loading information label shows
carry. This weight is called the the number of occupant seating
vehicle capacity weight and crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle. positions (1), and the maximum
includes the weight of all vehicle capacity weight (2) in
occupants, cargo and all kilograms and pounds.
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information
Two labels on your vehicle show Label The Tire and Loading
how much weight it was Information label also shows the
designed to carry, the Tire and size of the original equipment
Loading Information label and tires (3) and the recommended
the Certification/Tire label. cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
{ Warning and inflation see Tires on
page 10-41 and Tire Pressure
Do not load the vehicle any on page 10-48.
heavier than the Gross There is also important loading
Vehicle Weight Rating information on the vehicle
(GVWR), or either the Certification/Tire label. It tells
maximum front or rear Gross you the Gross Vehicle Weight
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
This can cause systems to A vehicle specific Tire and Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
break and change the way the Loading Information label is
(Continued) attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). With the driver door
the front and rear axles. See there will be five 150 lb See Trailer Towing on page 9-73 for
“Certification/Tire Label” later in passengers in your vehicle, important information on towing a
this section. the amount of available trailer, towing safety rules, and
cargo and luggage load trailering tips.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit– capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
1. Locate the statement "The 650 lbs.)
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined
never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s being loaded on the vehicle.
placard. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity
weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4.
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1
a trailer, load from your trailer
3. Subtract the combined will be transferred to your 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
weight of the driver and vehicle. Consult this manual Example 1 = 453 kg
passengers from XXX kg or to determine how this (1,000 lbs)
XXX lbs. reduces the available cargo 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
your vehicle.” (300 lbs)
the available amount of cargo
3. Available Occupant and
and luggage load capacity. Cargo Weight = 317 kg
For example, if the "XXX" (700 lbs)
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
weight of the driver, passengers

and cargo should never exceed
your vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg A vehicle specific Certification/
(750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label
113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) shows the size of your vehicle's
Refer to your vehicle's tire and original tires and the inflation
loading information label for pressures needed to obtain the
specific information about your gross weight capacity of your
vehicle's capacity weight and vehicle. This is called Gross
seating positions. The combined Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight weight ratings. Ask your dealer
of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel { Warning to help you load your vehicle the
and cargo. Do not load the vehicle any right way.
The Certification/Tire label also heavier than the Gross If you put things inside your
tells you the maximum weights Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle – like suitcases, tools,
for the front and rear axles, (GVWR), or either the packages, or anything else –
called Gross Axle Weight maximum front or rear Gross they go as fast as the vehicle
Rating (GAWR). To find out the Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). goes. If you have to stop or turn
actual loads on your front and This can cause systems to quickly, or if there is a crash,
rear axles, you need to go to a break and change the way the they'll keep going.
weigh station and weigh your vehicle handles. This could
vehicle. Your dealer can help cause loss of control and a { Warning
you with this. Be sure to spread crash. Overloading can also
out your load equally on both shorten the life of the vehicle. Things you put inside the
sides of the centerline. vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
Never exceed the GVWR for Your warranty does not cover
turn, or in a crash.
your vehicle, or the GAWR for parts or components that fail
either the front or rear axle. because of overloading. . Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
And, if you do have a heavy The label will help you decide
spread the weight evenly.
load, you should spread it out. how much cargo and installed
equipment your truck can carry. (Continued)
Using heavier suspension

components to get added
durability might not change your
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
. Never stack heavier broken in. Hard stops with
things, like suitcases, new linings can mean
New Vehicle Break-In premature wear and earlier
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above replacement. Follow this
the tops of the seats. { Caution breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
. Do not leave an The vehicle does not need an linings.
unsecured child restraint elaborate break-in. But it will . Do not tow a trailer during
in the vehicle. perform better in the long run if
break-in. See Trailer Towing
you follow these guidelines:
. When you carry something on page 9-73 for the trailer
. Keep the vehicle speed at towing capabilities of the
inside the vehicle, secure 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for vehicle and more information.
it whenever you can. the first 805 km (500 mi).
Following break-in, engine speed
. Do not leave a seat folded . Do not drive at any one and load can be gradually
down unless you need to. constant speed, fast or slow, increased.
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
There's also important loading Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to Adjustable Throttle and
information for off-road driving in brake or slow the vehicle.
this manual. See “Loading the Brake Pedal
. Avoid making hard stops for
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” If equipped, the position of the
under Off-Road Driving on the first 322 km (200 mi) or throttle and brake pedals can be
so. During this time the new changed.
page 9-6.
brake linings are not yet
(Continued)
No adjustment to the pedals can be Before you start driving, fully press Pressing the button cycles it through
made when the vehicle is in the brake pedal to confirm the three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
R (Reverse) or while using cruise adjustment is right for you. While ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
control. driving, make only small Engine/OFF.
adjustments. The transmitter must be in the
The vehicle may have a memory vehicle for the system to operate.
function, which lets pedal settings If the pushbutton start is not
be saved and recalled. See Memory working, the vehicle may be near a
Seats on page 3-5. strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the Keyless Access
Ignition Positions system. See Remote Keyless Entry
page 2-3.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
The switch used to adjust the
pedals is to the left of the steering Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
wheel. OFF (No Indicator Lights): When
the vehicle is stopped, press the
Press the switch to the left to move ENGINE START/STOP button once
the pedals closer to your body. to turn the engine off.
Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Vehicles with Keyless Access have Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
pushbutton starting. active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-25.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the If the vehicle must be shut off in an
ignition will return to ACC/ emergency: { Warning
ACCESSORY and display the 1. Brake using a firm and steady
message SHIFT TO PARK in the Turning off the vehicle while
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
Driver Information Center (DIC). brakes repeatedly. This may
See Transmission Messages on assist in the brake and steering
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags.
page 5-47. When the vehicle is increased brake pedal force.
shifted into P (Park), the ignition While driving, only shut the
system will switch to OFF. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency.
This can be done while the
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. After shifting
vehicle is moving. This will cause a If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
loss of power assist in the brake and must be shut off while driving,
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
and steering systems and disable press and hold the ENGINE START/
safe location.
the airbags. STOP button for longer than
3. Come to a complete stop, shift two seconds, or press twice in
The vehicle may have an electric to P (Park), and turn the ignition five seconds.
steering column lock. The lock is to OFF. On vehicles with an
activated when the vehicle is ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
automatic transmission, the shift
switched to OFF and either front Indicator Light): This mode allows
lever must be in P (Park) to turn
door is opened. A sound may be some electrical accessories to be
the ignition switch to the OFF
heard as the lock actuates or used when the engine is off.
position.
releases. The steering column lock With the ignition off, pressing the
may not release with the wheels 4. Set the parking brake. See
button one time without the brake
turned off center. If this happens, Parking Brake on page 9-39.
pedal applied will place the ignition
the vehicle may not start. Move the system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
steering wheel from left to right
while attempting to start the vehicle.
If this does not work, the vehicle
needs service.
The ignition will switch from ACC/ The instruments and audio systems
ACCESSORY to OFF after will operate as they do in ON/RUN, { Caution
five minutes to prevent battery but the vehicle will not be able to be
rundown. driven. The engine will not start in If you add electrical parts or
Service Only Mode. Press the accessories, you could change
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator the way the engine operates. Any
Light): This mode is for driving and button again to turn the vehicle off.
resulting damage would not be
starting. With the ignition off, and covered by the vehicle warranty.
the brake pedal applied, pressing Starting the Engine
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
the button once will place the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or on page 9-84.
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. N (Neutral). The engine will not start
Once engine cranking begins, in any other position. To restart the
release the button. Engine cranking engine when the vehicle is already Starting Procedure (Key
will continue until the engine starts. moving, use N (Neutral) only. Access)
See Starting the Engine on
page 9-22. The ignition will then 1. With your foot off the accelerator
remain in ON/RUN. { Caution pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts,
Service Only Mode Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the let go of the key. The idle speed
vehicle is moving. If you do, you will go down as the engine gets
This power mode is available for could damage the transmission.
service and diagnostics, and to warm. Do not race the engine
Shift to P (Park) only when the immediately after starting it.
verify the proper operation of the
vehicle is stopped. Operate the engine and
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection transmission gently to allow the
purposes. With the vehicle off, and oil to warm up and lubricate all
the brake pedal not applied, moving parts.
pressing and holding the button for When the low fuel warning lamp
more than five seconds will place is on and the FUEL LEVEL LOW
the vehicle in Service Only Mode. message is displayed in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), allow the cranking motor to cool If the RKE transmitter is not in
hold the ignition switch in the down. When the engine starts, the vehicle, if there is
START position to continue let go of the key and accelerator. interference, or the RKE battery
engine cranking. If the vehicle starts briefly but is low, the Driver Information
then stops again, do the same Center (DIC) will display a
{ Caution thing. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do not
message. See Key and Lock
Messages on page 5-42.
Cranking the engine for long race the engine immediately
periods of time, by returning the after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
{ Caution
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has until the oil warms up and Cranking the engine for long
ended, can overheat and damage lubricates all moving parts. periods of time, by returning the
the cranking motor, and drain the Starting Procedure (Keyless ignition to the START position
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds immediately after cranking has
Access)
between each try, to let the ended, can overheat and damage
cranking motor cool down. 1. With the Keyless Access the cranking motor, and drain the
system, the RKE transmitter battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
must be in the vehicle. Press the between each try, to let the
2. If the engine does not start ENGINE START/STOP button cranking motor cool down.
after five to 10 seconds, with the brake pedal applied.
especially in very cold weather When the engine begins
(below −18°C or 0°F), it could be cranking, let go of the button. 2. If the engine does not start after
flooded with too much gasoline. five to 10 seconds, especially in
Try pushing the accelerator The idle speed will go down as very cold weather (below −18°C
pedal all the way to the floor and the engine gets warm. Do not or 0°F), it could be flooded with
holding it there while holding the race the engine immediately too much gasoline. Try pushing
key in START for up to after starting it. the accelerator pedal all the way
15 seconds. Wait at least to the floor and holding it there
15 seconds between each try, to as you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button, for up to a cord, which will prevent engine

maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at coolant heater operation at { Warning
least 15 seconds between each temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
try, to allow the cranking motor Improper use of the heater cord
to cool down. When the engine To Use the Engine Coolant or an extension cord can damage
starts, let go of the button, and Heater the cord and may result in
the accelerator. If the vehicle 1. Turn off the engine. overheating and fire.
starts briefly but then stops . Plug the cord into a
again, do the same thing. This 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is by three-prong electrical utility
clears the extra gasoline from receptacle that is protected
the engine. Do not race the the left front fender, next to the
engine compartment fuse block. by a ground fault detection
engine immediately after starting function. An ungrounded
it. Operate the engine and Check the heater cord for outlet could cause an electric
transmission gently until the oil damage. If it is damaged, do not shock.
warms up and lubricates all use it. See your dealer for a
moving parts. replacement. Inspect the cord for
. Use a weatherproof,
damage yearly. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Engine Heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal, Failure to use the
The engine coolant heater can grounded 110-volt AC outlet. recommended extension cord
provide easier starting and better in good operating condition,
fuel economy during engine or using a damaged heater or
warm-up in cold weather conditions extension cord, could make it
at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles (Continued)
with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. There may be an internal
thermostat in the plug end of the
away from moving engine parts. the windows and sunroof continue
Warning (Continued) If you do not, it could be to work up to 10 minutes until any
damaged. door is opened. The radio continues
overheat and cause a fire, to work for up to 10 minutes or until
property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on the driver door is opened.
shock, and injury.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the Shifting Into Park
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater cord { Warning
and thermostat damage could Retained Accessory
It can be dangerous to get out of
occur. Power (RAP) the vehicle if the shift lever is not
. While in use, do not let the The following vehicle accessories fully in P (Park) with the parking
heater cord touch vehicle can be used for up to 10 minutes brake firmly set. The vehicle can
parts or sharp edges. Never after the engine is turned off: roll. If you have left the engine
close the hood on the . Audio System running, the vehicle can move
heater cord. suddenly. You or others could be
. Power Windows injured. To be sure the vehicle will
. Before starting the vehicle,
. OnStar System (if equipped) not move, even when you are on
unplug the cord, reattach the
cover to the plug, and . Sunroof (if equipped) fairly level ground, use the steps
securely fasten the cord. that follow. If the vehicle has a
Keep the cord away from any
. Accessory Power Outlets. The four-wheel drive transfer case
moving parts. console and center seat outlets with a N (Neutral) position, and
are RAP powered. the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
4. Before starting the engine, be These features work when the key the vehicle will be free to roll,
sure to unplug and store the is in ON/RUN or ACC/ even if the shift lever is in
cord as it was before to keep it ACCESSORY. Once the key is (Continued)
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with
Warning (Continued) Engine Running the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
P (Park). Be sure the transfer parking brake is firmly set before
case is in a drive gear. If towing a { Warning you leave it. After you move the shift
trailer, see Driving Characteristics lever into P (Park), hold the regular
It can be dangerous to leave the
and Towing Tips on page 9-70. brake pedal down. Then, see if you
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly can move the shift lever away from
1. Hold the brake pedal down, then if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) without first pulling it toward
set the parking brake. you. If you can, it means that the
P (Park) with the parking brake
shift lever was not fully locked into
See Parking Brake on firmly set.
P (Park).
page 9-39. If you have four-wheel drive and
2. Move the shift lever into the the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock
P (Park) position by pulling the the vehicle will be free to roll, If you are parking on a hill and you
shift lever toward you and even if the shift lever is in do not shift the transmission into
moving it up as far as it will go. P (Park). So be sure the transfer P (Park) properly, the weight of the
3. Be sure the transfer case is in a case is in a drive gear — not in vehicle may put too much force on
drive gear — not in N (Neutral). N (Neutral). the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. And, if you leave the vehicle with to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
the engine running, it could This is called torque lock. To
overheat and even catch fire. You prevent torque lock, set the parking
or others could be injured. Do not brake and then shift into P (Park)
leave the vehicle with the engine properly before you leave the driver
running unless you have to. seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park on page 9-25.
When you are ready to drive, move The shift lock release is always If you are still having a problem
the shift lever out of P (Park) before functional except in the case of an shifting, then have the vehicle
you release the parking brake. uncharged or low voltage (less than serviced soon.
If torque lock does occur, you may 9 volt) battery.
need to have another vehicle push If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things
yours a little uphill to take some of battery or a battery with low voltage, That Burn
the pressure from the parking pawl try charging or jump starting the
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10-74.
{ Warning
P (Park). To shift out of P (Park): Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
Shifting out of Park 1. Apply the brake pedal.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
This vehicle is equipped with an 2. Move the shift lever to the over papers, leaves, dry grass,
electronic shift lock release system. desired position. or other things that can burn.
The shift lock release is If you still are unable to shift out of
designed to: P (Park): Active Fuel Management®
. Prevent ignition key removal 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
unless the shift lever is in Vehicles with V8 engines may have
lever.
P (Park). Active Fuel Management. This
2. While holding down the brake system allows the engine to operate
. Prevent movement of the shift pedal, press the shift lever all on either all or half of its cylinders,
lever out of P (Park), unless the the way into P (Park). depending on the driving conditions.
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
3. Move the shift lever to the
regular brake pedal is applied.
desired position.
When less power is required, such Engine Exhaust

as cruising at a constant vehicle Warning (Continued)
speed, the system will operate in
the half cylinder mode, allowing the { Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
vehicle to achieve better fuel
economy. When greater power Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
demands are required, such as monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
accelerating from a stop, passing, seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
or merging onto a freeway, the can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
system will maintain full-cylinder even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
operation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
Management indicator, see Driver with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
Information Center (DIC) on garages, tunnels, deep snow
page 5-30 for more information on
. Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
using this display. airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic increase in the effort to shift out of

P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under
While Parked Transmission Shifting Into Park on page 9-25.
It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic
engine running. shift lever position indicator within { Warning
If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-25 in P (Park) with the parking brake
There are several different positions firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-28. for the shift lever.
If parking on a hill and pulling a Do not leave the vehicle when the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics engine is running. If you have left
and Towing Tips on page 9-70. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
See “Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode on page 9-32. move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
P (Park): This position locks the page 9-25 and Driving
rear wheels. It is the best position to Characteristics and Towing Tips
use when starting the engine on page 9-70.
because the vehicle cannot move
easily. When parked on a hill,
especially when the vehicle has a
heavy load, you might notice an
To rock the vehicle back and forth to

{ Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without { Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-13. Shifting out of P (Park) or
vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) with the engine
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N (Neutral): In this position, the running at high speed may
the transfer case is in N (Neutral). engine does not connect with the damage the transmission. The
So, be sure the transfer case is in wheels. To restart when you are repairs would not be covered by
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive already moving, use N (Neutral) the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high
vehicle is being towed.
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle.
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
on page 9-25. { Warning D (Drive): This position is for
Shifting into a drive gear while the normal driving. It provides the best
R (Reverse): Use this gear to engine is running at high speed is fuel economy. If you need more
back up. dangerous. Unless your foot is power for passing, and you are:
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
{ Caution vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator
You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the people or objects. Do not shift
vehicle is moving forward could
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all
damage the transmission. The is running at high speed. the way down.
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to By doing this, the vehicle shifts
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle down to the next gear and has
is stopped. more power.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode In some cases, this could appear to M (Manual Mode): This position
when towing a trailer, carrying a be a delayed shift, however the allows selection of a range of gears
heavy load, driving on steep hills, transmission is operating normally. appropriate for current driving
or driving off-road. Shift the The transmission uses adaptive conditions. If equipped, see “Range
transmission to a lower gear shift controls. The adaptive shift Selection Mode” under Manual
selection if the transmission shifts control process continually Mode on page 9-32.
too often. compares key shift parameters to
Downshifting the transmission in pre-programmed ideal shifts stored { Caution
slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The
in skidding. See “Skidding” under transmission constantly makes Spinning the tires or holding the
Loss of Control on page 9-5. adjustments to improve vehicle vehicle in one place on a hill
performance according to how the using only the accelerator pedal
The vehicle has a shift stabilization may damage the transmission.
feature that adjusts the transmission vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the The repair will not be covered by
shifting to the current driving
temperature changes. During this the vehicle warranty. If you are
conditions in order to reduce rapid
adaptive shift control process, stuck, do not spin the tires. When
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to shifting might feel different as the stopping on a hill, use the brakes
determine, before making an transmission determines the best to hold the vehicle in place.
upshift, if the engine is able to settings.
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold, Normal Mode Grade Braking
things such as vehicle speed, the transmission's gear shifting
throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more If equipped with a gasoline engine
If the shift stabilization feature stable shifts until the engine warms and an automatic transmission,
determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable Normal Mode Grade Braking is
speed cannot be maintained, the with a cold transmission. This enabled when the vehicle is started,
transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal. but is not enabled in Range
instead holds the current gear. Selection Mode. It assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by Manual Mode Hold the plus/minus buttons on the
using the engine and transmission shift lever to select the highest or
to slow the vehicle. The first time Range Selection Mode lowest range available for the
the system engages for each current vehicle speed.
ignition key cycle, a DIC message When the shift lever is moved from
will be displayed. See Transmission D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
Messages on page 5-47. number displays next to the M,
To disable or enable Normal Mode indicating the current transmission
Grade Braking within the current range.
ignition key cycle, press and hold This number is the highest gear that
the Tow/Haul button for If equipped, Range Selection Mode the transmission will command while
five seconds. When the button is helps control the vehicle's operating in M (Manual Mode). All
released, the requested mode transmission and vehicle speed gears below that number are
change is made. A DIC message while driving downhill or towing a available. As driving conditions
displays. See Transmission trailer by letting you select a desired change, the transmission can
Messages on page 5-47. range of gears. automatically shift to lower gears.
For other forms of grade braking, To use this feature: For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-34 selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
and Cruise Control on page 9-44. 1. Move the shift lever to gears are automatically shifted by
M (Manual Mode). the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
Kickdown Mode 2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on cannot be used until the plus/minus
The accelerator pedal provides an the shift lever to select the button on the shift lever is used to
additional downshift after pressing desired range of gears for change to the range.
through the kickdown feature. current driving conditions.
It requires extra pedal pressure near
the end of its travel to engage.
In vehicles with gasoline engines, when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a downshift may occur. The gear that the { Caution
transmission is operating in when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to
M (Manual Mode) determines if a downshift occurs. See the following chart. Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
Gear before using only the accelerator pedal
shifting from D may damage the transmission.
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
(Drive) to M The repair will not be covered by
(Manual Mode) the vehicle warranty. If you are
Range after stuck, do not spin the tires. When
shifting from stopping on a hill, use the brakes
D (Drive) to to hold the vehicle in place.
M6 M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M2 M1
M (Manual Mode)
– Tow/Haul not
Low Traction Mode
engaged
Low Traction Mode assists in
Range after vehicle acceleration when road
shifting from conditions are slippery, such as with
D (Drive) to ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M3 M2 M1
M (Manual Mode) stop, select M2 using Range
– Tow/Haul Selection Mode. This will limit
engaged torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.
Grade Braking is not available when While using Range Selection Mode,
Range Selection Mode is active. cruise control and the Tow/Haul
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-34. Mode can be used.
Tow/Haul Mode The selector button is on the end of To disable or enable Tow/Haul
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul Grade Braking within the current
Mode on and off by pressing the ignition key cycle, press and hold
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is the Tow/Haul button for
enabled, a light on the instrument five seconds. When the button is
cluster will come on. released, the requested mode
See Tow/Haul Mode Light on change is made. A DIC message is
page 5-24 and Hill and Mountain displayed. See Transmission
Roads on page 9-11. Messages on page 5-47.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under See Towing Equipment on

Towing Equipment on page 9-77. page 9-77.
For other forms of grade braking,
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking see Automatic Transmission on
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is page 9-29 and Cruise Control on
The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the only enabled while the Tow/Haul page 9-44.
transmission shift pattern to reduce Mode is selected and the vehicle is
shift cycling. This provides not in the Range Selection Mode.
increased performance, vehicle See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
control, and enhanced transmission previously and Manual Mode on
and engine cooling when driving page 9-32. Tow/Haul Mode Grade
down steep hills or mountain Braking assists in maintaining
grades, towing, or hauling heavy desired vehicle speeds when driving
loads. on downhill grades by using the
engine and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
Drive Systems Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction

{ Warning Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to Traction Control/Electronic Stability
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Control on page 9-41.
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is Two Speed Automatic
traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else Transfer Case
section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be
before using. sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on
{ Caution page 9-39.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive for an extended
period of time may cause
premature wear on the system.
{ Caution
The damage would not be Extended high-speed operation in
covered by the vehicle warranty. 4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive may: Use the transfer case knob next to
Engagement noise and bump when the steering wheel to shift into and
. Cause a vibration to be felt in shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from out of four-wheel drive.
the steering system. N (Neutral), with the engine running, Indicator lights display which setting
. Cause tires to wear faster. is normal. the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is
. Make the transfer case harder to indicated on the knob. The indicator
shift, and cause it to run noisier. lights will display briefly when the
ignition is turned on and one will 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): Use Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
stay on. If the lights display for driving on most streets and Control and StabiliTrak off. See
momentarily when the ignition is in highways. The front axle is not Traction Control/Electronic Stability
ON/RUN, but none stay on, the engaged. This setting provides the Control on page 9-41.
knob may have been turned while best fuel economy.
the vehicle was off. To see the Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
indicator, turn the knob to another AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
position so that it matches the Drive): Use when road surface Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
actual transfer case setting. If no traction conditions are variable. position at any speed, except from
lights display, take the vehicle to When driving in AUTO, the front 4 n. The indicator light will flash
your dealer for service. An indicator axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
while shifting and will remain on
light flashes while shifting the power is sent to the front and rear
when the shift is completed.
transfer case and remains wheels automatically based on
illuminated when the shift is driving conditions. This setting Shifting Into 2 m
complete. provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m. Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
If the transfer case cannot make a
requested shift, it will return to the except when shifting from 4 n. The
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use indicator light will flash while shifting
last chosen setting. Turn the knob this position when extra traction is
back to the previous transfer case and will remain on when the shift is
needed, such as when driving on completed.
setting to see the indicator. snowy or icy roads, when
The settings are: off-roading, or when plowing snow. Shifting Into 4 n
N (Neutral): Use only when the 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
vehicle needs to be towed. See setting engages the front axle and speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Recreational Vehicle Towing on delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
page 10-77 or Towing the Vehicle
when driving off-road in deep sand,
on page 10-77.
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
To shift into 4 n: If the transmission is in gear and/or

moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), { Caution
1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN
the 4 n indicator light will flash for Shifting the transmission into gear
and the vehicle must be stopped
or moving less than 5 km/h 30 seconds and not complete the before the requested mode
(3 mph) with the transmission in shift. After 30 seconds the transfer indicator light has stopped
N (Neutral). It is best for the case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob flashing could damage the
vehicle to be moving to 4 m to display the indicator. With transfer case.
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the If the transmission is in gear and/or
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
4 n indicator light to stop flashing
before shifting the transmission Shifting Out of 4 n the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light
into gear. will flash for 30 seconds but will not
To shift: complete the shift. With the vehicle
{ Caution 1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph)
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
and the transmission in N (Neutral),
Shifting the transmission into gear with the transmission in attempt the shift again.
before the requested mode N (Neutral) and the ignition in
ON/RUN. It is best for the Shifting Into N (Neutral)
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the vehicle to be moving To shift:
transfer case. 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 1. Park the vehicle on a level
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, or surface.
2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, or 2. Set the parking brake and press
2 m indicator light to stop flashing and hold the brake pedal. See
Parking Brake on page 9-39.
before shifting the transmission
into gear. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition to ON/RUN.
4. Shift the transmission to 9. Place the transmission shift Brakes

N (Neutral). lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. page 10-77. Antilock Brake
6. Turn the transfer case knob 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
System (ABS)
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
stops and hold it there until the Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
electronic braking system that helps
N (Neutral) light starts blinking. To shift: prevent a braking skid.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly release 1. Set the parking brake and apply When the vehicle begins to drive
the brake pedal. away, ABS checks itself.
the dial to the 4 n position. The
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with A momentary motor or clicking noise
N (Neutral) light will come on might be heard while this test is
when the transfer case shift to the engine off.
going on, and it might even be
N (Neutral) is complete. 3. Shift the transmission to noticed that the brake pedal moves
7. With the engine running, verify N (Neutral). a little. This is normal.
that the transfer case is in 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
N (Neutral) by shifting the the desired setting.
transmission to R (Reverse),
then shift the transmission to After the transfer case has
D (Drive). There should be no shifted out of N (Neutral), the
movement of the vehicle while N (Neutral) light will go out.
shifting the transmission. 5. Release the parking brake.
8. Turn the engine off, and the 6. Start the engine and shift the If there is a problem with ABS, this
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. transmission to the desired gear. warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-24.
If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are Using ABS
slowing down. If one of the wheels Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
is about to stop rolling, the computer the brake pedal down firmly and let
will separately work the brakes at ABS work. You may hear the ABS
each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate. This is
to each wheel, as required, faster normal.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help Set the parking brake by holding the
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best regular brake pedal down, then
on wheel speed and controls braking. pushing down the parking brake
braking pressure accordingly. pedal.
Remember: ABS does not change If the ignition is on, the brake
the time needed to get a foot up to system warning light will come on.
the brake pedal or always decrease See Brake System Warning Light on
stopping distance. If you get too page 5-23.
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If you are towing a trailer and are Minor brake pedal pulsation or
{ Caution parking on a hill, see Driving pedal movement during this time is
Characteristics and Towing Tips on normal and the driver should
Driving with the parking brake on page 9-70. continue to apply the brake pedal as
can overheat the brake system the driving situation dictates. The
and cause premature wear or Brake Assist Brake Assist feature will
damage to brake system parts. automatically disengage when the
Make sure that the parking brake The Brake Assist feature is brake pedal is released or brake
is fully released and the brake designed to assist the driver in pedal pressure is quickly
warning light is off before driving. stopping or decreasing vehicle decreased.
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
To release the parking brake, hold stability system hydraulic brake
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
the regular brake pedal down, then control module to supplement the Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an
push down momentarily on the power brake system under HSA feature, which may be useful
parking brake pedal until you feel conditions where the driver has when the vehicle is stopped on a
the pedal release. Slowly pull your quickly and forcefully applied the grade. This feature is designed to
foot up off the parking brake pedal. brake pedal in an attempt to quickly prevent the vehicle from rolling,
If the parking brake is not released stop or slow down the vehicle. The either forward or rearward, during
when you begin to drive, the brake stability system hydraulic brake vehicle drive off. After the driver
system warning light will flash and a control module increases brake completely stops and holds the
chime will sound warning you that pressure at each corner of the vehicle in a complete standstill on a
the parking brake is still on. vehicle until the ABS activates. grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition Ride Control Systems StabiliTrak selectively applies
period between when the driver braking pressure to any one of the
releases the brake pedal and starts vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
to accelerate to drive off on a grade, Traction Control/ driver in keeping the vehicle on the
HSA holds the braking pressure for Electronic Stability intended path. Trailer Sway Control
a maximum of two seconds to Control (TSC) is also on automatically when
ensure that there is no rolling. The the vehicle is started. See Trailer
brakes will automatically release System Operation Sway Control (TSC) on page 9-84.
when the accelerator pedal is If cruise control is being used and
The vehicle has a Traction Control
applied within the two-second
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an traction control or StabiliTrak begins
window. If the vehicle is equipped to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
electronic stability control system.
with the Integrated Trailer Brake disengage. Cruise control may be
These systems help limit wheel spin
Control (ITBC) system, HSA may turned back on when road
and assist the driver in maintaining
also apply the trailer brakes. It will conditions allow.
control, especially on slippery road
not activate if the vehicle is in a
conditions. Both systems come on
drive gear and facing downhill or if
the vehicle is facing uphill and in TCS activates if it senses that any automatically when the vehicle is
R (Reverse). There may be of the drive wheels are spinning or started and begins to move. The
situations on minor hills (less than beginning to lose traction. When this systems may be heard or felt while
5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or happens, TCS applies the brakes to they are operating or while
while pulling a trailer where HSA the spinning wheels and reduces performing diagnostic checks. This
may activate. engine power to limit wheel spin. is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
It is recommended to leave both The indicator light for both systems Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
systems on for normal driving is in the instrument cluster. This and stays on, the vehicle may need
conditions, but it may be necessary light will: more time to diagnose the problem.
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets . Flash when TCS is limiting If the condition persists, see your
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. wheel spin. dealer.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on
page 9-13 and “Turning the . Flash when StabiliTrak is Turning the Systems Off
Systems Off and On” later in this activated. and On
section. . Turn on and stay on when either
When the transfer case is in system is not working.
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability If either system fails to turn on or to
system is automatically disabled, activate, a message displays in the
the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, Driver Information Center (DIC), and
and the appropriate message will d comes on and stays on to
appear on the DIC. Both traction indicate that the system is inactive
control and StabiliTrak are and is not assisting the driver in The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
automatically disabled in this maintaining control. The vehicle is is on the instrument panel to the left
condition. safe to drive, but driving should be of the steering wheel.
adjusted accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on: { Caution
1. Stop the vehicle. Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
2. Turn the engine off and wait off. The vehicle driveline could be
15 seconds. damaged.
3. Start the engine.
To turn off only TCS, press and To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on improved vehicle ride and handling
release the g button. The traction again, press and release the g is provided under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.
off light i displays in the instrument button. The traction off light i and
cluster. The appropriate message the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the Magnetic Ride Control is fully
will display in the DIC. See Ride automatic and uses a computer
instrument cluster turn off.
Control System Messages on controller to continuously monitor
page 5-44. To turn TCS on again, StabiliTrak will automatically turn on vehicle speed, wheel to body
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h position, lift/dive, and steering
press and release the g button. The
(35 mph). Traction control will position of the vehicle. The
traction off light i displayed in the remain off. controller then sends signals to
instrument cluster will turn off. each shock absorber to
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when Control (TSC) feature and a Hill independently adjust the damping
the g button is pressed, the system Start Assist (HSA) feature. See level to provide the optimum
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on vehicle ride.
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning. page 9-84 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) Magnetic Ride Control also interacts
on page 9-40. with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
Adding accessories can affect the activated, will provide additional
press and hold the g button until control of the shock absorbers. This
vehicle performance. See
the traction off light i and the Accessories and Modifications on additional control results in better
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on page 10-3. ride and handling characteristics
and stay on in the instrument when the vehicle is loaded or towing
a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
cluster, then release. The Magnetic Ride Control under Towing Equipment on
appropriate message will display in
the DIC. See Ride Control System This vehicle may have a semi-active page 9-77.
Messages on page 5-44. damping system called Magnetic
Ride Control. With this feature,
Locking Rear Axle This type of level control is fully Cruise Control
automatic and will provide a better
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can leveled riding position as well as
give more traction on snow, mud, better handling under a variety of { Warning
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a passenger and loading conditions.
standard axle most of the time, but An air compressor connected to the Cruise control can be dangerous
when traction is low, this feature will rear shocks will raise or lower the where you cannot drive safely at
allow the rear wheel with the most rear of the vehicle to maintain a steady speed. Do not use
traction to move the vehicle. proper vehicle height. The system is cruise control on winding roads or
activated when the ignition key is in heavy traffic.
Automatic Level Control turned to ON/RUN and will Cruise control can be dangerous
The automatic level control rear automatically adjust vehicle height on slippery roads. On such roads,
suspension is available on light-duty thereafter. The system may exhaust fast changes in tire traction can
vehicles and comes as a part of the (lower vehicle height) for up to cause excessive wheel slip, and
MagneRide suspension, if equipped. 10 minutes after the ignition key has
you could lose control. Do not use
Automatic Level Control (ALC) may been turned off. You may hear the
cruise control on slippery roads.
also be available as a stand alone air compressor operating when the
feature. height is being adjusted.
If a weight-distributing hitch is being With cruise control a speed of about
used, it is recommended to allow 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
the shocks to inflate, thereby maintained without keeping your
leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting foot on the accelerator. Cruise
the hitch. control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
For an explanation of how cruise * (Cancel): Press to disengage

control interacts with the Range cruise control without erasing the
Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode, set speed from memory.
and Grade Braking systems. See
“Grade Braking” underTow/Haul Setting Cruise Control
Mode on page 9-34. If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or
This vehicle has StabiliTrak and +RES control could get pressed and
when the system begins to limit go into cruise when not desired.
wheel spin, the cruise control will Keep the cruise 5 button off when
automatically disengage. See cruise is not being used.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control on page 9-41. If a collision The cruise control light on the
alert occurs when cruise control is instrument cluster will come on
activated, cruise control is 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the green after the cruise control has
disengaged. See Forward Collision system on or off. A white indicator been set to the desired speed.
Alert (FCA) System on page 9-58. comes on in the instrument cluster.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
When road conditions allow the SET− (Set/Coast): Press briefly to system on.
cruise control to be safely used set the speed and activate cruise
again, it can be turned back on. control. If cruise control is already 2. Get up to the desired speed.
active, use to decrease vehicle 3. Press and release SET−. The
speed. desired set speed briefly
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): If appears in the instrument
there is a set speed in memory, cluster.
press to resume that speed or press 4. Remove foot from the
and hold to accelerate. If cruise accelerator.
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
The cruise control indicator on the

. To increase vehicle speed in The speedometer reading can be
instrument cluster turns green after small increments, briefly press displayed in either English or metric
cruise control has been set to the +RES. For each press, the units. See Instrument Cluster on
desired speed. See Instrument vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h page 5-11. The increment value
Cluster on page 5-11. (1 mph) faster. used depends on the units
The speedometer reading can be displayed.
Resuming a Set Speed
displayed in either English or metric Passing Another Vehicle While
If the cruise control is set at a units. See Instrument Cluster on
desired speed and then the brakes Using Cruise Control
page 5-11. The increment value
or * is applied, the cruise control is used depends on the units Use the accelerator pedal to
disengaged without erasing the set displayed. increase the vehicle speed. When
speed from memory. you take your foot off the pedal, the
Reducing Speed While Using vehicle will slow down to the
Once the vehicle speed reaches Cruise Control previous set cruise speed. While
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, pressing the accelerator pedal or
If the cruise control system is
briefly press +RES. The vehicle shortly following the release to
already activated:
returns to the previous set speed. override cruise control, briefly
. Press and hold the SET– button
Increasing Speed While Using pressing the SET– button will result
until the desired lower speed is in cruise control set to the current
Cruise Control reached, then release it. vehicle speed.
If the cruise control system is . To slow down in small
already activated: increments, briefly press SET–.
. Press and hold the +RES button For each press, the vehicle goes
until the vehicle accelerates to about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
the desired speed, then
release it.
Using Cruise Control on Hills For other forms of Grade Braking, and following gap. Read this entire
How well the cruise control works see Automatic Transmission on section before using this system.
on hills depends on the vehicle page 9-29 andTow/Haul Mode on The following gap is the following
speed, the load, and the steepness page 9-34. time between your vehicle and a
of the hills. When going up steep vehicle detected directly ahead in
Ending Cruise Control your path, moving in the same
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
may be necessary to maintain There are four ways to end cruise direction. If no vehicle is detected in
vehicle speed. When going control: your path, ACC works like regular
downhill, Cruise Grade Braking . Step lightly on the brake pedal. cruise control. ACC uses a radar
helps maintain the driver selected sensor. See Radio Frequency
speed.
. Press *. Statement on page 13-12.
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled

. Shift the transmission to If a vehicle is detected in your path,
when the vehicle is started and N (Neutral). ACC can apply acceleration or
cruise control is active. It is not .
limited, moderate braking to
To turn off cruise control, maintain the selected following gap.
enabled in Range Selection Mode. press 5.
It assists in maintaining driver To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
selected speed when driving on Erasing Speed Memory If ACC is controlling your vehicle
downhill grades by using the engine speed when the traction control
The cruise control set speed is system (TCS) or electronic stability
and transmission to slow the
vehicle. erased from memory if the 5 button control system activates, the ACC
is pressed or the ignition is may automatically disengage. See
To disable and enable Cruise Grade turned off. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Braking for the current ignition key Control on page 9-41. When road
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul Adaptive Cruise Control conditions allow ACC to be safely
button for three seconds. A DIC used, the ACC can be turned
message displays. See If equipped with Adaptive Cruise back on.
Transmission Messages on Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
page 5-47. select the cruise control set speed
ACC will not engage if the TCS or

electronic stability control system is { Warning
disabled.
Adaptive Cruise Control will not
detect or brake for children,
{ Warning pedestrians, animals, or other
ACC has limited braking ability objects.
and may not have time to slow Do not use Adaptive Cruise
the vehicle down enough to avoid Control when:
a collision with another vehicle . On winding and hilly roads or
you are following. This can occur when the sensors are
when vehicles suddenly slow or blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
stop ahead, or enter your lane. The system may not detect a
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in vehicle ahead. Keep the 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the
this section. Complete attention is entire front of the vehicle system on or off. The indicator turns
always required while driving and clean. white on the instrument cluster
you should be ready to take when ACC is turned on.
. Visibility is low, such as in
action and apply the brakes. See +RES (Resume/Accelerate):
fog, rain, or snow conditions.
Defensive Driving on page 9-3. Press briefly to resume the previous
Adaptive Cruise Control
performance is limited under set speed or hold to accelerate.
these conditions. If ACC is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
. On slippery roads where fast
changes in tire traction can SET– (Set/Coast): Press briefly to
cause excessive wheel slip. set the speed and activate ACC.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage 4. Remove foot from the Resuming a Set Speed
ACC without erasing the selected accelerator. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
set speed. After ACC is set, it may immediately and then the brakes are applied,
3 (Follow Distance Gap): Press apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead ACC is disengaged without erasing
to select a following gap time (or is detected closer than the selected the set speed from memory.
distance) setting for ACC of Far, following gap. To begin using ACC again, press
Medium, or Near. +RES on the steering wheel. The
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, the cruise on/off control could Increasing Speed While ACC is at
get pressed and cruise control could a Set Speed
become active when not desired. If ACC is already activated, do one
Keep the cruise control off when The ACC indicator displays on the of the following:
cruise is not being used. Driver Information Center (DIC) in . Use the accelerator to get to the
Select the set speed desired for the instrument cluster and Head-Up
higher speed. Press SET– .
cruise. This is the vehicle speed display (HUD), if equipped. When
Release the control and the
when no vehicle is detected in ACC is active, the indicator turns
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
its path. green.
will now cruise at the higher
ACC will not set or resume at a Be mindful of speed limits, speed.
speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). surrounding traffic speeds, and
When the accelerator pedal is
weather conditions when selecting
To set ACC: pressed, ACC will not brake
the set speed.
because it is overridden.
1. Press 5. A warning message will appear
2. Get up to the desired speed. on the Driver Information Center
3. Press and release SET– .

(DIC) and HUD, if equipped. See Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
Cruise Control Messages on Set Speed When a slower moving vehicle is
page 5-39. If ACC is already activated, do one detected ahead within the selected
. Press and hold +RES until the of the following: following gap, ACC will adjust the
desired set speed appears on . Use the brake to get to the vehicle's speed and attempt to
the display, then release it. desired lower speed. Press maintain the follow distance gap
. To increase vehicle speed in SET– and release the selected.
small increments, briefly press accelerator pedal. The vehicle Press 3 on the steering wheel to
+RES. For each press, the will now cruise at the lower adjust the following gap. When
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h speed. pressed, the current gap setting
(1 mph) faster mark on the . Press and hold SET– until the displays briefly on the instrument
speedometer. desired lower speed is reached, cluster and HUD, if equipped.
When it is determined that there is then release it. Subsequent presses cycle the 3
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle . To decrease the vehicle speed in button through three settings: Far,
ahead is beyond the selected small increments, briefly press Medium, or Near. The gap setting
following gap, then the vehicle SET−. For each press, the will be maintained until it is
speed will increase to the set speed. vehicle speed goes to the next changed.
The speedometer reading can be 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on Since each gap setting corresponds
displayed in either English or metric the speedometer. to a following time (Far, Medium,
units. See Instrument Cluster on The speedometer reading can be or Near), the following distance will
page 5-11. The increment value displayed in either English or metric vary based on vehicle speed. The
used depends on the units units. See Instrument Cluster on faster the vehicle speed, the further
displayed. page 5-11. The increment value back your vehicle will follow a
used depends on the units vehicle detected ahead. Consider
displayed. traffic and weather conditions
when selecting the following gap.
The range of selectable gaps may If ACC is engaged, driver action The vehicle ahead symbol only
not be appropriate for all drivers and may be required when ACC cannot displays when a vehicle is detected
driving conditions. apply sufficient braking because of in your vehicle’s path moving in the
Changing the gap setting approaching a vehicle too rapidly. same direction.
automatically changes the alert When this condition occurs, six red If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, lights or the collision alert symbol on will not respond to or brake to
or Near) for the Forward Collision the HUD, if equipped, will flash on vehicles ahead.
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward the windshield, and either eight ACC automatically slows the vehicle
Collision Alert (FCA) System on beeps will sound from the front, down and adjusts vehicle speed to
page 9-58. or both sides of the Safety Alert follow the vehicle in front at the
Seat will pulse five times. See selected follow gap. The vehicle
Alerting the Driver “Collision/Detection Systems” under speed increases or decreases to
Vehicle Personalization on follow the vehicle in front of you, but
page 5-50. will not exceed the set speed. It may
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3. apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
Approaching and Following a lights will come on. The automatic
Vehicle
braking may feel or sound different
Without Head-Up Display than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.
The vehicle ahead symbol is in the

With Head-Up Display instrument cluster and HUD,
if equipped.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving ACC Automatically Disengages if equipped, will indicate that
Objects ACC may automatically disengage automatic braking will not occur.
and you will need to manually apply See Vehicle Messages on
{ Warning the brakes to slow the vehicle when: page 5-37. ACC will resume
operation when the accelerator
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
. Your vehicle speed goes below pedal is not being pressed.
may not detect and react to the minimum speed of 16 km/h
stopped or slow-moving vehicles (10 mph).
{ Warning
ahead of you. For example, the . The sensors are blocked.
system may not brake for a The ACC will not automatically
. The Traction Control System apply the brakes if your foot is
vehicle it has never detected (TCS) or electronic stability
moving. This can occur in resting on the accelerator pedal.
control system has activated or
stop-and-go traffic or when a You could crash into a vehicle
been disabled.
vehicle suddenly appears due to ahead of you.
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
. No traffic or other objects are
Your vehicle may not stop and being detected.
Curves in the Road
could cause a crash. Use caution . There is a fault in the system.
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
A message will appear on the DIC { Warning
indicating that cruise is disengaging.
driving and you should be ready On curves, ACC may not detect a
to take action and apply the The ACC active symbol will not be
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
displayed when ACC is no longer
brakes. could be startled if the vehicle
active.
accelerates up to the set speed,
ACC Override especially when following a
If using the accelerator pedal while vehicle exiting or entering exit
ACC is active, a warning message ramps. You could lose control of
in the DIC and in the HUD, (Continued)
ACC may occasionally provide an

Warning (Continued) alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
the vehicle or crash. Do not use respond to vehicles in different
ACC while driving on an entrance lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
or exit ramp. Always be ready to stationary objects when entering or
use the brakes if necessary. exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.
{ Warning When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
On curves, ACC may respond to detect the vehicle ahead and
a vehicle in another lane, or may accelerate to the set speed. When
not have time to react to a vehicle this happens, the vehicle ahead
in your lane. You could crash into symbol will not appear.
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brakes may need to be manually
ACC may operate differently in a
applied.
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
sharp. not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Disengaging ACC Driver Assistance

When Towing a Trailer There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
Systems
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
. Press *. or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
. Press 5. this entire section before using
Erasing Speed Memory these systems.
The cruise control set speed is

erased from memory if 5 is pressed
{ Warning
Do not use ACC when driving on or if the ignition is turned off. Do not rely on the Driver
steep hills or when towing a trailer. Assistance Systems. These
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Cleaning the Sensing System
systems do not replace the need
lane while driving on steep hills. The The radar sensor on the front of the for paying attention and driving
driver will often need to take over vehicle can become blocked by
acceleration and braking on steep safely. You may not hear or feel
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area alerts or warnings provided by
hills, especially when towing a needs to be cleaned for ACC to
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the these systems. Failure to use
operate properly. proper care when driving may
ACC disengages.
For cleaning instructions, see result in injury, death, or vehicle
“Washing the Vehicle” under damage. See Defensive Driving
Exterior Care on page 10-81. on page 9-3.
System operation may also be (Continued)
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features When the vehicle is shifted into
Under many conditions, these alert the driver of obstacles by R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
systems will not: beeping. To change the volume of image of the area behind the vehicle
the warning chime, see “Comfort in the center stack display. The
. Detect children, pedestrians, and Convenience” under Vehicle previous screen displays when the
bicyclists, or animals. Personalization on page 5-50. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
. Detect vehicles or objects If equipped with the Safety Alert after a short delay. To return to the
outside the area monitored by Seat, the driver seat cushion may previous screen sooner, press a
the system. provide a vibrating pulse alert button on the infotainment system,
instead of beeping. To change this, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
. Work at all driving speeds. speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
. Warn you or provide you with vision camera is above the license
under Vehicle Personalization on
enough time to avoid a crash. plate.
page 5-50.
. Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions. Assistance Systems for
. Work if the detection sensor Parking or Backing
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Complete attention is always Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear
required while driving, and you Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help
should be ready to take action the driver park or avoid objects.
and apply the brakes and/or steer Always check around the vehicle
the vehicle to avoid crashes. when parking or backing.
1. View Displayed by the the ground and below bumper level.

Camera { Warning These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
The RVC system does not display weather. Blocked sensors will not
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, detect objects and can also cause
crossing traffic, animals, or any false detections. Keep the sensors
other object located outside the clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
camera's field of view, below the slush; and clean sensors after a car
bumper, or under the vehicle. wash in freezing temperatures.
Perceived distances may be
different from actual distances.
Do not back the vehicle using
{ Warning
1. View Displayed by the only the RVC screen. Failure to The parking assist system does
Camera use proper care before backing not detect children, pedestrians,
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper may result in injury, death, bicyclists, animals, or objects
or vehicle damage. Always check located below the bumper or that
Displayed images may be farther or behind and around the vehicle are too close or too far from the
closer than they appear. The area before backing. vehicle. It is not available at
displayed is limited and objects that
speeds greater than 8 km/h
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not Parking Assist (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
display. or vehicle damage, even with
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, parking assist, always check the
A warning triangle may display on as the vehicle moves at speeds of area around the vehicle and
the RVC screen to show where the less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the check all mirrors before moving
RPA has detected an object. This sensors on the bumpers may detect
forward or backing.
triangle changes from amber to red objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
and increases in size the closer the 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
object. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the front or rear depending on Turning the Features On or Off

object location, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with The X button to the left of the
a left or right pointing arrow on the steering wheel is used to turn on or
RVC screen to warn of traffic off the Front and Rear Parking
coming from the left or right. This Assist. The indicator light in the
The instrument cluster may have a system detects objects coming from button comes on when the features
parking assist display with bars that up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or are on and turns off when the
show “distance to object” and object right side of the vehicle. When an features have been disabled.
location information for RPA, and on object is detected, either three
some vehicles, FPA. As the object Front and Rear Parking Assist can
beeps sound from the left or right or be turned off, on, or on with towbar
gets closer, more bars light up and three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
the bars change color from yellow to through vehicle personalization. See
on the left or right side, depending “Parking Assist” under Vehicle
amber to red. on the direction of the detected Personalization on page 5-50. If the
When an object is first detected in vehicle. parking assist is turned off through
the rear, one beep will be heard Use caution while backing up when vehicle personalization, the parking
from the rear, or both sides of the towing a trailer, as the RCTA assist button will be disabled. To
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two detection zones that extend out turn the parking assist on again,
times. When an object is very close from the back of the vehicle do not select On in the vehicle
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, move further back when a trailer is personalization menu. The On with
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), towed. Towbar setting allows for the
a continuous beep will sound from
parking assist to work properly with approaching a vehicle ahead too

a small item attached to the trailer quickly, FCA provides a red flashing Warning (Continued)
hitch. Turn off parking assist when alert on the windshield and rapidly
towing a trailer. beeps or pulses the driver seat. warning with enough time to help
FCA also lights an amber visual avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
To turn the rear parking assist of pedestrians, animals, signs,
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear alert if following another vehicle
much too closely. guardrails, bridges, construction
Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see barrels, or other objects. Be ready
“Rear Camera” under Vehicle FCA detects vehicles within a to take action and apply the
Personalization on page 5-50 distance of approximately 60 m
brakes. For more information, see
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
Assistance Systems for above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
Driving (ACC), it can detect vehicles to FCA can be disabled with the FCA
If equipped, when driving the distances of approximately 110 m steering wheel control, or if your
vehicle forward, Forward Collision (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Alert (FCA), Lane Departure See Adaptive Cruise Control on Cruise Control (ACC), through
Warning (LDW), Side Blind Zone page 9-47. vehicle personalization. See the
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert “Auto Collision Preparation” portion
(LCA), and/or the Active Emergency
Braking System can help to avoid a
{ Warning of “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
crash or reduce crash damage. FCA is a warning system and page 5-50.
does not apply the brakes. When
Forward Collision Alert approaching a slower-moving or
(FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
If equipped, the FCA system may closely, FCA may not provide a
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When (Continued)
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Collision Alert

{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is With HUD
FCA warnings will not occur unless damaged. It may also not detect a
the FCA system detects a vehicle
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
ahead. When the vehicle is
or in conditions that can limit
detected, the vehicle-ahead
indicator will display green. Vehicles visibility such as fog, rain,
may not be detected on curves, or snow, or if the headlamps or
highway exit ramps, or hills; or due windshield are not cleaned or in
to poor visibility. FCA will not detect proper condition. Keep the Without HUD
another vehicle ahead until it is windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair. When your vehicle approaches
completely in the driving lane.
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be of both alerts will vary based on the camera sensor behind the
disengaged when the Collision Alert vehicle speed. The faster the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
occurs. vehicle speed, the farther away the front of the vehicle where radar
alert will occur. Consider traffic and sensors are located, may correct
Tailgating Alert weather conditions when selecting the issue.
the alert timing. The range of For cleaning instructions, see
selectable alert timing may not be “Washing the Vehicle” under
appropriate for all drivers and Exterior Care on page 10-81.
driving conditions.
System operation may also be
If your vehicle is equipped with limited under snow, heavy rain,
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or road spray conditions.
The vehicle-ahead indicator will changing the FCA timing setting
display amber when you are automatically changes the ACC
following gap setting (Far, Medium, Active Emergency
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely. or Near). Braking System
Unnecessary Alerts If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Selecting the Alert Timing
Control (ACC) it also has the Active
The Collision Alert control is on the FCA may provide unnecessary Emergency Braking System, which
steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles includes Intelligent Brake
in other lanes, objects that are not Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
set the FCA timing to Far, Medium,
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The
are normal operation and the These systems can provide a boost
first button press shows the current
vehicle does not need service. to braking or automatically brake the
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The Cleaning the System vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
chosen setting will remain until it is severity of crashes when driving in a
changed and will affect the timing of If the FCA system does not seem to forward gear.
both the Collision Alert and the operate properly, cleaning the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing outside of the windshield in front of
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Automatic Collision

Preparation (ACP) System Warning (Continued)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing When driving in a forward gear . Detect a vehicle ahead on
a boost to braking based on the above 9 km/h (5 mph), ACP may winding or hilly roads.
speed of approach and distance to help reduce crash damage by . Detect a stopped or
a vehicle ahead. applying the brakes. It has a slow-moving vehicle or other
Minor brake pedal pulsations or detection range of approximately object ahead.
pedal movement during this time is 60 m (197 ft). This front automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is . Detect a vehicle when
normal and the brake pedal should
detected. This is shown by the FCA weather limits visibility, such
continue to be applied as needed.
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. as in fog, rain, or snow. In
IBA will automatically disengage
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) these situations, ACP sensor
only when the brake pedal is
System on page 9-58. performance is limited.
released.
Complete attention is always
{ Warning { Warning required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
IBA may increase vehicle braking ACP is an emergency crash and apply the brakes and/or steer
in situations when it may not be preparation feature and is not the vehicle to avoid crashes.
necessary. You could block the designed to avoid crashes. Do
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take not rely on ACP to brake the
vehicle. Brake Preparation
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed. ACP may not: When quickly approaching a vehicle
ahead, Brake Preparation reduces
. Respond to stopped vehicles, brake response time by having the
pedestrians, or animals. brake system prepared for driver
(Continued) braking to occur more rapidly.
Automatic Braking
Warning (Continued)
Side Blind Zone
If ACP detects it is about to crash Alert (SBZA)
with the vehicle you are following override Automatic Braking, firmly
that is moving or has come to a If equipped, the SBZA system is a
press the accelerator pedal, if it is lane-changing aid that assists
stop, and the brakes have not been safe to do so.
applied, it may automatically brake drivers with avoiding crashes that
hard. This can help to reduce crash occur with vehicles in the side blind
damage and it may even help to Automatic Braking can be disabled zone (or spot) areas. When the
avoid some very low speed crashes. or reduced through vehicle vehicle is moving forward, the left or
personalization. See the “Auto right side mirror display will light up
Automatic Braking may slow the Collision Preparation” portion of if a vehicle is detected in that blind
vehicle to a complete stop to try to “Collision/Detection Systems” under zone. If the turn signal is activated
avoid a potential crash. The vehicle Vehicle Personalization on and a vehicle is also detected on
will only hold at a stop briefly. A firm page 5-50. the same side, the display will flash
press of the accelerator pedal will as an extra warning not to change
also release Automatic Braking.
{ Warning lanes. Since this system is part of
the Lane Change Alert system, read
{ Warning Using the Automatic Collision the entire Lane Change Alert
Preparation System while towing section before using this feature.
Automatic Braking may a trailer could cause you to lose
automatically brake the vehicle
control of the vehicle and crash. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
suddenly in situations where it is Turn the system off when towing
unexpected and undesired. If equipped, the Lane Change Alert
a trailer. (LCA) system is a lane-changing aid
It could respond to a turning
that assists drivers with avoiding
vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs,
lane change crashes that occur with
and other non-moving objects. To vehicles in the side blind zone (or
(Continued) spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display How the System Works

will light up in the corresponding
The LCA symbol lights up in the
outside side mirror and will flash if
side mirrors when the system
the turn signal is on.
detects a vehicle in the next lane
over that is in the side blind zone or
{ Warning rapidly approaching from behind.
A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be
LCA does not alert the driver to unsafe to change lanes. Before
vehicles outside of the system making a lane change, check the
detection zones, pedestrians, 1. SBZA Detection Zone LCA display, check mirrors, glance
bicyclists, or animals. It may not 2. LCA Detection Zone over your shoulder, and use the turn
provide alerts when changing signals.
lanes under all driving conditions. LCA Detection Zones
Failure to use proper care when The LCA sensor covers a zone of
changing lanes may result in approximately one lane over from
injury, death, or vehicle damage. both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
Before making a lane change, (11 ft). The height of the zone is
always check mirrors, glance over approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
your shoulder, and use the turn and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
signals. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also outside mirror LCA displays will
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) system is operating. When the
behind the vehicle. vehicle is moving forward, the left or
right side mirror display will light up
if a vehicle is detected in the next
lane over in that blind zone or detection zones that extend back instructions, see "Washing the
rapidly approaching that zone. If the from the side of the vehicle do not Vehicle" under Exterior Care on
turn signal is activated in the same move further back when a trailer is page 10-81. If the DIC still displays
direction as a detected vehicle, this towed. Use caution while changing the system unavailable message
display will flash as an extra lanes when towing a trailer. LCA after cleaning both sides of the
warning not to change lanes. may alert to objects attached to the vehicle toward the rear corners of
LCA can be disabled through vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, the vehicle, see your dealer.
vehicle personalization using the or object extending out to either side If the LCA displays do not light up
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See of the vehicle. Attached objects may when vehicles are in the side blind
“Collision/Detection Systems” under also interfere with the detection of zone or rapidly approaching this
Vehicle Personalization on vehicles. This is normal system zone and the system is clean, the
page 5-50. If LCA is disabled by the operation; the vehicle does not need system may need service. Take the
driver, the LCA mirror displays will service. vehicle to your dealer.
not light up. LCA may not always alert the driver When LCA is disabled for any
to vehicles in the next lane over, reason other than the driver turning
When the System Does Not especially in wet conditions or when
Seem to Work Properly it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
driving on sharp curves. The system option will not be available on the
The LCA system requires some does not need to be serviced. The personalization menu.
driving for the system to calibrate to system may light up due to
maximum performance. This guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and Radio Frequency Information
calibration may occur more quickly if other non-moving objects. This is
the vehicle is driving on a straight normal system operation; the
page 13-12.
highway road with traffic and vehicle does not need service.
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, LCA may not operate when the LCA
barriers). sensors in the left or right corners of
LCA displays may not come on the rear bumper are covered with
when passing a vehicle quickly or mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
when towing a trailer. The LCA heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
Lane Departure Warning (Continued)

How the System Works
Warning (LDW) The LDW camera sensor is on the
proper condition; or if the sun windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
shines directly into the mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane
camera.
departures. It may provide an alert if To turn LDW on and off, press @ to
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect road edges. the left of the steering wheel. The
without using a turn signal in that . Detect lanes on winding or control indicator will light when LDW
direction. LDW uses a camera hilly roads. is on.
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or If LDW only detects lane
greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
{ Warning departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and
may not: maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, @ is green if
within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane
. Provide enough time to avoid departure. If the vehicle crosses a
a crash. damage, injury, or death could
detected lane marking without using
occur. Always keep the
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and the turn signal in that direction, @
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in changes to amber and flashes.
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in Additionally, there will be three
the windshield or headlamps beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
bad weather conditions.
are blocked by dirt, snow, three times, on the right or left,
or ice; if they are not in depending on the lane departure
(Continued) direction.
When the System Does Not Fuel higher. Regular unleaded gasoline
Seem to Work Properly rated at 87 octane or higher can be
Use of the recommended fuel is an used, but acceleration and fuel
The system may not detect lanes as important part of the proper economy will be reduced, and an
well when there are: maintenance of this vehicle. When audible knocking noise may be
. Close vehicles ahead. driving in the U.S. and Canada, to heard. If this occurs, use a gasoline
help keep the engine clean and rated at 91 octane or higher as soon
. Sudden lighting changes, such
maintain optimum vehicle as possible. Otherwise, the engine
as when driving through tunnels.
performance, we recommend using could be damaged. If heavy
. Banked roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. knocking is heard when using
If the LDW system is not functioning See www.toptiergas.com for a list of gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
properly when lane markings are TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. higher, the engine needs service.
clearly visible, cleaning the Use of Seasonal Fuels
windshield may help.
Use summer and winter fuels in the
LDW alerts may occur due to tar appropriate season. The fuels
marks, shadows, cracks in the road, industry automatically modifies the
temporary or construction lane fuel for the appropriate season.
markings, or other road If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
imperfections. This is normal system long periods of time, driving or
operation; the vehicle does not need starting could be affected. Drive the
service. Turn LDW off if these vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
conditions continue. tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
Use premium unleaded gasoline Gasolines containing oxygenates
meeting ASTM specification D4814 such as ethers and ethanol, as well
with a posted octane rating of 91 or as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn Fuels in Foreign
gasolines comply with the on. If this occurs, see your dealer
previously described specification, for service.
Countries
then they are acceptable to use. If planning to drive in countries
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and California Fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the
other fuels containing more than proper fuel might be hard to find.
15% ethanol must be used only in
Requirements Check regional auto club or fuel
FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability
California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never
{ Caution designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
Do not use fuel containing the underhood emission control fuel not recommended. Costly
methanol. It can corrode metal label. If this fuel is not available in repairs caused by use of improper
parts in the fuel system and also states adopting California Emissions fuel would not be covered by the
damage plastic and rubber parts. Standards, the vehicle will operate vehicle warranty.
That damage would not be satisfactorily on fuels meeting
covered under the vehicle federal specifications, but emission Fuel Additives
warranty. control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
indicator lamp could turn on and the TIER Detergent Gasoline is
Some gasolines, mainly high octane vehicle may not pass a smog-check recommended. See Fuel on
racing gasolines, can contain an test. See Malfunction Indicator page 9-66.
octane-enhancing additive called Lamp on page 5-20. If this occurs, If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese return to your authorized dealer for not available, one bottle of Fuel
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use diagnosis. If it is determined that the System Treatment PLUS added to
gasolines and/or fuel additives with condition is caused by the type of the fuel tank at every engine oil
MMT as they can reduce spark plug fuel used, repairs may not be change, can help. Fuel System
life and affect emission control covered by the vehicle warranty. Treatment PLUS is the only
system performance. The
gasoline additive recommended by

General Motors. It is available at Warning (Continued)
your dealer. . Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
Filling the Tank children pump fuel.
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel
{ Warning cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
death. more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
. To help avoid injuries to you wait for any hiss noise to stop
and others, read and follow then unscrew the cap all To open the fuel door, push and
all the instructions on the fuel the way. release the rearward center edge of
pump island. the door.
. Turn off the engine when To remove the fuel cap, turn it
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
refueling. slowly counterclockwise. The fuel
door on the driver side of the
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is
. Keep sparks, flames, and vehicle.
released too soon, it will spring back
smoking materials away to the right.
from fuel.
While refueling, hang the tethered
. Do not leave the fuel pump fuel cap from the hook on the
unattended. fuel door.
. Do not reenter the vehicle Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
while pumping fuel. top off or overfill the tank and wait a
(Continued) few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted

Warning (Continued)
Filling a Portable Fuel
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-81.
Container
shutting off the pump or by
When replacing the fuel cap, insert
the tether in its hole before
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
{ Warning
tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap Filling a portable fuel container
clockwise until it clicks. It will require while it is in the vehicle can cause
more effort to turn the fuel cap on fuel vapors that can ignite either
the last turn as you tighten it. Make { Caution by static electricity or other
sure the cap is fully installed. The
If a new fuel cap is needed, be means. You or others could be
diagnostic system can determine if
sure to get the right type of cap badly burned and the vehicle
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would from your dealer. The wrong type could be damaged. Always:
allow fuel to evaporate into the of fuel cap may not fit properly, . Use approved fuel
atmosphere. See Malfunction may cause the malfunction containers.
Indicator Lamp on page 5-20. indicator lamp to light, and could . Remove the container from
The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message damage the fuel tank and the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
displays if the fuel cap is not emissions system. See bed before filling.
properly installed. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5-20.
. Place the container on the
ground.
{ Warning . Place the nozzle inside the fill
If a fire starts while you are opening of the container
refueling, do not remove the before dispensing fuel, and
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by (Continued)
(Continued)

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
keep it in contact with the fill General Towing or other parts.
opening until filling is Information
complete.
. Then during the first 800 km
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
. Fill the container no more drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
been designed for the vehicle.
than 95% full to allow for do not make starts at full throttle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
expansion.
dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
. Do not smoke, light matches, the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower
or use lighters while the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts
pumping fuel. trailer. too often under heavy loads and/
. Avoid using cell phones or For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions.
other electronic devices. Towing the Vehicle on page 10-77. . Do not use Adaptive Cruise
For towing the vehicle behind Control when towing.
another vehicle such as a motor
home, see Recreational Vehicle
. Turn off Park Assist when
Towing on page 10-77. towing.
. The Automatic Collision
Driving Characteristics Preparation System should be
set to Off when towing. See
and Towing Tips Active Emergency Braking
Driving with a Trailer System on page 9-60.
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing

{ Warning amount of experience. The
More passing distance is needed
combination you are driving is
When towing a trailer, exhaust when towing a trailer. The
longer and not as responsive as the
gases may collect at the rear of combination will not accelerate as
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the vehicle and enter if the quickly and is longer so it is
the handling and braking of the rig
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most necessary to go much farther
before setting out for the open road.
window is open. beyond the passed vehicle before
Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane.
When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up
. Do not drive with the liftgate,
trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Hold the bottom of the steering
window open. electric brakes, start the wheel with one hand. To move the
combination moving and then apply trailer to the left, move that hand to
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand the left. To move the trailer to the
or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. right, move your hand to the right.
panel.
During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and,
. Also adjust the climate to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone
control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer guide you.
that brings in only outside air. brakes still work.
See “Climate Control Making Turns
Systems” in the Index. Following Distance
For more information about Stay at least twice as far behind the { Caution
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine vehicle ahead as you would when Making very sharp turns while
Exhaust on page 9-28. driving the vehicle without a trailer.
trailering could cause the trailer to
This can help to avoid heavy
come in contact with the vehicle.
braking and sudden turns.
(Continued)
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift Parking on Hills

Caution (Continued) the transmission to a lower gear if
The vehicle could be damaged.
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
{ Warning
Avoid making very sharp turns conditions. Parking the vehicle on a hill with
while trailering.
When towing, use the Tow/Haul the trailer attached can be
Mode to prevent damage to the dangerous. If something goes
When turning with a trailer, make engine or transmission. See Tow/ wrong, the rig could start to move.
wider turns than normal. Do this so Haul Mode on page 9-34. People can be injured, and both
the trailer will not strike soft the vehicle and the trailer can be
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the damaged. When possible, always
or other objects. Avoid jerky or park the rig on a flat surface.
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in following: Engine coolant will boil at
advance. a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off If parking the rig on a hill:
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn immediately after towing at high
out, the arrows on the instrument altitude on steep uphill grades, the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
cluster will still flash for turns. It is vehicle may show signs similar to not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
important to check occasionally to engine overheating. To avoid this, the wheels into the curb if facing
be sure the trailer bulbs are still let the engine run while parked, downhill or into traffic if facing
working. preferably on level ground, with the uphill.
Driving on Grades transmission in P (Park) for a few 2. Have someone place chocks
minutes before turning the engine under the trailer wheels.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower off. If the overheat warning comes
gear before starting down a long or 3. When the wheel chocks are in
on, see Engine Overheating on
steep downgrade. If the place, release the regular brakes
page 10-16.
transmission is not shifted down, the until the chocks absorb the load.
brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
apply the parking brake and shift brake system. It is a good idea to Warning (Continued)
into P (Park). inspect these before and during
the trip. the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
5. Release the brake pedal. only if all the steps in this section
Check periodically to see that all have been followed. Ask your
Leaving After Parking on a Hill hitch nuts and bolts are tight. dealer for advice and information
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. about towing a trailer with the
2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing vehicle.
3. Shift into a gear. Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See New Vehicle Break-In on
4. Release the parking brake. page 9-19.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
{ Caution
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is { Warning Pulling a trailer improperly can
clear of the chocks. damage the vehicle and result in
The driver can lose control when costly repairs not covered by the
7. Stop and have someone pick up pulling a trailer if the correct vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
and store the chocks. equipment is not used or the correctly, follow the advice in this
Maintenance when Trailer vehicle is not driven properly. For section and see your dealer for
example, if the trailer is too
Towing important information about
heavy, the brakes may not work towing a trailer with the vehicle.
The vehicle needs service more well — or even at all. The driver
often when pulling a trailer. See and passengers could be
Maintenance Schedule on seriously injured. The vehicle may
page 11-3. Things that are also be damaged; the resulting
especially important in trailer repairs would not be covered by
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle (Continued)
To identify the trailering capacity of Weight of the Trailer Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
the vehicle, read the information in calculated assuming the tow vehicle
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
“Weight of the Trailer” following. has only the driver and all required
It depends on how the rig is used. trailering equipment. Weight of
Trailering is different than just
Speed, altitude, road grades, additional optional equipment,
driving the vehicle by itself.
outside temperature, and how much passengers, and cargo in the tow
Trailering means changes in
the vehicle is used to pull a trailer vehicle must be subtracted from the
handling, acceleration, braking,
are all important. It can depend on trailer weight rating.
durability, and fuel economy.
any special equipment on the
Successful, safe trailering takes
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
correct equipment, and it has to be
weight the vehicle can carry. See
used properly.
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
The following information has many in this section.
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

Yukon Denali 2WD 3.23/3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
Yukon Denali AWD 3.23/3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
Yukon XL Denali 2WD 3.23/3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
Yukon XL Denali AWD 3.23/3.42 3 583 kg (7,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) vehicle reduce the amount of
information or advice. includes the curb weight of the tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and which will also reduce the trailer
Weight of the Trailer Tongue the people who will be riding in the weight the vehicle can tow. See
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is vehicle as well as trailer tongue Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15
very important because it is also weight. Vehicle options, equipment, for more information about the
part of the vehicle weight. The passengers, and cargo in the vehicle's maximum load capacity.
Maximum Tongue
Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight
1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb)
1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb)
Do not exceed the maximum proper. If they are not, adjustments

allowable tongue weight for the might be made by moving some
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch items around in the trailer.
extension that will position the hitch If a cargo carrier is used in the
ball closest to the vehicle. This will trailer hitch receiver, choose a
Trailer tongue weight (1) should be help reduce the effect of trailer carrier that positions the load as
10 % to 15 % of the loaded trailer tongue weight on the rear axle. close to the vehicle as possible.
weight (2) up to the maximums for Trailer rating may be limited by the Make sure the total weight,
vehicle series and hitch type. vehicle's ability to carry tongue including the carrier, is no more than
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause half of the maximum allowable
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR tongue weight for the vehicle or
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). See “Total Weight Total Weight on the Vehicle's
on the Vehicle's Tires” following. Tires
After loading the trailer, weigh the Be sure the vehicle's tires are
trailer and then the tongue, inflated to the inflation pressures
separately, to see if the weights are found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-15. Make sure not
to exceed the GVWR limit for the Towing Equipment Weight-Distributing Hitch
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow Adjustment
vehicle and trailer fully loaded for Hitches
the trip including the weight of the The correct hitch equipment helps
trailer tongue. If using a maintain combination control. Most
weight-distributing hitch, make sure small-to-medium trailers can be
not to exceed the RGAWR before towed with a weight-carrying hitch
applying the weight distribution which simply features a coupler
spring bars. latched to the hitch ball. Larger
Weight of the Trailering trailers may require a
Combination weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer
It is important that the combination tongue weight among the two
of the tow vehicle and trailer vehicle and trailer axles. See
does not exceed any of its weight “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in
ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer Towing on page 9-73 for
Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue rating limits with various hitch types. 1. Body to Ground Distance
Weight. The only way to be sure it is 2. Front of Vehicle
not exceeding any of these ratings Consider using sway controls with
any trailer. Ask a trailering When using a weight-distributing
is to weigh the tow vehicle and hitch, the spring bars should be
trailer combination, fully loaded for professional about sway controls or
refer to the trailer manufacturer's adjusted so the distance (1) is the
the trip, getting individual weights same after coupling the trailer to the
for each of these items. recommendations and instructions.
tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
Safety Chains the instructions for the trailer brakes If charging a remote (non-vehicle)
so they are installed, adjusted, and battery, press the Tow/Haul mode
Always attach chains between the
maintained properly. button at the end of the shift lever.
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
Since the vehicle is equipped with This will boost the vehicle system
safety chains under the tongue of
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot voltage and properly charge the
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic battery. If the trailer is too light for
from contacting the road if it
system. Tow/Haul mode, turn on the
becomes separated from the hitch.
headlamps as a second way to
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
Trailer Wiring Harness boost the vehicle system and
charge the battery.
manufacturer or by the trailer The seven-pin trailer connector is
manufacturer. If the trailer being mounted in the bumper. This Electric Brake Control Wiring
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg connector can be plugged into a Provisions
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed seven-pin universal heavy-duty
step bumper, safety chains may be trailer connector available through These wiring provisions are
attached to the attaching points on your dealer. included with the vehicle as part of
the bumper, otherwise, safety the trailer wiring package. These
The seven-wire harness contains provisions are for an electric brake
chains should be attached to holes the following trailer circuits:
on the trailer hitch platform. Always controller.
leave just enough slack so the . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal The harness should be installed by
combination can turn. Never allow . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn your dealer or a qualified service
safety chains to drag on the ground. Signal center.
Trailer Brakes . Brown: Taillamps
A loaded trailer that weighs more . White: Ground
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have . Light Green: Back-up Lamps
its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the . Red/Green: Battery Feed
trailer. Be sure to read and follow . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
when pulling a heavy trailer or a when lightly loaded or with no trailer
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul at all will not cause damage.
Mode on page 9-34. However, there is no benefit to the
Tow/Haul is designed to be most selection of Tow/Haul when the
effective when the vehicle and vehicle is unloaded. Such a
trailer combined weight is at least selection when unloaded may result
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross in unpleasant engine and
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). transmission driving characteristics
See “Weight of the Trailer” under and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Trailer Towing on page 9-73. Tow/ Haul is recommended only when
Haul is most useful under the pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
following driving conditions: heavy load.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Integrated Trailer Brake
Pressing this button at the end of large or heavy load through Control System
the shift lever turns on and off the rolling terrain.
Tow/Haul Mode. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in
stop-and-go traffic.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy
parking lots where improved low The vehicle may have an Integrated
speed control of the vehicle is Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system
This indicator light on the instrument desired. for use with electric trailer brakes or
cluster comes on when the Tow/ most electric-over-hydraulic trailer
Haul Mode is on. brakes.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake all of these systems are fully Trailer Brake Control Panel
Control Panel on vehicles with an operational to ensure full
ITBC system. The power output to functionality of the ITBC system.
the trailer brakes is based on the The ITBC system is powered
amount of brake pressure being through the vehicle's electrical
applied by the vehicle’s brake system. Turning the ignition off will
system, and on the type of trailer also turn off the ITBC system. The
brakes detected. This available ITBC system is fully functional only
power output to the trailer brakes when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
can be adjusted to a wide range of
trailering situations.
The ITBC system is integrated with
{ Warning
the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, Connecting a trailer that has an
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering air brake system may result in
conditions that cause the vehicle’s reduced or complete loss of trailer 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
antilock brake or StabiliTrak braking. There may be an Lever
systems to activate, power sent to increase in stopping distance or 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
the trailer's brakes will be trailer instability which could Buttons
automatically adjusted to minimize result in personal injury or
trailer wheel lock-up. This does not The ITBC system has a control
damage to the vehicle, trailer, panel on the instrument panel to the
imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
or other property. Use the ITBC left of the steering column. The
If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, system only with electric or control panel allows adjustment to
or StabiliTrak systems are not electric over hydraulic trailer the amount of output, referred to as
functioning properly, the ITBC brakes. Trailer Gain, available to the trailer
system may not be fully functional brakes and allows manual
or may not function at all. Make sure application of the trailer brakes. The
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used
along with the Trailer Brake Display

. Activate the Manual Trailer . A trailer without electric brakes
Page on the DIC to adjust and Brake apply lever. is connected (no DIC message
display power output to the trailer TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be displayed).
brakes. adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either . A trailer with electric brakes has
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page a trailer connected or disconnected. become disconnected (a
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one CHECK TRAILER WIRING
The ITBC system displays of the Trailer Gain adjustment message will also display on
messages in the Driver Information buttons. Press and hold a gain the DIC).
Center (DIC). button to continuously adjust the . There is a fault present in the
The display page indicates Trailer Trailer Gain. To turn the output to wiring to the trailer brakes (a
Gain setting, power output to the the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain CHECK TRAILER WIRING
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and setting to 0.0 (zero). message will also display on
system operational status. TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any the DIC).
To display the Trailer Brake Display time a trailer with electric brakes is . The ITBC system is not working
Page do any of the following: connected. Output to the trailer due to a fault (a SERVICE
brakes is based on the amount of TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
. Scroll through the DIC menu vehicle braking present and relative
pages. message will also display in
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is the DIC).
. Press a Trailer Gain button. displayed from 0 to 100% for each
If the Trailer Brake Display Page gain setting. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
is not currently displayed, press The Trailer Output will indicate The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
a Trailer Gain button to recall the “- - - - - -” on the Trailer Brake Lever is used to apply the trailer’s
current Trailer Gain setting. Display Page whenever the electric brakes independent of the
Each press and release of the following occur: vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to
gain buttons will then change the the left will apply only the trailer
Trailer Gain setting.
. No trailer is connected.
brakes. Use this lever to adjust
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
power output to the trailer brakes.
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake Use the following to adjust Trailer 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time
lamps will come on when either Gain for each towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading,
vehicle brakes or manual trailer 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer or road surface conditions
brakes are applied. attached on a level road surface change or if trailer wheel lock-up
representative of the towing is noticed at any time while
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure towing.
condition and free of traffic at
Trailer Gain should be set for a about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to
specific trailering condition and must Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages
25 mph) and fully apply the
be adjusted any time vehicle Manual Trailer Brake apply lever. In addition to displaying TRAILER
loading, trailer loading, or road GAIN and OUTPUT through the
surface conditions change. Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds DIC, trailer connection and ITBC
lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to system status are displayed on
{ Warning 25 mph) may result in an
incorrect gain setting.
the DIC.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
Trailer brakes that are 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the message will briefly display when a
over-gained or under-gained may Trailer Gain adjustment buttons, trailer with electric brakes is first
not stop the vehicle and the trailer to just below the point of trailer connected to the vehicle. This
as intended and can result in a wheel lock-up, indicated by message will automatically turn off
crash. Always follow the trailer wheel squeal or tire in about 10 seconds. This message
instructions to set the Trailer Gain smoke when a trailer wheel can be acknowledged before it
for the proper trailer stopping locks. automatically turns off.
performance. Trailer wheel lock-up may not
occur if towing a heavily loaded
trailer. In this case, adjust the
Trailer Gain to the highest
allowable setting for the towing
condition.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This the trailer wiring. This message continues over multiple ignition
message will display if: will also turn off if it is cycles, there is a problem with the
. The ITBC system first acknowledged. ITBC system. Have the vehicle
determines connection to a To determine if the electrical fault is serviced.
trailer with electric brakes and on the vehicle side or trailer side of If either the CHECK TRAILER
then the trailer harness becomes the trailer wiring harness WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
disconnected from the vehicle. connection: BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
If the disconnect occurs while 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring while driving, the ITBC system may
the vehicle is stationary, this harness from the vehicle. not be fully functional or may not
message will automatically turn function at all. When traffic
2. Turn the ignition off. conditions allow, carefully pull the
off in about 30 seconds. This
message will also turn off if it is 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the vehicle over to the side of the road
acknowledged or if the trailer ignition back to RUN. and turn the ignition off. Check the
harness is reconnected. wiring connection to the trailer and
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING turn the ignition back on. If either of
If the disconnect occurs while message reappears, the these messages continues, either
the vehicle is moving, this electrical fault is on the the vehicle or trailer needs service.
message will continue until the vehicle side.
ignition is turned off. This A GM dealer may be able to
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING diagnose and repair problems with
message will also turn off if it is message only reappears when
acknowledged or if the trailer the trailer. However, any diagnosis
connecting the trailer wiring and repair of the trailer is not
harness is reconnected. harness to the vehicle, the covered under the vehicle warranty.
. There is an electrical fault in the electrical fault is on the Contact your trailer dealer for
wiring to the trailer brakes. This trailer side. assistance with trailer repairs and
message will continue as long SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE trailer warranty information.
as there is an electrical fault in SYSTEM: This message will display
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message
Trailer Sway Conversions and

Control (TSC)
{ Warning
Even if the vehicle is equipped
Add-Ons
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
with TSC, trailer sway could result
TSC feature. Trailer sway is
in loss of control and the vehicle
Add-On Electrical
unintended side-to-side motion of a
trailer while being towed. If the could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment
vehicle is towing a trailer and the sway is detected, slow down to a
TSC detects that sway is increasing, safe speed. Check the trailer and { Caution
the vehicle brakes are selectively vehicle to help correct possible
applied at each wheel, to help causes. These could include an Some electrical equipment can
reduce excessive trailer sway. If the improperly or overloaded trailer, damage the vehicle or cause
vehicle is equipped with the unrestrained cargo, improper components to not work and
Integrated Trailer Brake Control trailer hitch configuration, would not be covered by the
(ITBC) system, and the trailer has excessive vehicle-trailer speed, warranty. Always check with your
the electric actuated brake system, or improperly inflated or incorrect dealer before adding electrical
StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing equipment.
brakes. Equipment on page 9-77 for
If TSC is enabled, the Traction trailer ratings and hitch setup Add-on equipment can drain the
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak recommendations. vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
warning light will flash on the vehicle is not operating.
instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Adding non-dealer accessories can The vehicle has an airbag system.
must be reduced. If trailer sway affect the vehicle performance. See Before attempting to add anything
continues, StabiliTrak can reduce Accessories and Modifications on electrical to the vehicle, see
engine torque to help slow the page 10-3. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle. See Traction Control/ Vehicle on page 3-37 and Adding
Electronic Stability Control on Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
page 9-41. Vehicle on page 3-37.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Vehicle Care Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Electrical System
Electrical System
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
General Information Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Engine Compartment Fuse
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Noise Control System . . . . . . 10-23 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
California Proposition Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-24 Instrument Panel Fuse
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Automatic Transmission Shift Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
California Perchlorate Lock Control Function Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Accessories and Park Brake and P (Park) Rear Compartment Fuse
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Vehicle Checks Wiper Blade
Doing Your Own Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Wheels and Tires
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-26 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Windshield Replacement . . . 10-26 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Engine Compartment Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Headlamp Aiming Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-43
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 10-9 Bulb Replacement Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Terminology and
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 High Intensity Discharge Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-10 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-16 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-29 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Appearance Care General Information

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86 For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89 your dealer. You will receive
When It Is Time for New genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 and supported service people.
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Genuine GM parts have one of
Different Size Tires and these marks:
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-61
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-73
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-77 California Proposition
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks
other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and
exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock
many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own
wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work
emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause
California Perchlorate
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ Warning
Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have
Certain types of automotive the proper knowledge, service
installation or use of non‐GM
applications, such as airbag manual, tools, or parts. Always
certified parts, including control
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is
and lithium batteries contained in and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for service work.
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service
perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
Modifications installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11.
can affect vehicle performance and page 3-37.
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Before attempting to do your own find the secondary hood release.
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood: The handle is under the front
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on edge of the hood near the
page 3-37. center. Push the handle to the
Keep a record with all parts receipts right and at the same time raise
and list the mileage and the date of the hood.
any service work performed. See Before closing the hood, be sure all
Maintenance Records on the filler caps are on properly. Then
page 11-14. 1. Pull the handle with this symbol bring the hood from full open to
on it. It is inside the vehicle within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
{ Caution under the steering wheel. position, pause, and push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
Even small amounts of motion to fully close the hood.
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview

10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
. Always dispose of engine oil
Starting on page 10-74. Brake Fluid on page 10-19. properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
2. Battery on page 10-21. 11. Engine Compartment Fuse
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Block on page 10-31. Checking Engine Oil
Pressure Cap. See Cooling If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
System on page 10-12. Engine Oil ADD OIL message displays when
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on To ensure proper engine the engine oil level may be too low.
page 10-10. performance and long life, careful See Engine Oil Messages on
attention must be paid to engine oil. page 5-40. Check the oil level
5. Remote Negative (–) Location Following these simple, but before filling to the recommended
(Out of View). See Jump Starting important steps will help protect level. If the oil is not low and this
on page 10-74. your investment: message remains on, see your
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of dealer.
. Always use engine oil approved
View). See Cooling System on to the proper specification and of It is also a good idea to check the
page 10-12. the proper viscosity grade. See engine oil level at each fuel fill. In
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” order to get an accurate reading,
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine in this section. the vehicle must be on level ground.
Oil on page 10-6. The engine oil dipstick handle is a
. Check the engine oil level loop. See Engine Compartment
8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See regularly and maintain the Overview on page 10-5 for the
“Checking Engine Oil” under proper oil level. See “Checking location of the engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil on page 10-6. Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section. Obtaining an accurate oil level
9. Windshield Washer Fluid reading is essential:
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer . Change the engine oil at the
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on appropriate time. See Engine Oil 1. If the engine has been running
page 10-18. Life System on page 10-9. recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
Vehicle Care 10-7
to drain back into the oil pan. When to Add Engine Oil
Checking the oil level too soon { Caution
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level Do not add too much oil. Oil
reading. levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
{ Warning to the engine. If you find that you
The engine oil dipstick handle have an oil level above the
may be hot; it could burn you. operating range, i.e., the engine
Use a towel or glove to touch the has so much oil that the oil level
dipstick handle. If the oil is below the cross-hatched gets above the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add area that shows the proper
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil operating range, the engine could
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it be damaged. You should drain
with a clean paper towel or cloth, and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in out the excess oil or limit driving
then push it back in all the way.
this section for an explanation of of the vehicle and seek a service
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level. what kind of oil to use. For engine professional to remove the
oil crankcase capacity, see excess amount of oil.
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
10-8 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives/Engine

Selecting the right engine oil
{ Caution Oil Flushes
depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
specification and viscosity grade. engine oil can result in engine recommended oils meeting the
See Recommended Fluids and damage not covered by the dexos1 specification are all that is
Lubricants on page 11-11. vehicle warranty. Check with your needed for good performance and
dealer or service provider on engine protection.
Specification
whether the oil is approved to the Engine oil system flushes are not
Ask for and use engine oils that dexos1 specification. recommended and could cause
meet the dexos1™ specification.
engine damage not covered by the
Engine oils that have been vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade What to Do with Used Oil
with the dexos1 approved logo. See engine oil. Used engine oil contains certain
www.gmdexos.com. When selecting an oil of the elements that can be unhealthy for
appropriate viscosity grade, always your skin and could even cause
select an oil of the correct cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
specification. See “Specification” your skin for very long. Clean your
earlier in this section for more skin and nails with soap and water,
information. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Vehicle Care 10-9
from the filter before disposal. Never On some vehicles, when the system If the system is ever reset
dispose of oil by putting it in the has calculated that oil life has been accidentally, the oil must be
trash or pouring it on the ground, diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
into sewers, or into streams or OIL SOON message comes on to since the last oil change.
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking indicate that an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life
it to a place that collects used oil. necessary. See Engine Oil system whenever the oil is changed.
Messages on page 5-40. Change
Engine Oil Life System the oil as soon as possible within How to Reset the Engine Oil
the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is Life System
When to Change Engine Oil possible that, if driving under the Reset the system whenever the
This vehicle has a computer system best conditions, the oil life system engine oil is changed so that the
that indicates when to change the might indicate that an oil change is system can calculate the next
engine oil and filter. This is based not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil change. Always reset the
on a combination of factors which engine oil and filter must be engine oil life to 100% after every oil
include engine revolutions, engine changed at least once a year and, change. It will not reset itself. To
temperature, and miles driven. at this time, the system must be reset the engine oil life system:
Based on driving conditions, the reset. For vehicles without the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 1. Display the OIL LIFE
mileage at which an oil change is REMAINING on the DIC. See
indicated can vary considerably. For message, an oil change is needed
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING Driver Information Center (DIC)
the oil life system to work properly, on page 5-30.
the system must be reset every time percentage is near 0%. Your dealer
the oil is changed. has trained service people who will 2. Press and hold V for several
perform this work and reset the seconds. The oil life will change
system. It is also important to check to 100%.
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
10-10 Vehicle Care
The oil life system can also be reset Automatic Transmission

as follows:
Fluid
{ Caution
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Use of the incorrect automatic
the engine off. When to Check and Change transmission fluid may damage
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal
Automatic Transmission Fluid the vehicle, and the damage may
slowly three times within It is usually not necessary to check not be covered by the vehicle
five seconds. the transmission fluid level. The only warranty. Always use the
reason for fluid loss is a automatic transmission fluid listed
3. Display the OIL LIFE
transmission leak or overheated in Recommended Fluids and
REMAINING on the DIC. If the
transmission. This vehicle is not Lubricants on page 11-11.
display shows 100%, the system
equipped with a transmission fluid
is reset.
level dipstick. There is a special
If the vehicle has a CHANGE procedure for checking and Change the fluid and filter at the
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it changing the transmission fluid in scheduled maintenance intervals
comes back on when the vehicle is these vehicles. Because this listed in Maintenance Schedule on
started and/or the OIL LIFE procedure is difficult, this should be page 11-3. Be sure to use the
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine done at the dealer. Contact the transmission fluid listed in
oil life system has not been reset. dealer for additional information or Recommended Fluids and
Repeat the procedure. the procedure can be found in the Lubricants on page 11-11.
service manual. See Service
Publications Ordering Information Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
on page 13-11. See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.
Vehicle Care 10-11
When to Inspect the Engine Air Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ 3. Disconnect the electrical
Cleaner/Filter Filter connector (2) and the connector
harness from the cover.
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals 4. Remove the four screws (1) on
and replace it at the first oil change top of the cover of the housing
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) and lift up the cover.
interval. See Maintenance Schedule 5. Remove the engine air cleaner/
on page 11-3. If driving in dusty/dirty filter from the housing. Take care
conditions, inspect the filter at each to dislodge as little dirt as
engine oil change. possible.
How to Inspect the Engine Air 6. Clean the engine air cleaner/
Cleaner/Filter filter sealing surfaces and the
housing.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the engine air cleaner/filter 7. Inspect or replace the engine air
from the vehicle by following 1. Screws (4) cleaner/filter.
Steps 1-8. When the engine air 2. Electrical Connector 8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall
cleaner/filter is removed, lightly 3. Air Duct Clamp the filter cover housing.
shake it to release loose dust and
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
assembly. See Engine { Warning
Compartment Overview on
filter is required. Never use Operating the engine with the air
page 10-5.
compressed air to clean the filter.
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct clamp (3). others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
(Continued)
10-12 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) { Warning

helps to stop flames if the engine Heater and radiator hoses, and
backfires. Use caution when other engine parts, can be very
working on the engine and do not hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
{ Caution could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt could be burned. Get any leak
can easily get into the engine, 1. Coolant Surge Tank fixed before you drive the vehicle.
which could damage it. Always 2. Coolant Surge Tank
have the air cleaner/filter in place Pressure Cap
when you are driving. 3. Engine Electric
Cooling Fan(s)
{ Caution
Cooling System Using coolant other than
The cooling system allows the
{ Warning DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan can or radiator corrosion. In addition,
working temperature. start even when the engine is not the engine coolant could require
running. To avoid injury, always changing sooner. Any repairs
keep hands, clothing, and tools would not be covered by the
away from any engine
(Continued)
cooling fan.
Vehicle Care 10-13
What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,

Caution (Continued) drinkable water and DEX-COOL
vehicle warranty. Always use { Warning coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant This mixture:
Adding only plain water or some
in the vehicle.
other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down
can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside
Engine Coolant and other liquids, can boil before temperature.
the proper coolant mixture will.
The cooling system in the vehicle is . Gives boiling protection up to
The coolant warning system is set
filled with DEX-COOL® engine 129°C (265°F), engine
for the proper coolant mixture. temperature.
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
. Protects against rust and
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever corrosion.
occurs first. hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts.
The following explains the cooling could catch fire and you or
system and how to check and add
. Helps keep the proper engine
others could be burned. Use a temperature.
coolant when it is low. If there is a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
problem with engine overheating,
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
see Engine Overheating on { Caution
page 10-16.
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
(Continued)
10-14 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Caution (Continued)
The coolant surge tank is in the
mixture can freeze and crack engine compartment on the
engine cooling parts. The repairs passenger side of the vehicle. See
would not be covered by the Engine Compartment Overview on
vehicle warranty. Use only the page 10-5.
proper mixture of engine coolant The vehicle must be on a level
for the cooling system. See surface when checking the coolant
Recommended Fluids and level.
Lubricants on page 11-11. Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by inside the coolant surge tank is How to Add Coolant to the
putting it in the trash, or by pouring boiling, wait until it cools down. The Coolant Surge Tank
it on the ground, or into sewers, coolant level should be at or above
streams, or bodies of water. Have the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,
the coolant changed by an there may be a leak in the cooling { Warning
authorized service center, familiar system. You can be burned if you spill
with legal requirements regarding If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant on hot engine parts.
used coolant disposal. This will help level is not at or above the FULL Coolant contains ethylene glycol
protect the environment and your COLD mark, see “How to Add and it will burn if the engine parts
health. Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,” are hot enough. Do not spill
following. coolant on a hot engine.
Vehicle Care 10-15
4. With the coolant surge tank

{ Caution pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
This vehicle has a specific engine coolant temperature
coolant fill procedure. Failure to gauge indicates approximately
follow this procedure could cause 90°C (195°F).
the engine to overheat and be 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
severely damaged. By this time, the coolant level
pressure cap when the cooling inside the coolant surge tank
system, including the coolant may be lower. If the level is
surge tank pressure cap and lower, add more of the proper
upper radiator hose, is no
{ Warning longer hot.
mixture to the coolant surge tank
until the level reaches the FULL
Steam and scalding liquids from a Turn the pressure cap slowly COLD mark.
hot cooling system can blow out counterclockwise about one full 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
and burn you badly. Never turn turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
the cap when the cooling system, that to stop. A hiss means there 6. Verify coolant level after the
including the surge tank pressure is still some pressure left. engine is shut off and the
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling coolant is cold. If necessary,
2. Keep turning the pressure cap repeat coolant fill procedure
system and surge tank pressure slowly, and remove it. Steps 1–6.
cap to cool.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the FULL
If no coolant is visible in the surge COLD mark.
tank, add coolant.
10-16 Vehicle Care
In addition, there are ENGINE If Steam is Coming from the

{ Caution OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, Engine Compartment
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
If the pressure cap is not tightly ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
installed, coolant loss and REDUCED messages in the Driver
{ Warning
possible engine damage may Information Center (DIC). See Steam from an overheated engine
occur. Be sure the cap is properly Engine Cooling System Messages can burn you badly, even if you
and tightly secured. on page 5-40 and Engine Power just open the hood. Stay away
Messages on page 5-41. from the engine if you see or hear
Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the steam coming from it. Just turn it
hood when this warning appears, off and get everyone away from
get service help right away.
{ Caution the vehicle until it cools down.
Wait until there is no sign of
If the decision is made to lift the
Running the engine without hood, make sure the vehicle is steam or coolant before you open
coolant may cause damage or a parked on a level surface. the hood.
fire. Vehicle damage would not be If you keep driving when the
Check to see if the engine cooling
covered by the vehicle warranty. fan(s) are running. If the engine is engine is overheated, the liquids
overheating, the fans should be in it can catch fire. You or others
The vehicle has several indicators running. If they are not, do not could be badly burned. Stop the
to warn of engine overheating. continue to run the engine and have engine if it overheats, and get out
the vehicle serviced. of the vehicle until the engine
There is a coolant temperature
gauge in the vehicle's instrument is cool.
cluster. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5-15.
Vehicle Care 10-17
If No Steam is Coming from 2. Turn the heater on to the highest as normal idle speed for at least
the Engine Compartment temperature and to the highest five minutes while the vehicle is
fan speed. Open the windows as parked. If the warning is still there,
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP necessary. turn off the engine and get everyone
ENGINE or the ENGINE out of the vehicle until it cools down.
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
message, along with a low coolant the road, shift to P (Park) or If there is no sign of steam, idle the
condition, can indicate a serious N (Neutral), and let the engine for five minutes while
problem. engine idle. parked. If the warning is still
If the temperature overheat gauge is displayed, turn off the engine until it
If there is an engine overheat cools down.
warning, but no steam is seen or no longer in the overheat zone or an
heard, the problem may not be too overheat warning no longer
serious. Sometimes the engine can displays, the vehicle can be driven. Engine Fan
get a little too hot when the vehicle: Continue to drive the vehicle slowly If the vehicle has electric cooling
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe fans, the fans may be heard
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. vehicle distance from the vehicle in spinning at low speed during most
. Stops after high-speed driving. front. If the warning does not come everyday driving. The fans may turn
back on, continue to drive normally off if no cooling is required. Under
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
and have the cooling system heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
. Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing checked for proper fill and function. high outside temperatures,
on page 9-73. or operation of the air conditioning
If the warning continues, pull over,
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED stop, and park the vehicle system, the fans may change to
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE right away. high speed and an increase in fan
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE noise may be heard. This is normal
If there is still no sign of steam and and indicates that the cooling
message appears with no sign of
the vehicle is equipped with an system is functioning properly. The
steam, try this for a minute or so:
engine driven cooling fan, push
1. Turn the air conditioning off. down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
10-18 Vehicle Care
fans will change to low speed when displays, washer fluid will need to
additional cooling is no longer be added to the windshield washer Caution (Continued)
required. fluid reservoir.
to freeze and damage the
The electric engine cooling fans washer fluid tank and other
may run after the engine has been parts of the washer system.
turned. off. This is normal and no
service is required.
. When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
Washer Fluid adding water.
What to Use Open the cap with the washer . Fill the washer fluid tank only
When windshield washer fluid needs symbol on it. Add washer fluid until three-quarters full when it is
to be added, be sure to read the the tank is full. See Engine very cold. This allows for fluid
manufacturer's instructions before Compartment Overview on expansion if freezing occurs,
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient page 10-5 for reservoir location. which could damage the tank
protection against freezing in an if it is completely full.
area where the temperature may fall { Caution
below freezing. Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
Adding Washer Fluid (antifreeze) in the windshield Disc brake pads have built-in wear
The vehicle has a low washer fluid washer. It can damage the indicators that make a high-pitched
message on the DIC that comes on windshield washer system warning sound when the brake pads
when the washer fluid is low. The and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
message is displayed for . Do not mix water with The sound can come and go or be
15 seconds at the start of each ready-to-use washer fluid. heard all the time when the vehicle
ignition cycle. When the WASHER Water can cause the solution is moving, except when applying the
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message brake pedal firmly.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-19
proper sequence to torque Brake Fluid

{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height, The brake master cylinder reservoir
or if there is a rapid increase in is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
pedal travel. This could be a sign Engine Compartment Overview on
{ Caution that brake service may be required. page 10-5 for the location of the
reservoir.
Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts
brake pads could result in costly There are only two reasons why the
Always replace brake system parts
brake fluid level in the reservoir
brake repair. with new, approved replacement
might go down:
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking . The brake fluid level goes down
Some driving conditions or climates
performance expected can change because of normal brake lining
can cause a brake squeal when the
in many other ways if the wrong wear. When new linings are
brakes are first applied or lightly
replacement brake parts are installed, the fluid level goes
applied. This does not mean
installed or parts are improperly back up.
something is wrong with the brakes.
installed. . A fluid leak in the brake
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
hydraulic system can also cause
necessary to help prevent brake
a low fluid level. Have the brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
hydraulic system fixed, since a
inspect brake pads for wear and
leak means that sooner or later
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
the brakes will not work well.
10-20 Vehicle Care
Do not top off the brake fluid. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule After work is done on the brake
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. to determine when to check the hydraulic system, make sure the
If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid. See Maintenance level is above MIN but not over the
worn, there will be too much fluid Schedule on page 11-3. MAX mark.
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Checking Brake Fluid What to Add
as necessary, only when work is Check brake fluid by looking at the Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
done on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid reservoir. See Engine from a sealed container. See
Compartment Overview on Recommended Fluids and
{ Warning page 10-5. Lubricants on page 11-11.
Always clean the brake fluid
If too much brake fluid is added, it reservoir cap and the area around
can spill on the engine and burn, the cap before removing it. This
if the engine is hot enough. You helps keep dirt from entering the
or others could be burned, and reservoir.
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
{ Warning
system. See “Checking Brake With the wrong kind of fluid in the
Fluid” in this section. brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
When the brake fluid falls to a low could cause a crash. Always use
level, the brake warning light comes the proper brake fluid.
on. See Brake System Warning The fluid level should be above
Light on page 5-23. MIN. If it is not, have the brake
hydraulic system checked to see if
there is a leak.
Vehicle Care 10-21
Refer to the replacement number on Infrequent Usage: Remove the

{ Caution the original battery label when a black, negative (−) cable from the
new battery is needed. See Engine battery to keep the battery from
. Using the wrong fluid can Compartment Overview on running down.
badly damage brake page 10-5 for battery location.
hydraulic system parts. For Extended Storage: Remove the
example, just a few drops of black, negative (−) cable from the
mineral-based oil, such as { Warning battery or use a battery trickle
engine oil, in the brake charger.
Battery posts, terminals, and
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts related accessories contain lead Four-Wheel Drive
so badly that they will have to and lead compounds, chemicals
be replaced. Do not let known to the State of California to Transfer Case
someone put in the wrong cause cancer and reproductive
When to Check Lubricant
kind of fluid. harm. Wash hands after handling.
Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
. If brake fluid is spilled on the page 11-3 to determine when to
vehicle's painted surfaces, Vehicle Storage check the lubricant.
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
{ Warning
vehicle. If you do, wash it off Batteries have acid that can burn
immediately. you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
Battery page 10-74 for tips on working
The original equipment battery is around a battery without
maintenance free. Do not remove getting hurt.
the cap and do not add fluid.
10-22 Vehicle Care
How to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Front Axle
1. Fill Plug
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transfer Case 2. Drain Plug
Lubricant
1. Fill Plug It is not necessary to regularly
. When the differential is cold, add
2. Drain Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak enough lubricant to raise the
is suspected, or an unusual noise is level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
To get an accurate reading, the (1/8 in) below the fill
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
vehicle should be on a level plug (1) hole.
problem. Have it inspected and
surface.
repaired. . When the differential is at
If the level is below the bottom of operating temperature (warm),
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the How to Check Lubricant
add enough lubricant to raise the
transfer case, some lubricant will To get an accurate reading, the level to the bottom of the fill
need to be added. Add enough vehicle should be on a level plug (1) hole.
lubricant to raise the level to the surface.
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.
Vehicle Care 10-23
What to Use out along the axle tubes and has The proper level is 1.0 mm to
Refer to Recommended Fluids and not drained back to the sump area. 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below
Lubricants on page 11-11 to Therefore, a reading taken the bottom of the fill hole, located on
determine what kind of lubricant five minutes after the vehicle has the rear axle. Add only enough fluid
to use. been driven will appear to have a to reach the proper level.
lower fluid level than a vehicle that
has been stationary for an hour or What to Use
Rear Axle two. The rear axle assembly must Refer to Recommended Fluids and
When to Check Lubricant be supported on a flat, level surface Lubricants on page 11-11 to
to get a true reading. determine what kind of lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly to use.
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is How to Check Lubricant
suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
Noise Control System
problem. Have it inspected and The following information relates to
repaired. compliance with federal noise
All axle assemblies are filled by emission standards for vehicles with
volume of fluid during production. a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
They are not filled to reach a certain (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
level. When checking the fluid level (10,000 lb). The noise control
on any axle, variations in the system warranty is given in your
readings can be caused by factory warranty manual.
fill differences between the minimum These standards apply only to
and the maximum fluid volume. vehicles sold in the United States.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid To get an accurate reading, the
level, it may appear lower than vehicle should be on a level
normal because fluid has traveled surface.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Federal law prohibits the following Engine: Starter Switch Check

acts or the causing thereof: Removal or rendering engine speed
1. The removal or rendering
inoperative by any person, other
governor, if the vehicle has one,
inoperative so as to allow engine
{ Warning
than for purposes of speed to exceed manufacturer When you are doing this
maintenance, repair or specifications. inspection, the vehicle could
replacement, of any device or move suddenly. If the vehicle
element of design incorporated Fan and Drive:
moves, you or others could be
into any new vehicle for the . Removal of fan clutch, if the injured.
purpose of noise control, prior to vehicle has one, or rendering
its sale or delivery to the ultimate clutch inoperative.
purchaser or while it is in use; or 1. Before starting this check, be
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the sure there is enough room
2. The use of the vehicle after such vehicle has one. around the vehicle.
device or element of design has
Air Intake: 2. Apply both the parking brake
been removed or rendered
inoperative by any person. . Removal of the air cleaner and the regular brake.
silencer. Do not use the accelerator
Among those acts presumed to
constitute tampering are the acts . Modification of the air cleaner. pedal, and be ready to turn off
listed below. the engine immediately if it
Exhaust: starts.
Insulation: . Removal of the muffler and/or 3. Try to start the engine in each
Removal of the noise shields or any resonator. gear. The vehicle should start
underhood insulation. . Removal of the exhaust pipes only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
and exhaust pipe clamps. If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Vehicle Care 10-25
Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever pressure from the regular brake
moves out of P (Park), contact pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Shift Lock Control your dealer for service. held by the parking brake only.
Function Check . To check the P (Park)
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
{ Warning Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could { Warning parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
move suddenly. If the vehicle
When you are doing this check, Contact your dealer if service is
moves, you or others could be
the vehicle could begin to move. required.
injured.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement
1. Before starting this check, be Make sure there is room in front
sure there is enough room of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
around the vehicle. It should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking.
parked on a level surface. brake at once should the vehicle For the proper type and size, see
2. Apply the parking brake. Be begin to move. Maintenance Replacement Parts on
ready to apply the regular brake page 11-13.
immediately if the vehicle begins Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Front Wiper Blade
to move. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Replacement
3. With the engine off, turn the your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake. To replace the wiper blade
ignition on, but do not start the
assembly:
engine. Without applying the . To check the parking brake's
regular brake, try to move the holding ability: With the engine 1. Pull the windshield wiper
shift lever out of P (Park) with running and the transmission in assembly away from the
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot windshield.
10-26 Vehicle Care
warranty. Do not allow the wiper 2. Push the release lever (2) to
blade arm to touch the disengage the hook and push
windshield. the wiper arm (1) out of the
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade assembly (3).
blade replacement. 3. Push the new blade assembly
securely in the wiper arm hook
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement until the release lever clicks into
To replace the rear wiper blade: place.
1. Pull the wiper blade assembly 4. Return the wiper arm and blade
away from the backglass. assembly to the rest position on
the glass.
The rear wiper blade will not lock
2. Lift up on the latch in the middle in a vertical position so care
should be used when pulling it Glass Replacement
of the wiper blade where the
wiper arm attaches. away from the vehicle. If the windshield or front side glass
must be replaced, see your dealer
3. With the latch open, pull the
to determine the correct
wiper blade down toward the
replacement glass.
windshield far enough to release
it from the J-hooked end of the
wiper arm. Windshield Replacement
4. Remove the wiper blade. The windshield is part of the HUD
system. If the vehicle has to have
Allowing the wiper blade arm to the windshield replaced, get one
touch the windshield when no that is designed for HUD or the
wiper blade is installed could HUD image may look out of focus.
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle
Vehicle Care 10-27
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement LED Lighting

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps.
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on For replacement of any LED lighting
page 10-30. assembly, contact your dealer.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
Fog Lamps
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
technician service them.
1. Locate the fog lamp under the
front bumper.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a 2. Disconnect the electrical
slightly different shade than it was connector from the fog lamp bulb
originally. This is normal. assembly by pressing the
connector release.
10-28 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the bulb counter clockwise

to remove it from the housing.
Back-Up Lamps
To replace a back-up bulb:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2-13.
3. Remove the two screws from the 5. Turn the bulb socket
taillamp assembly. counterclockwise to remove it
4. Pull the taillamp assembly from the taillamp assembly.
straight back to remove. 6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
7. Press a new bulb into the
socket, insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
2. Remove the taillamp closeout socket clockwise until it clicks.
cover from the lamp assembly 8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
by pulling rearward from the top and tighten the screws.
and bottom at the same time to
unfasten the snap tabs. 9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.
Vehicle Care 10-29
License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
toward the center of the vehicle.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
1. Bulb Socket straight into the bulb socket and
Passenger Side Shown, Driver 2. Bulb turn the bulb socket clockwise to
Side Similar 3. Lamp Assembly install it into the lamp assembly.
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release tab
locks into place.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Exterior Lamp Bulb An electrical overload may cause
Number Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
Back-up Lamp W16W headlamp wiring checked right away
Fog Lamp PSX26W The vehicle has fuses to protect if the lamps go on and off or
against an electrical system remain off.
License H11 LL overload. Fuses also protect power
Plate Lamp devices in the vehicle. Windshield Wipers
Replace a bad fuse with a new one If the wiper motor overheats due to
For replacement bulbs not listed
of the identical size and rating. heavy snow or ice, the windshield
here, contact your dealer.
wipers will stop until the motor cools
If there is a problem on the road and and will then restart.
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
are some spare fuses and a fuse Although the circuit is protected
puller in the Instrument Panel Fuse from electrical overload, overload
Block. The same amperage fuse due to heavy snow or ice may
can also be borrowed. Choose cause wiper linkage damage.
some feature of the vehicle that is Always clear ice and heavy snow
not needed to use and replace it as from the windshield before using the
soon as possible. windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Vehicle Care 10-31
Fuses Engine Compartment

Fuse Block
{ Caution
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by The engine compartment fuse block Spilling liquid on any electrical
fuses. This greatly reduces the is in the engine compartment, on component on the vehicle may
chance of fires caused by electrical the driver side of the vehicle. damage it. Always keep the
problems. covers on any electrical
Look at the silver-colored band component.
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure A fuse puller is available in the left
you replace a bad fuse with a new instrument panel fuse block.
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.
Lift the cover to access the fuse

block.
10-32 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care 10-33
Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage

1 Electric Running 26 Spare/Battery 45 Automatic Level
Boards Regulated Voltage Control Run/Crank
Control
2 Antilock Brake 47 Upfitter 4
System Pump 28 Upfitter 2
48 Upfitter 4 Relay
3 Interior BEC LT1 29 Upfitter 2 Relay
49 Reverse Lamps
4 MBS Passenger 30 Wiper
51 Parking Lamp Relay
5 Suspension Leveling 31 TIM
59 Euro Trailer
Compressor
34 Back-up Lamps
60 Air Conditioning
6 4WD Transfer Case
35 Antilock Brake System Control
Electronic Control
Valve
63 Upfitter 1
10 Electric Parking Brake
36 Trailer Brakes
67 Trailer Battery
13 Interior BEC LT2
37 Upfitter 3 Relay
69 RC Upfitter 3 and 4
14 Rear BEC 1
39 Trailer Stop/Turn Right
70 VBAT Upfitter 3 and 4
17 MBS Driver
40 Trailer Stop/Turn Left
72 Upfitter 1 Relay
21 ALC Exhaust Solenoid
41 Trailer Park Lamps
74 Engine Control Module
23 Integrated Chassis
42 Right Parking Lamps Ignition
Control Module
43 Left Parking Lamps 75 Miscellaneous Ignition
24 Real Time Dampening
Spare
44 Upfitter 3
25 Fuel Pump Power
76 Transmission Ignition
Module
10-34 Vehicle Care
Item Usage Item Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

77 RC Upfitter 1 and 2 103 Auxiliary Interior Heater Block (Left)
78 VBAT Upfitter 1 and 2 104 Starter
83 Euro Trailer RC 107 Aero Shutter
84 Run/Crank Relay 109 Police Upfitter
87 Engine 112 Starter Relay
88 Injector A – Odd 114 Front Windshield
Washer
89 Injector B – Even
115 Rear Window Washer
90 Oxygen Sensor B
116 Cooling Fan Left
91 Throttle Control
121 Right HID Headlamp
Relay 122 Left HID Headlamp The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
93 Horn 123 Cooling Fan Right
edge of the instrument panel.
94 Fog Lamps
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
95 High-Beam Headlamps block.
100 Oxygen Sensor A
102 Engine Control Module/
Transmission Control
Module
Vehicle Care 10-35
The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Number Usage
1 Not Used
2 Not Used
3 Not Used
4 Accessory Power
Outlet 1
5 Retained Accessory
Power/Accessory
6 APO/BATT
7 Universal Garage
Door Opener/Inside
Rear View Mirror
8 SEO Retained
Accessory Power
9 Not Used
10 Body Control
Module 3
10-36 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

11 Body Control 21 Not Used 28 Passive Entry/Passive
Module 5 Start/Heater,
22 Not Used
Ventilation and Air
12 Steering Wheel
23 Not Used Conditioning Battery
Controls Backlighting
24 Heater, Ventilation 29 Content Theft
13 Not Used
and Air Conditioning
30 Not Used
14 Not Used Ignition/Heater,
Ventilation and Air 31 Not Used
15 Not Used
Conditioning Auxiliary
32 Not Used
16 Discrete Logic Ignition
25 Instrument Cluster
Sensor 33 SEO/Automatic Level
Ignition/Sensing
Control
17 VPM Diagnostic Module
Ignition 34 Park Enable Electric
18 Mirror Window
Adjustable Pedal (if
Module 26 Tilt Column/SEO, Tilt
equipped)
Column Lock 1/SEO
19 Body Control
35 Not Used
Module 1 27 Data Link Connector/
Driver Seat Module 36 Miscellaneous R/C
20 Front Bolster (if
equipped)
Vehicle Care 10-37
Number Usage Number Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

37 Heated Steering 50 Accessory Power Block (Right)
Wheel Outlet 2
38 Steering Column Lock 51 Not Used
2 (if equipped)
52 Retained Accessory
39 Instrument Cluster Power/Accessory
Battery Relay
40 Not Used 53 Run/Crank Relay
41 Not Used 54 Not Used
42 Euro Trailer (if 55 Not Used
equipped)
56 Not Used
43 Left Doors
44 Driver Power Seat The right instrument panel fuse
block access door is on the
45 Not Used
passenger side edge of the
46 Right Heated/ instrument panel.
Cooled Seat Pull off the cover to access the fuse
47 Left Heated/ block.
Cooled Seat
48 Not Used
49 Not Used
10-38 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped

features shown.
Number Usage
1 Not Used
2 Not Used
3 Not Used
4 Accessory Power
Outlet 4
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
8 Glove Box
9 Not Used
10 Not Used
11 Not Used
12 Steering Wheel
Controls
13 Body Control
Module 8
14 Not Used
Vehicle Care 10-39
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

15 Not Used 30 Not Used 46 Body Control
Module 6
47 Body Control
Module 7
48 Amplifier
19 Body Control 34 Not Used
49 Right Front Seat
Module 4
35 Not Used
50 Accessory Power
20 Rear Seat
36 SEO B2 Outlet 3
Entertainment
37 SEO 51 Not Used
21 Sunroof
38 Body Control 52 Retained Accessory
22 Not Used
Module 2 Power/Accessory
23 Not Used Relay
39 A/C Inverter
40 Not Used
41 Not Used
26 Info/Airbag 55 Not Used
42 Not Used
27 Spare/RF WDW 56 Not Used
43 Not Used
RN SW
44 Right Door Window
28 Obstacle
Motor
Detection/USB
45 Front Blower
29 Radio
10-40 Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse ISO Mini Usage

Block Relays
1 Rear Defogger
Micro Usage
Fuses
2 Heated Second Row
Seat Left
3 Heated Second Row
Seat Right
4 Heated Mirrors
5 Liftgate
6 Glass Breakage
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left 7 Liftglass
side of the compartment. 8 Liftgate Module Logic
Pull the panel out by grabbing the
9 Rear Wiper
finger access slot at the rear edge.
10 Rear Heater,
Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Blower
The vehicle may not be equipped 11 Second Row Seat
19 Rear Fog Lamp (if
features shown.
equipped)
Vehicle Care 10-41
M-Type Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

Fuses
12 Liftgate Module Tires and a serious crash. See
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on
13 Third Row Seat
high-quality tires made by a page 9-15.
14 Rear Accessory
Power Outlet leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose
the warranty manual for the same danger as
15 Rear Defogger information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The
warranty and where to get resulting crash could
Ultra Usage service. For additional cause serious injury.
Micro information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently
Relays manufacturer. to maintain the
16 Liftgate recommended pressure.
{ Warning Tire pressure should be
Micro Usage checked when the tires
Relays
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
improperly used tires are
17 Liftglass dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
18 Rear Fog Lamp (if . Overloading the tires can
equipped) or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a impact — such as when
19 Heated Mirrors result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout tires at the recommended
(Continued) pressure.
(Continued)
10-42 Vehicle Care
See Tire Pressure for traction or performance as winter

Warning (Continued) High-Speed Operation on tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
page 10-50 for inflation pressure See Winter Tires on page 10-42.
. Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread adjustment for high-speed
driving. Winter Tires
is badly worn,
replace them. This vehicle was not originally
All-Season Tires equipped with winter tires. Winter
. Replace any tires that tires are designed for increased
This vehicle may come with
have been damaged by traction on snow and ice-covered
all-season tires. These tires are
impacts with potholes, designed to provide good overall
roads. Consider installing winter
curbs, etc. tires on the vehicle if frequent
performance on most road surfaces
driving on ice or snow covered
. Improperly repaired tires and weather conditions. Original
roads is expected. See your dealer
can cause a crash. Only equipment tires designed to GM's
for details regarding winter tire
the dealer or an specific tire performance criteria
availability and proper tire selection.
have a TPC specification code
authorized tire service molded onto the sidewall. Original
Also, see Buying New Tires on
center should repair, page 10-57.
equipment all-season tires can be
replace, dismount, and identified by the last two characters With winter tires, there may be
mount the tires. of this TPC code, which will decreased dry road traction,
. Do not spin the tires in be “MS.” increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
excess of 56 km/h Consider installing winter tires on
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
(35 mph) on slippery the vehicle if frequent driving on
handling and braking.
surfaces such as snow, snow or ice-covered roads is
mud, ice, etc. Excessive expected. All-season tires provide If using winter tires:
spinning may cause the adequate performance for most . Use tires of the same brand and
winter driving conditions, but they tread type on all four wheel
tires to explode. may not offer the same level of positions.
Vehicle Care 10-43

. Use only radial ply tires of the The tread pattern on these tires may
same size, load range, and { Caution wear more quickly than other tires.
speed rating as the original Consider rotating the tires more
equipment tires. Low-profile tires are more frequently than at 12 000 km
susceptible to damage from road (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
Winter tires with the same speed
hazards or curb impact than is noted when the tires are
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, standard profile tires. Tire and/or inspected. See Tire Inspection on
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter wheel assembly damage can page 10-54.
tires with a lower speed rating are occur when coming into contact
chosen, never exceed the tire's with road hazards like potholes, Tire Sidewall Labeling
maximum speed capability. or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is
does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The
Low-Profile Tires example shows a typical
damage. Keep tires set to the
The vehicle has low profile tires correct inflation pressure and passenger vehicle tire sidewall.
that are classified as touring when possible, avoid contact with
tires and are designed for on curbs, potholes, and other road
road use. The low-profile, wide hazards.
tread design is not
recommended for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving on All-Terrain Tires
page 9-6, for additional This vehicle may have all-terrain
information. tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving on
page 9-6.
10-44 Vehicle Care
criteria have a TPC specification (4) Tire Identification Number

code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers
GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT code are the
exceed all federal safety Tire Identification Number (TIN).
guidelines. The TIN shows the
(3) DOT (Department of manufacturer and plant code,
Transportation): The tire size, and date the tire was
Department of Transportation manufactured. The TIN is
(DOT) code indicates that the molded onto both sides of the
tire is in compliance with the tire, although only one side may
U.S. Department of have the date of manufacture.
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire Transportation Motor Vehicle (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(1) Tire Size: The tire size code Safety Standards. of cord and number of plies in
is a combination of letters and DOT Tire Date of the sidewall and under the tread.
numbers used to define a Manufacture: The last four (6) Uniform Tire Quality
particular tire's width, height, digits of the TIN indicate the tire Grading (UTQG): Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, manufactured date. The first two manufacturers are required to
and service description. See the digits represent the week grade tires based on three
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01-52) and the last two digits, performance factors: treadwear,
section for more detail. the year. For example, the third traction, and temperature
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date information, see Uniform Tire
Specification): Original of 0310. Quality Grading on page 10-59.
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
Vehicle Care 10-45
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation would mean that the tire's

Load Limit: Maximum load that sidewall is 75 percent as high as
can be carried and the it is wide.
maximum pressure needed to (4) Construction Code: A letter
support that load. For code is used to indicate the type
information on recommended of ply construction in the tire.
tire pressure see Tire Pressure Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
The letter R means radial ply
on page 10-48 and Vehicle Load (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: construction; the letter D means
Limits on page 9-15. The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
(8) Temporary Use Only: Only metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
use a temporary spare tire until letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
the road tire is repaired and the tire size means a passenger construction.
replaced. This spare tire should vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
not be driven on over 112 km/h the wheel in inches.
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) and Rim Association.
when pulling a trailer, with the (2) Tire Width: The three-digit (6) Service Description: These
proper inflation pressure. See number indicates the tire section characters represent the load
Full-Size Spare Tire on width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the
page 10-73. sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed
Tire Designations number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
Tire Size height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
The example shows a typical For example, if the tire size
passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
10-46 Vehicle Care
Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code molded
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel into the sidewall of a tire
cords that hold the tire onto signifying that the tire is in
Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. compliance with the U.S.
air inside the tire pressing Department of Transportation
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
the tire. Air pressure is Standards. The DOT code
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of includes the Tire Identification
or psi (pounds per square inch). Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
the tread.
Accessory Weight: The designator which can also
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer,
accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production.
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
windows, power seats, and air Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-48. on page 9-15.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the front axle. See
Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on
cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9-15.
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See
materials. Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-15.
Vehicle Care 10-47
Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A

The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation
unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire
vehicles. Limits on page 9-15. Pressure on page 10-48 and
Occupant Distribution : Vehicle Load Limits on
Load Index: An assigned page 9-15.
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that
has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at
Maximum Inflation Pressure: 90 degrees to the centerline of
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread.
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads
manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated.
Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
load rating for a tire at the Sidewall: The portion of a tire
higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead.
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
10-48 Vehicle Care
Speed Rating: An determined by tire See “Tire and Loading

alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle
a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9-15.
speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the
operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure
Traction: The friction between Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of
the tire and the road surface. page 10-59. air pressure to operate
The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively.
Tread: The portion of a tire that number of designated seating
comes into contact with positions multiplied by { Caution
the road. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load Neither tire underinflation nor
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Limits on page 9-15. overinflation is good.
bands, sometimes called wear Underinflated tires, or tires
bars, that show across the tread Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air,
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ Tire: Load on an individual tire can result in:
16 in) of tread remains. See due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and . Tire overloading and
When It Is Time for New Tires overheating which could
on page 10-56. cargo weight.
lead to a blowout.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a . Premature or
Grading Standards): A tire
vehicle showing the vehicle irregular wear.
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a capacity weight and the original . Poor handling.
tire's traction, temperature, and equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
. Reduced fuel economy.
treadwear. Ratings are (Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-49
example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven
Caution (Continued) Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no
Overinflated tires, or tires that Load Limits on page 9-15. How more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
have too much air, can the vehicle is loaded affects Remove the valve cap from the
result in: vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Unusual wear. with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement.
. Poor handling. designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Rough ride. When to Check matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
. Needless damage from Check the tires once a month
Loading Information label, no
road hazards. or more.
further adjustment is necessary.
Do not forget the spare tire, If the inflation pressure is low,
The Tire and Loading if the vehicle has one. See add air until the recommended
Information label on the vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire on pressure is reached. If the
indicates the original equipment page 10-73 for additional inflation pressure is high, press
tires and the correct cold tire information. on the metal stem in the center
inflation pressures. The of the tire valve to release air.
recommended pressure is the How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type Re-check the tire pressure with
minimum air pressure needed to
gauge to check tire pressure. the tire gauge.
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be Return the valve caps on the
determined by looking at the tire. valve stems to prevent leaks
For additional information
Check the tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture.
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an when the tires are cold, meaning
10-50 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure for When driving the vehicle at speeds pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set tires of a different size than the size
High-Speed Operation the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa indicated on the vehicle placard or
(3 psi) above the recommended tire tire inflation pressure label, you
{ Warning pressure shown on the Tire and should determine the proper tire
Loading Information label. Return inflation pressure for those tires.)
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h the tires to the recommended cold
(100 mph) or higher, puts an As an added safety feature, your
tire inflation pressure when vehicle has been equipped with a
additional strain on tires. high-speed driving has ended. See tire pressure monitoring system
Sustained high-speed driving Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15 (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
causes excessive heat buildup and Tire Pressure on page 10-48. pressure telltale when one or more
and can cause sudden tire failure.
of your tires is significantly
You could have a crash and you Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated.
or others could be killed. Some System
high-speed rated tires require Accordingly, when the low tire
inflation pressure adjustment for The Tire Pressure Monitor System pressure telltale illuminates, you
high-speed operation. When (TPMS) uses radio and sensor should stop and check your tires as
speed limits and road conditions technology to check tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on a
are such that a vehicle can be
the air pressure in your tires and significantly under-inflated tire
driven at high speeds, make sure
transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can
the tires are rated for high-speed lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
receiver located in the vehicle.
operation, in excellent condition, also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
and set to the correct cold tire Each tire, including the spare (if
tread life, and may affect the
inflation pressure for the provided), should be checked
vehicle's handling and stopping
vehicle load. monthly when cold and inflated to
ability.
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
Vehicle Care 10-51
Please note that the TPMS is not a malfunctions may occur for a variety mounted onto each tire and wheel
substitute for proper tire of reasons, including the installation assembly, excluding the spare tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's of replacement or alternate tires or and wheel assembly. The TPMS
responsibility to maintain correct tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent sensors monitor the air pressure in
pressure, even if under-inflation has the TPMS from functioning properly. the tires and transmit the tire
not reached the level to trigger Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure readings to a receiver
illumination of the TPMS low tire telltale after replacing one or more located in the vehicle.
pressure telltale. tires or wheels on your vehicle to
Your vehicle has also been ensure that the replacement or
equipped with a TPMS malfunction alternate tires and wheels allow the
indicator to indicate when the TPMS to continue to function
system is not operating properly. properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is See Tire Pressure Monitor
combined with the low tire pressure Operation on page 10-51.
telltale. When the system detects a When a low tire pressure condition
malfunction, the telltale will flash for is detected, the TPMS illuminates
page 13-12.
approximately one minute and then the low tire pressure warning light
remain continuously illuminated. located on the instrument cluster.
This sequence will continue upon Tire Pressure Monitor If the warning light comes on, stop
subsequent vehicle start-ups as Operation as soon as possible and inflate the
long as the malfunction exists. tires to the recommended pressure
This vehicle may have a Tire
shown on the Tire and Loading
When the malfunction indicator is Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Information label. See Vehicle Load
illuminated, the system may not be The TPMS is designed to warn the
Limits on page 9-15.
able to detect or signal low tire driver when a low tire pressure
pressure as intended. TPMS condition exists. TPMS sensors are
10-52 Vehicle Care
A message to check the pressure in A Tire and Loading Information label

a specific tire displays in the Driver shows the size of the original Caution (Continued)
Information Center (DIC). The low equipment tires and the correct
tire pressure warning light and the inflation pressure for the tires when the GM approved tire sealant
DIC warning message come on at they are cold. See Vehicle Load available through your dealer or
each ignition cycle until the tires are Limits on page 9-15, for an example included in the vehicle.
inflated to the correct inflation of the Tire and Loading Information
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC label and its location. Also see Tire TPMS Malfunction Light and
buttons, tire pressure levels can be Pressure on page 10-48. Message
viewed. For additional information The TPMS can warn about a low
and details about the DIC operation The TPMS will not function properly
tire pressure condition but it does if one or more of the TPMS sensors
and displays, see Driver Information not replace normal tire
Center (DIC) on page 5-30 and Tire are missing or inoperable. When the
maintenance. See Tire Inspection system detects a malfunction, the
Messages on page 5-46. on page 10-54, Tire Rotation on low tire pressure warning light
The low tire pressure warning light page 10-55 and Tires on flashes for about one minute and
may come on in cool weather when page 10-41. then stays on for the remainder of
the vehicle is first started, and then the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
{ Caution message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
air pressure is getting low and Tire sealant materials are not all message come on at each ignition
needs to be inflated to the proper the same. A non-approved tire cycle until the problem is corrected.
pressure. sealant could damage the TPMS Some of the conditions that can
sensors. TPMS sensor damage cause these to come on are:
caused by using an incorrect tire . One of the road tires has been
sealant is not covered by the
replaced with the spare tire. The
vehicle warranty. Always use only spare tire does not have a
(Continued) TPMS sensor. The malfunction
Vehicle Care 10-53
light and the DIC message

. Replacement tires or wheels do should be performed after replacing
should go off after the road tire not match the original equipment a spare tire with a road tire
is replaced and the sensor tires or wheels. Tires and wheels containing the TPMS sensor. The
matching process is performed other than those recommended malfunction light and the DIC
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor could prevent the TPMS from message should go off at the next
Matching Process" later in this functioning properly. See Buying ignition cycle. The sensors are
section. New Tires on page 10-57. matched to the tire/wheel positions,
. The TPMS sensor matching
. Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire,
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear.
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to
message should go off after purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
If the TPMS is not functioning relearn tool can also be purchased.
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
sensor matching process. See See Tire Pressure Monitor
low tire condition. See your dealer Sensor Activation Tool at
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
Process" later in this section. www.gmtoolsandequipment.com
light and DIC message come on or call 1-800-GM TOOLS
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. (1-800-468-6657).
missing or damaged. The TPMS Sensor Matching
malfunction light and the DIC There are two minutes to match the
message should go off when the
Process first tire/wheel position, and
TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique five minutes overall to match all four
the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification tire/wheel positions. If it takes
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new longer, the matching process stops
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the and must be restarted.
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
10-54 Vehicle Care
The TPMS sensor matching 6. Start with the driver side 11. Turn the ignition switch to
process is: front tire. LOCK/OFF.
1. Set the parking brake. 7. Place the relearn tool against 12. Set all four tires to the
2. Place the vehicle power mode in the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure
ON/RUN/START. See Ignition stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire
Positions on page 9-20. activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label.
A horn chirp confirms that the
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info sensor identification code has Tire Inspection
page option is turned on. The been matched to this tire and
info pages on the DIC can be wheel position. We recommend that the tires,
turned on and off through the including the spare tire, if the
8. Proceed to the passenger side
Settings menu. See Driver vehicle has one, be inspected
Information Center (DIC) on front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at
page 5-30. least once a month.
4. Use the DIC controls on the right 9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if:
side of the steering wheel to
scroll to the Tire Pressure procedure in Step 7. . The indicators at three or
screen under the DIC info page. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear more places around the tire
tire, and repeat the procedure can be seen.
5. Press and hold the V (Set/ in Step 7. The horn sounds two
Reset) button located in the times to indicate the sensor
. There is cord or fabric
center of the DIC controls. identification code has been showing through the tire's
The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear rubber.
the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor . The tread or sidewall is
and the TIRE LEARNING matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
cracked, cut, or snagged
ACTIVE message displays on
ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or
the DIC screen.
display screen goes off. fabric.
Vehicle Care 10-55

. The tire has a bump, bulge, Anytime unusual wear is Do not include the spare tire in
or split. noticed, rotate the tires as soon the tire rotation.
. The tire has a puncture, cut, as possible, check for proper tire Adjust the front and rear tires to
or other damage that cannot inflation pressure, and check for the recommended inflation
be repaired well because of damaged tires or wheels. If the pressure on the Tire and
the size or location of the unusual wear continues after the Loading Information label after
damage. rotation, check the wheel the tires have been rotated. See
alignment. See When It Is Time Tire Pressure on page 10-48
Tire Rotation for New Tires on page 10-56 and Vehicle Load Limits on
and Wheel Replacement on page 9-15.
Tires should be rotated every page 10-61.
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
Maintenance Schedule on System. See Tire Pressure
page 11-3. Monitor Operation on
Tires are rotated to achieve a page 10-51.
uniform wear for all tires. The Check that all wheel nuts are
first rotation is the most properly tightened. See “Wheel
important. Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
Use this rotation pattern when

rotating the tires.
10-56 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New Treadwear indicators are one way to

{ Warning Tires tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors, such as maintenance, the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, or less of tread remaining. Some
make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions commercial truck tires may not have
after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. treadwear indicators. See Tire
off and cause an accident. When Inspection on page 10-54 and Tire
changing a wheel, remove any Rotation on page 10-55 for
rust or dirt from places where the additional information.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
The rubber in tires ages over time.
an emergency, a cloth or a paper This also applies to the spare tire,
towel can be used; however, use if the vehicle has one, even if it is
a scraper or wire brush later to never used. Multiple factors
remove all rust or dirt. including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
Lightly coat the center of the maintenance affect how fast aging
wheel hub with wheel bearing takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
grease after a wheel change or equipped, be replaced after six
tire rotation to prevent corrosion years, regardless of tread wear. The
or rust build-up. Do not get tire manufacture date is the last four
grease on the flat wheel digits of the DOT Tire Identification
mounting surface or on the Number (TIN) which is molded into
wheel nuts or bolts. one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits, the
Vehicle Care 10-57
year. For example, the third week of Motors Tire Performance Criteria GM recommends replacing worn
the year 2010 would have a Specification (TPC Spec) tires in complete sets of four.
four-digit DOT date of 0310. system rating. When Uniform tread depth on all tires
Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, will help to maintain the
GM strongly recommends performance of the vehicle.
Tires age when stored normally
buying tires with the same TPC Braking and handling
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. performance may be adversely
least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM's exclusive TPC Spec affected if all the tires are not
area away from direct sunlight to system considers over a dozen replaced at the same time.
slow aging. This area should be free critical specifications that impact If proper rotation and
of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the maintenance have been done,
substances that can deteriorate
vehicle, including brake system all four tires should wear out at
rubber. about the same time. See Tire
performance, ride and handling,
Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire Rotation on page 10-55 for
cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring information on proper tire
may result in vibrations while
performance. GM's TPC Spec rotation. However, if it is
driving. When storing a vehicle for necessary to replace only one
at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the axle set of worn tires, place the
raise the vehicle to reduce the new tires on the rear axle.
weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud { Warning
and snow. See Tire Sidewall Tires could explode during
GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10-43 for
specific tires for the vehicle. The improper service. Attempting
additional information. to mount or dismount a tire
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General (Continued)
10-58 Vehicle Care
tires’ maximum speed capability

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) when using winter tires with a
could cause injury or death. road tires and wheels, so it is lower speed rating.
Only your dealer or authorized all right to drive on it. The If the vehicle tires must be
tire service center should spare tire was developed for replaced with a tire that does not
mount or dismount the tires. use on this vehicle and will not have a TPC Spec number, make
affect vehicle handling. sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
{ Warning construction (radial) as the
{ Warning original tires.
Mixing tires of different sizes, Vehicles that have a tire
brands, or types may cause Using bias-ply tires on the pressure monitoring system
loss of control of the vehicle, vehicle may cause the wheel could give an inaccurate
resulting in a crash or other rim flanges to develop cracks low-pressure warning if non-TPC
vehicle damage. Use the after many miles of driving. Spec rated tires are installed.
correct size, brand, and type A tire and/or wheel could fail See Tire Pressure Monitor
of tires on all wheels. suddenly and cause a crash. System on page 10-50.
This vehicle may have a Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle. The Tire and Loading
different size spare than the Information label indicates the
road tires originally installed original equipment tires on the
on the vehicle. When new, the Winter tires with the same speed vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
vehicle included a spare tire rating as the original equipment on page 9-15 for the label
and wheel assembly with a tires may not be available for H, location and more information
similar overall diameter as the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated about the Tire and Loading
(Continued) tires. Never exceed the winter Information label.
Vehicle Care 10-59
Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued)

(NHTSA), which grades tires by
Wheels treadwear, traction, and
specific wheel and tire systems temperature performance. This
If wheels or tires are installed that applies only to vehicles sold in
are a different size than the original developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a the United States. The grades
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking, GM certified technician. are molded on the sidewalls of
ride and handling characteristics, most passenger car tires. The
stability, and resistance to rollover See Buying New Tires on
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10-57 and Accessories and (UTQG) system does not apply
electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 10-3. to deep tread, winter tires,
brakes, rollover airbags, traction compact spare tires, tires with
control, electronic stability control, Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
of these systems can also be Grading
or to some limited-production
affected. Quality grades can be found tires.
where applicable on the tire
{ Warning sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and maximum section width. For
If different sized wheels are used,
example: and light trucks may vary with
there may not be an acceptable respect to these grades, they
level of performance and safety if Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal
tires not recommended for those Temperature A safety requirements and
wheels are selected. This additional General Motors Tire
increases the chance of a crash The following information relates
to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC)
and serious injury. Only use GM standards.
United States National Highway
(Continued)
Traffic Safety Administration
10-60 Vehicle Care
All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction conditions on a specified indoor

Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
These Grades. and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can
The treadwear grade is a lead to sudden tire failure. The
controlled conditions on
comparative rating based on the grade C corresponds to a level
specified government test
wear rate of the tire when tested of performance which all
surfaces of asphalt and
under controlled conditions on a passenger car tires must meet
concrete. A tire marked C may
specified government test under the Federal Motor Safety
have poor traction performance.
course. For example, a tire Standard No. 109. Grades B and
Warning: The traction grade
graded 150 would wear one and A represent higher levels of
assigned to this tire is based on
one-half (1½) times as well on performance on the laboratory
straight-ahead braking traction
the government course as a tire test wheel than the minimum
tests, and does not include
graded 100. The relative required by law. Warning: The
acceleration, cornering,
performance of tires depends temperature grade for this tire is
hydroplaning, or peak traction
upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is
characteristics.
their use, however, and may properly inflated and not
depart significantly from the Temperature overloaded. Excessive speed,
norm due to variations in driving The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
habits, service practices and (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
differences in road representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
characteristics and climate. to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
Vehicle Care 10-61
Wheel Alignment and Tire If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Warning (Continued)
Some aluminum wheels can be
Balance repaired. See your dealer if any of
The tires and wheels were aligned these conditions exist. a crash. Always use the correct
and balanced at the factory to wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement.
provide the longest tire life and best wheel that is needed.
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check diameter, width, offset, and be { Caution
if there is unusual tire wear or the mounted the same way as the one it
The wrong wheel can also cause
vehicle is significantly pulling to one replaces.
problems with bearing life, brake
side or the other. Some slight pull to Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel cooling, speedometer or
the left or right, depending on the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp
crown of the road and/or other road System (TPMS) sensors with new aim, bumper height, vehicle
surface variations such as troughs GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth chain clearance to the body and
road, the tires and wheels may need { Warning chassis.
to be rebalanced. See your dealer Using the wrong replacement
for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of
Replace any wheel that is bent, the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
cracked, or badly rusted or and cause loss of control, causing
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming (Continued)
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
10-62 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels the accelerator pedal and grip the

Warning (Continued) steering wheel firmly. Steer to
{ Warning control and a crash. Use another
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
type of traction device only if its road, if possible.
Replacing a wheel with a used
manufacturer recommends it for
one is dangerous. How it has A rear blowout, particularly on a
the vehicle's tire size combination
been used or how far it has been curve, acts much like a skid and
and road conditions. Follow that
driven may be unknown. It could may require the same correction as
manufacturer's instructions. To
fail suddenly and cause a crash. used in a skid. Stop pressing the
avoid vehicle damage, drive
When replacing wheels, use a accelerator pedal and steer to
slowly and readjust or remove the
new GM original equipment straighten the vehicle. It may be
traction device if it contacts the very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
wheel.
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. to a stop, well off the road,
If traction devices are used, install if possible.
Tire Chains them on the rear tires.
{ Warning
{ Warning If a Tire Goes Flat
Driving on a flat tire will cause
Do not use tire chains. There is It is unusual for a tire to blowout permanent damage to the tire.
not enough clearance. Tire chains while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been
used on a vehicle without the are maintained properly. If air goes driven on while severely
proper amount of clearance can out of a tire, it is much more likely to underinflated or flat may cause a
cause damage to the brakes, leak out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout and a serious crash.
suspension, or other vehicle blowout, here are a few tips about Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
parts. The area damaged by the what to expect and what to do:
that has been driven on while
tire chains could cause loss of If a front tire fails, the flat tire severely underinflated or flat.
(Continued) creates a drag that pulls the vehicle (Continued)
toward that side. Take your foot off
Vehicle Care 10-63
if possible. Turn on the hazard

Warning (Continued) warning flashers. See Hazard Warning (Continued)
Warning Flashers on page 6-4.
Have your dealer or an authorized 5. Do not allow passengers to
tire service center repair or remain in the vehicle.
replace the flat tire as soon as { Warning 6. Place wheel blocks,
possible. Changing a tire can be if equipped, on both sides of
dangerous. The vehicle can slip the tire at the opposite
off the jack and roll over or fall corner of the tire being
changed.
{ Warning causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
Lifting a vehicle and getting under help prevent the vehicle from When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
it to do maintenance or repairs is moving: use the following example as a
dangerous without the 1. Set the parking brake firmly. guide to assist in the placement of
appropriate safety equipment and the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
training. If a jack is provided with 2. Put the shift lever in
the vehicle, it is designed only for P (Park).
changing a flat tire. If it is used for 3. For vehicles with
anything else, you or others could four-wheel-drive with a
be badly injured or killed if the N (Neutral) transfer case
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack position, be sure the
is provided with the vehicle, only transfer case is in a drive
use it for changing a flat tire. gear — not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
and wheel damage by driving slowly
2. Flat Tire
to a level place, well off the road, (Continued)
10-64 Vehicle Care
The following information explains 2. Wing Nut Retaining the 3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
how to use the jack and change Wheel Blocks tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
a tire. 3. Wing Nut Retaining the remove it.
Tool Bag Pull the tool bag toward the front
Tire Changing of the vehicle and lift the rear
Removing the Spare Tire and portion of the bag upward to
remove it.
Tools
4. Turn the jack knob (1)
The equipment needed to change a counterclockwise to release the
flat tire is stored in the rear of the jack and wheel blocks from the
vehicle, on the driver side, behind a bracket.
door in the trim panel.
5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
1. Pull to open the trim panel door.
The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to access
the trim panel door.
2. Lift the acoustic pad to access
the jack and tools.
1. Jack Knob
Vehicle Care 10-65
Use the following tools: To access the spare tire, refer to the 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
following graphics and instructions: 11. Hoist Cable
1. Open the hoist shaft access
door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).
1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks 1. Hoist Assembly If equipped with a hitch cover,
3. Jack Handle 2. Hoist Shaft turn the hitch cover retainers
4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Hoist Shaft Access counterclockwise and pull the
5. Wheel Wrench Cover/Hole cover downward to remove it
4. Jack Handle Extensions before removing the hoist shaft
5. Wheel Wrench access door.
6. Spare Tire Lock 2. To remove the spare tire lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool (6), insert the ignition key, turn it
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole clockwise and then pull it
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem straight out.
Pointed Down)
10-66 Vehicle Care
wrench until the spare tire can

be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
3. Assemble the two jack handle 4. Insert the open end of the
extensions (4) and wheel extension (7) through the hole in
wrench (5), as shown. the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft
access hole).
Be sure the hoist end of the 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to
extension (7) connects to the pull the hoist cable closer to
hoist shaft. The ribbed square assist in reaching the spare tire.
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
Vehicle Care 10-67
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-62 for more
information.
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle Jacking Locations (Overall View)
with some slack in the cable to 3. Position the jack under the
access the tire/wheel retainer. vehicle, as shown.
Tilt the retainer and pull it and
the cable and spring through the
center of the wheel.
Once the retainer is separated
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the
center of the wheel along with
the cable and latch.
2. Use the wheel wrench to loosen
8. Put the spare tire near the all the wheel nuts. Turn the
flat tire. wheel wrench counterclockwise
to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not
remove the wheel nuts yet.
Left Front Shown, Right Front
Similar
10-68 Vehicle Care
Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a front tire of the vehicle, use on a rear tire of the vehicle, use { Warning
the jack handle and only one the jack handle (2) and both jack
jack handle extension. Attach handle extensions (3). Attach the Raising the vehicle with the jack
the wheel wrench to the jack wheel wrench (4) to the jack improperly positioned can
handle extension. Attach the handle extensions (3). Attach the damage the vehicle and even
jack handle to the jack. Position jack handle (2) to the jack (1). make the vehicle fall. To help
the jack on the frame behind the Use the jacking pad (5) provided avoid personal injury and vehicle
flat tire where the frame sections on the rear axle. Turn the wheel damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
overlap. Turn the wheel wrench wrench (4) clockwise to raise the head into the proper location
clockwise to raise the vehicle. vehicle. Raise the vehicle far before raising the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough off enough off the ground so there
the ground so there is enough is enough room for the spare tire
room for the spare tire to clear to clear the ground.
the ground.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
4. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

5. Take off the flat tire.
Rear Position
Vehicle Care 10-69
9. Turn the wheel wrench

Warning (Continued) counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
an emergency, a cloth or a paper completely.
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
7. Put the wheel nuts back on with

the rounded end of the nuts
toward the wheel after mounting
the spare tire.
6. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, { Warning
and spare wheel.
Never use oil or grease on bolts
{ Warning or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel 10. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the could fall off, causing a crash. crisscross sequence as shown
parts to which it is fastened, can by turning the wheel wrench
make wheel nuts become loose 8. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. clockwise.
after time. The wheel could come Then use the wheel wrench to
off and cause an accident. When tighten the nuts until the wheel is
changing a wheel, remove any held against the hub.
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
(Continued)
10-70 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Caution (Continued) { Caution

Wheel nuts that are improperly or sequence and to the proper Storing an aluminum wheel with a
incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. See flat tire under your vehicle for an
the wheels to become loose or Capacities and Specifications on extended period of time or with
come off. The wheel nuts should page 12-2 for the wheel nut the valve stem pointing up can
be tightened with a torque wrench torque specification. damage the wheel. Always stow
to the proper torque specification the wheel with the valve stem
after replacing. Follow the torque pointing down and have the
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
specification supplied by the wheel/tire repaired as soon as
and Tools
aftermarket manufacturer when possible.
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and { Warning
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
Storing a jack, a tire, or other { Caution
equipment in the passenger
torque specifications. The tire hoist can be damaged if
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or there is no tension on the cable
collision, loose equipment could when using it. To have the
{ Caution strike someone. Store all these in necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
the proper place.
Improperly tightened wheel nuts must be installed on the tire hoist
can lead to brake pulsation and to use it.
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-71
Store the tire under the rear of the 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Pointed Down)
Refer to the following graphics and 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
instructions to help you: 11. Hoist Cable
1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and to
the rear.
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle.
Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin
through the center of the wheel.
Tilt the retainer down through 3. Assemble the two jack handle
the center wheel opening. extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5), as shown.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
1. Hoist Assembly the wheel.
2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10-72 Vehicle Care
To store the tools, do the following:

1. Return the tools (wheel wrench,
jack handle, and jack handle
extensions) to the tool bag.
2. Assemble wheel blocks and jack
together with the wing nut.
3. Position the jack and wheel
blocks in the driver side trim
panel over the wheelhouse.
4. Turn the jack knob clockwise
until the jack is secured tight in
4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored the mounting bracket. Be sure to
extension (7) through the hole in securely. Push, pull, and then try position the holes in the base of
the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft to turn the tire. If the tire moves, the jack onto the pin in the
access hole). use the wheel wrench to tighten mounting bracket.
5. Raise the tire part way upward. the cable.
5. Use the retaining bracket to
Make sure the retainer is seated 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. fasten the tool bag on the stud
in the wheel opening. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access and turn the wing nut clockwise
6. Raise the tire fully against the cover. to secure.
underside of the vehicle by If equipped, reinstall the hitch 6. Close the trim panel door.
turning the wheel wrench cover and turn the retainers
clockwise until you hear two clockwise.
clicks or feel it skip twice. The
cable cannot be overtightened.
Vehicle Care 10-73
Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the

{ Caution vehicle, stop as soon as possible
If this vehicle came with a full-size and check that the spare tire is
spare tire, it was fully inflated when If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated.
new, however, it can lose air over and a different size spare tire is
time. Check the inflation pressure installed, do not drive in Have the damaged or flat road tire
regularly. See Tire Pressure on four-wheel drive until the flat tire repaired or replaced and installed
page 10-48 and Vehicle Load Limits is repaired and/or replaced. The back onto the vehicle as soon as
on page 9-15. For instructions on vehicle could be damaged and possible so the spare tire will be
how to remove, install, or store a available in case it is needed again.
the repairs would not be covered
spare tire, see Tire Changing on by the warranty. Never use Do not mix tires and wheels of
page 10-64. four-wheel drive when a different different sizes, because they will not
If equipped with a temporary use size spare tire is installed on the fit. Keep your spare tire and its
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on vehicle. wheel together. If the vehicle has a
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall spare tire that does not match the
Labeling on page 10-43. This spare original road tires and wheels in size
The vehicle may have a different and type, do not include the spare in
tire should not be driven on over size spare tire than the road tires
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h the tire rotation.
originally installed on the vehicle.
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at This spare tire was developed for
the proper inflation pressure. use on this vehicle, so it is all right
Repair and replace the road tire as to drive on it. If the vehicle has
soon as it is convenient, and stow four-wheel drive and a different size
the spare tire for future use. spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
10-74 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting { Caution

reduce electrical resistance. This
is located on the passenger
For more information about the side, in the rear of the engine
vehicle battery, see Battery on Ignoring these steps could result compartment.
page 10-21. in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the 3. Get the vehicles close enough
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) vehicle warranty. Trying to start so the jumper cables can reach,
has run down, you may want to use the vehicle by pushing or pulling it but be sure the vehicles are not
another vehicle and some jumper touching each other. If they are,
will not work, and it could damage
cables to start your vehicle. Be sure it could cause an unwanted
the vehicle.
to use the following steps to do it ground connection. You would
safely. not be able to start your vehicle,
1. Check the other vehicle. It must and the bad grounding could
{ Warning have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
damage the electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
Batteries can hurt you. They can vehicles rolling, set the parking
be dangerous because: { Caution brake firmly on both vehicles
. They contain acid that can involved in the jump start
burn you. If the other vehicle does not have procedure. Put the automatic
a 12-volt system with a negative transmission in P (Park) or a
. They contain gas that can ground, both vehicles can be manual transmission in Neutral
explode or ignite. damaged. Only use a vehicle that before setting the parking brake.
. They contain enough has a 12-volt system with a For vehicles with
electricity to burn you. negative ground for jump starting. four-wheel-drive with a
If you do not follow these steps N (Neutral) transfer case
2. If the vehicle is equipped with position, be sure the transfer
exactly, some or all of these
dual batteries, using the battery case is in a drive gear — not
things can hurt you.
that is closer to the starter will N (Neutral).
Vehicle Care 10-75
5. Open the hood on the other

{ Caution vehicle and locate the { Warning
positive (+) and negative (−)
If any accessories are left on or terminal locations on that Using a match near a battery can
plugged in during the jump vehicle. cause battery gas to explode.
starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
damaged. The repairs would not The positive (+) terminal is under and some have been blinded.
be covered by the vehicle a red plastic cover at the positive Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn battery post. To uncover the light.
positive (+) terminal, open the
off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
red plastic cover.
either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
For more information on the
location of the remote you. If you accidentally get it in
4. Turn off the ignition on both positive (+) and remote negative your eyes or on your skin, flush
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary (−) terminals, see Engine the place with water and get
accessories plugged into the Compartment Overview on medical help immediately.
accessory power outlets. Turn page 10-5.
off the radio and all the lamps
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save both { Warning { Warning
batteries. And it could save the
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
radio!
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
clothing and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
underhood electric fan.
10-76 Vehicle Care
6. Check that the jumper cables do 9. Connect the black negative (−)
not have loose or missing cable to the negative (−) terminal
insulation. If they do, you could of the good battery. Use a
get a shock. The vehicles could remote negative (−) terminal if
be damaged too. the vehicle has one.
Before you connect the cables, Do not let the other end touch
here are some basic things you anything until the next step.
should know. Positive (+) will go
to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or to a remote 7. Connect the red positive (+)
negative (−) terminal if the cable to the positive (+) terminal
vehicle has one. of the vehicle with the dead
battery.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a 8. Do not let the other end touch
short that would damage the metal. Connect it to the
battery and maybe other parts positive (+) terminal of the good
too. And do not connect the battery. Use a remote
negative (−) cable to the positive (+) terminal if the 10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) terminal on the vehicle has one. negative (−) cable to the metal
dead battery because this can bracket that is bolted to the
cause sparks. engine and supports the
resonator, on the vehicle with
the dead battery.
Vehicle Care 10-77
11. Start the vehicle with the good Towing the Vehicle towing is towing the vehicle with two
battery and run the engine for a wheels on the ground and two
while. wheels on a dolly.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had
{ Caution Follow the tow vehicle
the dead battery. If it will not Incorrectly towing a disabled manufacturer’s instructions. See
start after a few tries, it vehicle may cause damage. The your dealer or trailering professional
probably needs service. damage would not be covered by for additional advice and equipment
the vehicle warranty. recommendations.
{ Caution
If the jumper cables are Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
{ Caution
connected or removed in the car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck Use of a shield mounted in front
wrong order, electrical shorting could damage the vehicle. of the vehicle grille could restrict
may occur and damage the Consult your dealer or a airflow and cause damage to the
vehicle. The repairs would not be professional towing service if the transmission. The repairs would
covered by the vehicle warranty. disabled vehicle must be towed. not be covered by the vehicle
Always connect and remove the warranty. If using a shield, only
jumper cables in the correct order, Recreational Vehicle use one that attaches to the
making sure that the cables do Towing towing vehicle.
not touch each other or other
metal. Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
Jumper Cable Removal two most common types of
Reverse the sequence exactly when recreational vehicle towing are
removing the jumper cables. dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
10-78 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not

be towed with all four wheels on the { Warning
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
Follow these steps to dinghy tow:

1. Position the vehicle being towed
behind the tow vehicle, facing
forward and on a level surface.
{ Caution 2. Securely attach the vehicle
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive being towed to the tow vehicle.
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles with a two-speed transfer
towed with all four wheels on the case that have an N (Neutral) and a 3. Apply the parking brake and
ground, the drivetrain Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) setting. start the engine.
components could be damaged. For vehicles with electric parking
The repairs would not be covered brakes, the parking brake cannot
by the vehicle warranty. be applied and the tires must be
chocked.
Vehicle Care 10-79
4. Shift the transfer case to non-conductive material to 2. Set the parking brake, shift the
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into prevent any contact with the transmission to P (Park).
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel negative battery terminal. 3. Connect the battery.
Drive on page 9-35 for the 7. Shift the transmission to
proper procedure. Check that 4. Apply the brake pedal.
P (Park).
the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by 5. Start the engine, then shift the
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D { Caution transfer case out of N (Neutral)
to Two-Wheel Drive High. See
(Drive). There should be no Four-Wheel Drive on page 9-35
If the steering column is locked,
movement of the vehicle while for directions on shifting out of
shifting. vehicle damage may occur.
N (Neutral).
5. With the transmission in D 6. Check that the vehicle is in
(Drive), turn the engine off. 8. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column Two-Wheel Drive High by
is unlocked. shifting the transmission to
{ Caution 9. Release the parking brake.
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be
Failure to disconnect the negative 10. Keep the RKA fob outside of movement of the vehicle while
battery cable or to have it contact the vehicle, and manually lock shifting.
the terminals can cause damage doors. Access vehicle same as 7. Shift the transmission to
to the vehicle. dead vehicle/fob process (back P (Park) and turn off the ignition.
up key in door lock).
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
6. Disconnect the negative battery Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle tow vehicle.
cable at the battery and secure
the nut and bolt. Cover the Before disconnecting the towed 9. Release the parking brake.
negative battery post with a vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
10-80 Vehicle Care
10. Reset any lost presets. Dolly Towing – Rear Towing

Caution (Continued) (Rear Wheels Off the Ground)
The outside temperature
display will default to 32°F but be covered by the vehicle – Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
will reset with normal usage. warranty. Never tow the vehicle
Dolly Towing – Front Towing with the rear wheels on the
(Front Wheels Off the Ground) ground.
{ Caution
Towing a four-wheel drive vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground, or even with only two of
its wheels on the ground, will
damage drivetrain components.
Do not tow an four-wheel drive
vehicle with any of its wheels on { Caution
the ground.
Towing a four-wheel drive vehicle
with all four wheels on the
{ Caution This vehicle should not be towed
with the rear wheels on the ground.
ground, or even with only two of
its wheels on the ground, will
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is damage drivetrain components.
towed with the rear wheels on the Do not tow an four-wheel drive
ground, the transmission could be vehicle with any of its wheels on
damaged. The repairs would not the ground.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-81
This vehicle should not be towed 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Appearance Care
with any wheels on the ground. See Parking Brake on
page 9-39.
Dolly Towing – Rear Towing Exterior Care
(Rear Wheels Off the Ground) 4. Put the transmission in P (Park).
– Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
Locks
following the manufacturer's Locks are lubricated at the factory.
instructions. Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
6. Use an adequate clamping
locks greased after using. See
device designed for towing to
Recommended Fluids and
ensure that the front wheels are
Lubricants on page 11-11.
locked into the straight position.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{ Caution
Use the following procedure to dolly
Do not use petroleum-based,
tow the vehicle from the rear:
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
1. Attach the dolly to the tow agents as they can damage the
vehicle following the dolly vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
manufacturer's instructions. parts. If damage occurs, it would
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the not be covered by the vehicle
dolly. warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
10-82 Vehicle Care
washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice
Caution (Continued) that would not be covered by the melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
products can be obtained from industrial chimneys, etc., can
your dealer. Follow all If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The damage the vehicle's finish if they
manufacturer directions regarding remain on painted surfaces. Wash
correct product usage, necessary windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off. the vehicle as soon as possible.
safety precautions, and If necessary, use non-abrasive
appropriate disposal of any Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car cleaners that are marked safe for
vehicle care product. painted surfaces to remove foreign
wash equipment.
matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild
{ Caution cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
are allowed to dry on the surface,
Avoid using high-pressure they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) products.
to the surface of the vehicle. Use Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to
of power washers exceeding uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result avoid surface scratches and water
spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
in damage or removal of paint as damage can occur.
and decals. Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat { Caution
The e symbol is on any sealant/wax materials is not
Machine compounding or
underhood compartment electrical recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to aggressive polishing on a
center that should not be power basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as (Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-83
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

Caution (Continued) vehicle are aluminum or stainless Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
steel. To prevent damage always Stripes
may damage it. Use only follow these cleaning instructions:
non-abrasive waxes and polishes Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
. Be sure the molding is cool to
that are made for a basecoat/ soft cloth, and a car washing soap
clearcoat paint finish on the the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
vehicle. cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
. Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the
approved for aluminum or Vehicle" previously in this section.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or stainless steel. Some cleaners Lamp covers are made of plastic,
covered whenever possible. are highly acidic or contain and some have a UV protective
alkaline substances and can coating. Do not clean or wipe them
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal damage the moldings. when dry.
Moldings . Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
cleaner according to the lamp covers:
{ Caution manufacturer’s instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
Failure to clean and protect the
. Do not use chrome cleaners.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning
bright metal moldings can result . Do not use cleaners that are not agents in higher concentrations
in a hazy white finish or pitting. intended for automotive use. than suggested by the
This damage would not be manufacturer.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle after washing to protect . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
and extend the molding finish. or other harsh cleaners.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
10-84 Vehicle Care

. Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a
covers while the lamps are clean cloth. See Recommended
illuminated, due to excessive Clean the outside of the windshield
Fluids and Lubricants on
heat generated. with glass cleaner.
page 11-11.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
{ Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires
windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires.
can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
{ Caution
treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire
streaking. dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
{ Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire
Using wax on low gloss black caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any
finish stripes can increase the conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted
gloss level and create a snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle.
non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
gloss stripes with soap and Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
water only. Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last or Chrome
longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels.
Clear debris from the air intakes, least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean
between the hood and windshield, may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
when washing the vehicle. application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied.
rubber material on painted surfaces
Vehicle Care 10-85
Control arm ball joints on

{ Caution Caution (Continued) 1500 Series vehicles are
maintenance-free.
Chrome wheels and other chrome automatic car wash that uses
trim may be damaged if the silicone carbide tire cleaning
vehicle is not washed after driving brushes. Damage could occur { Caution
on roads that have been sprayed and the repairs would not be Lubrication of applicable Steering/
with magnesium, calcium, covered by the vehicle warranty. Suspension points should not be
or sodium chloride. These done unless temperature is -12°C
chlorides are used on roads for (10°F) or higher, or damage could
Steering, Suspension, and
conditions such as ice and dust. result.
Chassis Components
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure. Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis Body Component Lubrication
components for damaged, loose, Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
or missing parts or signs of wear at hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
{ Caution least once a year. fuel door hinge and power assist
To avoid surface damage, do not Inspect power steering for proper step hinges, unless the components
use strong soaps, chemicals, hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, are plastic. Applying silicone grease
abrasive polishes, cleaners, chafing, etc. on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
brushes, or cleaners that contain Visually check constant velocity joint
better, and not stick or squeak.
acid on aluminum or boots and axle seals for leaks.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only For 1500 Series vehicles, at least Underbody Maintenance
approved cleaners. Also, never every other oil change lubricate the At least twice a year, spring and fall,
drive a vehicle with aluminum or outer tie rod ends. use plain water to flush any
chrome-plated wheels through an corrosive materials from the
(Continued) underbody. Take care to thoroughly
10-86 Vehicle Care
clean any areas where mud and Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for
other debris can collect. If equipped cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
with power running boards, extend specifically designed for the
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
them and then use a high pressure surfaces being cleaned to prevent
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
wash to clean all joints and gaps. permanent damage. Apply all
discolorations, and small, irregular
cleaners directly to the cleaning
Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
surface. See “Finish Care”
If the vehicle is damaged and on any switches or controls.
previously in this section.
requires sheet metal repair or Cleaners should be removed
replacement, make sure the body quickly. Never allow cleaners to
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care remain on the surface being
material to parts repaired or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaned for extended periods
replaced to restore corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior. of time.
protection. Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that
Original manufacturer replacement that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the
parts will provide the corrosion that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read
protection while maintaining the furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions
vehicle warranty. transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the
interior. interior, maintain adequate
Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove ventilation by opening the doors and
Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the windows.
scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild To prevent damage, do not clean
available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove the interior using the following
corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect cleaners or techniques:
damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or
dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result.
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
Vehicle Care 10-87

. Never use a brush with stiff Fabric/Carpet/Suede
bristles. { Caution Start by vacuuming the surface
. Never rub any surface To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
aggressively or with excessive rotating brush attachment is being
abrasive cleaners on automotive
pressure. used during vacuuming, only use it
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
. Do not use laundry detergents or aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
dishwashing soaps with the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, as possible using one of the
use approximately 20 drops per following techniques:
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
A concentrated soap solution will towel. Continue blotting until no
leave a residue that creates of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog. more soil can be removed.
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
or caustic soap.
Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
. Do not heavily saturate the gently, so that the speaker will not
upholstery when cleaning. be damaged. Clean spots with just 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
. Do not use solvents or cleaners water and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
containing solvents. Microfiber cloth is recommended
Coated Moldings to prevent lint transfer to the
Interior Glass Coated moldings should be cleaned. fabric or carpet.
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 2. Remove excess moisture by
dampened with water. Wipe droplets sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does
left behind with a clean dry cloth. dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning . When heavily soiled, use warm
the interior glass with plain water. soapy water.
10-88 Vehicle Care
3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
a clean area frequently to Natural Open Pore Wood
prevent forcing the soil in to the For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Surfaces
fabric.
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth
4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove
soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more
longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft
the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution.
removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
solution followed only by plain
water. the microfiber cloth separately,
{ Caution
using mild soap. Do not use bleach Soaking or saturating leather,
If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
removed, it may be necessary to especially perforated leather, as
and air dry before next use. well as other interior surfaces,
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small may cause permanent damage.
hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution Wipe excess moisture from these
using a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
Do not attach a device with a
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring them to dry naturally. Never use
formation occurs, clean the entire suction cup to the display. This
heat, steam, spot removers. Do
fabric or carpet. may cause damage and would
not use cleaners that contain
not be covered by the vehicle
Following the cleaning process, a silicone or wax-based products.
warranty.
paper towel can be used to blot Cleaners containing these
excess moisture. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-89
Caution (Continued)
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
Convenience Net
solvents can permanently change Wash with warm water and mild { Warning
the appearance and feel of detergent. Do not use chlorine
leather or soft trim, and are not bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or
recommended. then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can
Do not use cleaners that increase cause unintended acceleration
Keep belts clean and dry.
gloss, especially on the instrument and/or increased stopping
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield { Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
under certain conditions.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. mat does not interfere with the
It may severely weaken them. In pedals.
{ Caution a crash, they might not be able to
Use of air fresheners may cause provide adequate protection. Use the following guidelines for
permanent damage to plastics Clean safety belts only with mild proper floor mat usage:
and painted surfaces. If an air soap and lukewarm water.
. The original equipment floor
freshener comes in contact with mats were designed for your
any plastic or painted surface in vehicle. If the floor mats need
the vehicle, blot immediately and replacing, it is recommended
clean with a soft cloth dampened that GM certified floor mats be
with a mild soap solution. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Damage caused by air fresheners may not fit properly and may
would not be covered by the interfere with the pedals. Always
vehicle warranty. check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
10-90 Vehicle Care

. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
floor mat to unlock each retainer Verify the floor mat does not
and remove. interfere with the pedals.
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and
expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 also help to maintain the value of blades.
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services
Special Application
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
{ Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Your dealer has trained technicians Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance who can perform required maintenance can lead to costly
and Care maintenance using genuine repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 up-to-date tools and equipment for Maintenance intervals, checks,
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 scheduling to assist with service
Maintenance Replacement needs.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
The Tire Rotation and Required Refer to the information in the

Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Schedule Additional { Warning
vehicle owner. It is recommended to Required Services - Normal chart.
have your dealer perform these Performing maintenance work can
The Additional Required Services - be dangerous and can cause
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Severe are for vehicles that are:
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to serious injury. Perform
keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic maintenance work only if the
condition, improves fuel economy, in hot weather. required information, proper tools,
and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in hilly or and equipment are available.
mountainous terrain. If they are not, see your dealer to
Because of the way people use
have a trained technician do the
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Frequently towing a trailer.
There may need to be more work. See Doing Your Own
frequent checks and services. The
. Used for high speed or Service Work on page 10-3.
Additional Required Services - competitive driving.
Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
. Carry passengers and cargo service.
within recommended limits on Refer to the information in the
the Tire and Loading Information Maintenance Schedule Additional
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Required Services - Severe chart.
on page 9-15.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel on page 9-66.
Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required

When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/
Schedule SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the
At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire
. Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system may not Rotation on page 10-55.
Engine Oil on page 10-6. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
. Check engine oil level and oil
Once a Month filter must be changed at least once life percentage. If needed,
a year and the oil life system must change engine oil and filter, and
. Check the tire inflation
be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system. See Engine
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
technician can perform this work. Oil on page 10-6 and Engine Oil
page 10-48.
If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10-9.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-54. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10-13.
. Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-18. See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-18.
page 10-9.

. Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect steering, . Check automatic transmission
blades for wear, cracking, suspension, and chassis shift lock control function. See
or contamination. See Exterior components for damaged, Automatic Transmission Shift
Care on page 10-81. Replace loose, or missing parts or signs Lock Control Function Check on
worn or damaged wiper blades. of wear at least once a year. page 10-25.
See Wiper Blade Replacement See Exterior Care on . Check parking brake and
on page 10-25. page 10-81. Lubricate the automatic transmission park
. Check tire inflation pressures. suspension and steering mechanism. See Park Brake and
See Tire Pressure on components at least every other P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-48. oil change. (If equipped with page 10-25.
grease fittings)
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Check accelerator pedal for
Inspection on page 10-54.
. Check restraint system damage, high effort, or binding.
components. See Safety System Replace if needed.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. Check on page 3-24.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Visually inspect fuel system for signs of wear, cracks, or other
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on damage or leaks.
page 10-10. damage. Check the hold open
. Visually inspect exhaust system ability of the strut. See your
. Inspect brake system. and nearby heat shields for dealer if service is required.
loose or damaged parts. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Lubricate body components. See if equipped. See Sunroof on
Exterior Care on page 10-81. page 2-28.
. Check starter switch. See Starter . Verify spare tire key lock
Switch Check on page 10-24. operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing on
page 10-64.
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance Replacement may also be needed if (4) Or every five years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required there is a reduction in air flow, comes first. See Cooling System on
Services - Normal excessive window fogging, or odors. page 10-12.
(1) Or every two years, whichever (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. Inspect for fraying,
replacement may be needed if the routing, and condition. excessive cracking, or damage;
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy replace, if needed.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
comes first. (6) Or every three years, whichever
or areas with high dust levels.
comes first.
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with AWD
or 4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
Schedule Additional Required traffic, areas with poor air quality, and hoses for proper hook-up,
Services - Severe or areas with high dust levels. routing, and condition.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Replacement may also be needed if (3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. More frequent there is a reduction in air flow, comes first.
replacement may be needed if the excessive window fogging, or odors.
(4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional

transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the Services Maintenance and Care
seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
decrease the life of the transfer
components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
case and should be replaced.
3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
(5) Or every five years, whichever . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
comes first. See Cooling System on maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
page 10-12. required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever on page 10-81. It is recommended that your dealer
comes first. Inspect for fraying, perform these services — their
excessive cracking, or damage; trained dealer technicians know
replace, if needed. your vehicle best. Your dealer can
(7) Or every three years, whichever also perform a thorough
comes first. assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery Brakes Hoses

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should
the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include that there are no cracks or leaks.
. To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing With a multi-point inspection, your
start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and
battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed.
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps
the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on
corrosion-free. the road.
Fluids
Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
. Signs that the headlamps need
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems attention include dimming, failure
squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage.
cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be
Lubricants on page 11-11 for GM checked periodically to ensure
. Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking.
access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
. With a multi-point inspection,
to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Shocks and Struts Tires Vehicle Care

Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, To help keep the vehicle looking like
for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining new, vehicle care products are
. Signs of wear may include the tires can save money and fuel, available from your dealer. For
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ and can reduce the risk of tire information on how to clean and
sway while braking, longer failure. protect the vehicle’s interior and
stopping distance, or uneven . Signs that the tires need to be exterior, see Interior Care on
tire wear. replaced include three or more page 10-86 and Exterior Care on
visible treadwear indicators; cord page 10-81.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer or fabric showing through the
technicians can visually inspect rubber; cracks or cuts in the
the shocks and struts for signs tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
of leaking, blown seals, split in the tire.
or damage, and can advise . Trained dealer technicians can
when service is needed. inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-6.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-13.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in
Canada 19300537).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122).
(Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474).
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22808781 CF188
Spark Plugs 12622441 41–114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side — 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 -
Passenger Side — 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 -
Rear — 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 -
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 8.0 L 8.5 qt
Fuel Tank
Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal
Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 J 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to GMC. Normally, any concerns with
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-12 of your dealership or the general
Radio Frequency manager.
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting GMC, remember 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call first. to you.
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
1-800-263-3777 (English), sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure Inc.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
following information available to can file with the Better Business Suite 800
give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
representative: to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
. Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered
from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. the right to change eligibility
be required to resort to this informal
. Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call GMC encourages customers to call
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care the toll-free number for assistance.
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), However, if a customer wishes to
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), write or e-mail GMC, the letter
participation in a no-charge or write to: should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited GMC Customer Assistance Center
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33172
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5172
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
the review of the facts involved by www.GMC.com
an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-462-8583 (For Text
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). Telephone devices (TTYs))
designed so that the entire dispute Roadside Assistance:
settlement process, from the time 1-888-881-3302
you file your complaint to the final From U.S. Virgin Islands:
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our 1-800-496-9994
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
Canada Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. I (Service History): View and
can communicate with GMC by print dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
dialing: 1-800-462-8583. TTY users records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. records.
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Online Owner Center D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a preferred
www.gmc.ca Online Owner Experience dealer and view dealer location,
1-800-263-3777 (English) (U.S.) my.gmc.com maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French)
The GMC online owner experience J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
is a one-stop resource that allows
Telephone Devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
interaction with GMC and keeps
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
important vehicle-specific J (Recall Information): View
information in one place. active recalls by Vehicle
Overseas Identification Number (VIN). See
Membership Benefits
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General E (Vehicle Information): on page 12-1.
Motors Business Unit. Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
G (Maintenance Information): radio, and OnStar account
Text Telephone (TTY) View maintenance schedules, information.
Users alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle
F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
diagnostic information, and
To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives.
schedule service appointments.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Visit my.gmc.com to register your
and who use Text Telephones
vehicle.
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance
GMC Owner Centre (Canada) GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has
gmcowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Take a trip to the GMC Owner for details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program
. Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
. Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
. required for the vehicle, such as
Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day,
hand controls or a wheelchair/
quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
. Download the owner manual for
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Telephone (TTY) users, call
. Find the GMC-recommended 1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
maintenance services for your home telephone number.
vehicle. . Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and license driver if they decide the claims are
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
plate number of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of change a flat tire with the spare
. Odometer reading, Vehicle claim is made many times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Identification Number (VIN), and must be in good condition and
Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's
delivery date of the vehicle.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: responsibility for the repair or
. Description of the problem. replacement of the tire if it is not
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty.
Coverage
service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Services are provided up to 5 years/
. Lock-Out Service: Service to jump start a dead battery.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are . Trip Interruption Benefits and
locked out. A remote unlock may Assistance: If your trip is
In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have interrupted due to a warranty
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a OnStar®. For security reasons, failure, incidental expenses may
person driving the vehicle without the driver must present be reimbursed during the
permission from the owner is not identification before this service 5 years/(160 000 km) 100,000 mi
covered. is given. Powertrain warranty period.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of . Emergency Tow from a Public Items considered are hotel,
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Road or Highway: Tow to the meals, and rental car.
General Motors North America and nearest GMC dealer for warranty
GMC reserve the right to make any Services Not Included in
service, or if the vehicle was in a Roadside Assistance
changes or discontinue the crash and cannot be driven.
Roadside Assistance program at Assistance is not given when the . Impound towing caused by
any time without notification. vehicle is stuck in the sand, violation of any laws.
General Motors North America and mud, or snow. . Legal fines.
GMC reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or

. Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
General Motors of Canada Scheduling Service
Limited requires
chains, or other traction devices. pre-authorization, original
Appointments
Service is not provided if a vehicle detailed receipts, and a copy of When the vehicle requires warranty
is in an area that is not accessible the repair orders. Once service, contact your dealer and
to the service vehicle or is not a authorization has been received, request an appointment. By
regularly traveled or maintained the Roadside Assistance advisor scheduling a service appointment
public road, which includes ice and will help to make arrangements and advising the service consultant
winter roads. Off-road use is not and explain how to receive of your transportation needs, your
covered. payment. dealer can help minimize your
. Alternative Service: If inconvenience.
Services Specific to
assistance cannot be provided If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles right away, the Roadside into the service department
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give immediately, keep driving it until it
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel permission to get local can be scheduled for service,
delivery may be restricted. emergency road service. You will unless, of course, the problem is
Propane and other fuels are not receive payment, up to $100, safety related. If it is, please call
provided through this service. after sending the original receipt your dealership, let them know this,
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle to Roadside Assistance. and ask for instructions.
registration is required. Mechanical failures may be
If your dealer requests you to bring
covered, however any cost for
. Trip Interruption Benefits and the vehicle for service, you are
parts and labor for repairs not
Assistance: Must be over urged to do so as early in the work
covered by the warranty are the
150 kilometers from where your day as possible to allow for
owner responsibility.
trip was started to qualify. same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options and be supported by original

receipts. See your dealer for
Program Warranty service can generally be
information.
completed while you wait. However,
To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your Courtesy Rental Vehicle
experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy For an overnight warranty repair, the
transportation options:
Transportation, a customer support dealer may provide an available
program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
This includes one-way or round-trip
Coverage period in Canada), Reimbursement is limited and must
shuttle service within reasonable
extended powertrain, and/or be supported by original receipts as
time and distance parameters of
hybrid-specific warranties in both well as a signed and completed
your dealer's area.
the U.S. and Canada. rental agreement and meet state/
Public Transportation or Fuel provincial, local, and rental vehicle
Several Courtesy Transportation
Reimbursement provider requirements.
options are available to assist in
Requirements vary and may include
reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
minimum age requirements,
warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be
Additional fees such as fuel usage
part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed
excessive mileage, or rental usage
entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
beyond the completion of the repair
Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
are also your responsibility.
furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel It may not be possible to provide a
provides detailed warranty coverage
expenses may be available. Claim like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
information.
amounts should reflect actual costs
Additional Program Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any

Information related failures are not covered by
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
that warranty.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
service, may not be available at and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may
Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle.
General Motors reserves the right to As a result, these parts may fit
ensure that the vehicle's designed
unilaterally modify, change, poorly, exhibit premature durability/
appearance, durability, and safety
or discontinue Courtesy corrosion problems, and may not
are preserved. The use of Genuine
Transportation at any time and to perform properly in subsequent
GM parts can help maintain the GM
resolve all questions of claim collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
eligibility pursuant to the terms and covered by the GM New Vehicle
conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
failure related to such parts is not
parts are typically removed from
covered by that warranty.
Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the Repair Facility
If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. GM also recommends that you
damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM choose a collision repair facility that
technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you ever
equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally need collision repairs. Your dealer
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety may have a collision repair center
repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of with GM-trained technicians and
value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New able to recommend a collision repair
collisions.
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number.
Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and
vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of
are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number.
quality of coverage afforded by . Vehicle make, model, and
various insurance policy terms.
If a Crash Occurs model year.
Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN).
vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all
damage repairs through the use of matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position number.
insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
When purchasing insurance, we officer.
recommend that you ensure that the Choose a reputable repair facility
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved
original equipment collision parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
in the crash. section.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag
to another insurance carrier. page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-31.
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all
be original equipment parts, either
models.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty
the GM vehicle warranty. Manual.
Service Manuals
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees.
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. RETAIL SELL PRICE:
the repair professional, and insist on $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember, shipping fees.
if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional
obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost.
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
Technical Service Bulletins and Identification (RFID)
Manuals are available for current 1. The device may not cause
RFID technology is used in some harmful interference.
and past model GM vehicles.
vehicles for functions such as tire
ORDER TOLL FREE: pressure monitoring and ignition 2. The device must accept any
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday system security, as well as in interference received, including
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time connection with conveniences such interference that may cause
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) undesired operation of the
For Credit Card Orders Only
transmitters for remote door locking/ device.
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of
in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an
Or write to: door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void
Helm, Incorporated GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment.
Attention: Customer Service personal information or link with any
47911 Halyard Drive other GM system containing
Plymouth, MI 48170 personal information.
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
Radio Frequency
obligation. Allow ample time for Statement
delivery. This vehicle has systems that
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. operate on a radio frequency that
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
funds. Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects

become involved in individual to the Canadian
Defects problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Government
Reporting Safety Defects If you live in Canada, and you
To contact NHTSA, you may call
to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General
If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call
has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada at
a crash or could cause injury or write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada
inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch
Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
You can also obtain other
General Motors.
information about motor
If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-GMC-8782 bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicle’s performance and
(1-800-462-8782), or write: obstacle, data that will assist in
how it is driven. For example, the
GMC Customer Assistance Center vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s
P.O. Box 33172 monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
Detroit, MI 48232-5172 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 systems for a short period of time,
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The
(French), or write: EDR in this vehicle is designed to
antilock braking to help the driver
General Motors of Canada Limited control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
CA1-163-005 technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Some modules may also store data
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the consent of the lessee; in response Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and to an official request by police or website.
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are similar government office; as part of
recorded by your vehicle only if a GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no the discovery process; or, as
data are recorded by the EDR under required by law. Data that GM Using the navigation system may
normal driving conditions and no collects or receives may also be result in the storage of destinations,
personal data (e.g., name, gender, used for GM research needs or may addresses, telephone numbers, and
age, and crash location) are be made available to others for other trip information. See the
recorded. However, other parties, research purposes, where a need is infotainment manual for information
such as law enforcement, could shown and the data is not tied to a on stored data and for deletion
combine the EDR data with the type specific vehicle or vehicle owner. instructions.
of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash OnStar®
investigation.
If the vehicle is equipped with
To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar® and has an active
special equipment is required, and subscription, additional data may be
access to the vehicle or the EDR is collected through the OnStar
needed. In addition to the vehicle system. This includes information
manufacturer, other parties, such as about the vehicle’s operation;
law enforcement, that have the collisions involving the vehicle; the
special equipment, can read the use of the vehicle and its features;
information if they have access to and, in certain situations, the
the vehicle or the EDR. location and approximate GPS
GM will not access this data or speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
2 NOTES
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview vehicle, including location

information. See OnStar’s Terms
and Conditions and Privacy
Statement for more details including
OnStar Overview
system limitations at
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Services www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 The OnStar system status light is
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 = Voice Command Button status light is:
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Q Blue OnStar Button
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
. Solid Green: System is on.
> Emergency Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Red: Indicates a problem.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
. Off: System is off. Press the blue
Advisor for Emergency, Security, OnStar button twice to speak
Navigation, Connection, and with an OnStar Advisor.
Diagnostic Services. OnStar Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
services may require a paid (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
subscription. OnStar requires the Advisor.
vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS Press = to:
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
. Make a call, end a call,
existing public emergency service or answer an incoming call.
providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
information about you and your voice commands.
14-2 OnStar
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Receive On-Demand
Navigation voice commands. Diagnostics for a check of the OnStar Services
Requires a specific OnStar vehicle’s key operating systems.
subscription plan. . Receive Roadside Assistance.
Emergency
. Obtain the WiFi network name, With Automatic Crash Response,
. Manage WiFi Settings (if
or Service Set Identifier or SSID, the OnStar system can
equipped).
and passphrase (if equipped). automatically connect to an OnStar
Press > to get a priority connection Emergency Advisor. The built-in
Press Q to connect to a live system can automatically connect to
to an OnStar Emergency Advisor
Advisor to: available 24/7 to: help in certain crashes.
. Verify account information or . Get help for an emergency. Press > to connect to an OnStar
update contact information.
. Be a Good Samaritan or Emergency Advisor. GPS
. Get driving directions. Requires respond to an AMBER Alert. technology is used to identify the
a specific OnStar vehicle location and can provide
. Get assistance in severe
subscription plan. important information to emergency
weather or other crisis and personnel. OnStar Emergency
evacuation routes. Advisors are trained to provide
assistance and link to existing
public emergency service providers
in emergency situations.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information if a
crisis occurs.
OnStar 14-3
Security 4. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds

commands. with the last direction given, then
OnStar provides services including responds with “OnStar ready,”
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Using Voice Commands then a tone.
Ignition Block, and Roadside During a Planned Route
Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can Get My Destination
unlock the vehicle doors remotely, Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
if equipped with automatic door 1. Press =. System responds:
locks, and can help police locate the “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say
vehicle if it is stolen. “Cancel route.” System 2. Say “Get my destination.”
responds: “Do you want to System responds with the
Navigation cancel directions?” address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
OnStar navigation requires a 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
specific OnStar subscription plan. “OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.” Other Navigation Services
Press Q to receive directions or Available from OnStar
have them sent to the vehicle Route Preview
navigation screen, if equipped. OnStar eNav: Subscribers can
Destinations can also be forwarded 1. Press =. System responds: send destinations from
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. MapQuest.com to the vehicle
2. Say “Route preview.” System Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three screen-based navigation system (if
maneuvers. equipped). When ready, the
1. Press Q to connect to a live
directions will be downloaded to the
Advisor. Repeat vehicle.
2. Request directions.
1. Press =. System responds:
3. Directions are downloaded to the “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
vehicle.
14-4 OnStar
Destination Download: Press Q, WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped) pressure (if the vehicle is equipped
then request the Advisor to The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that with the tire pressure monitoring
download directions to the provides a high-speed, wireless system); or activate remote horn
navigation system in the vehicle (if Internet connection to connect and lights. Also remote start the
equipped). After the call ends, press multiple mobile devices (data plan vehicle (if factory equipped) or
the “Go” button on the navigation required). unlock the doors from anywhere
screen to begin driving directions. with a wireless connection (if
1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot equipped with automatic locks).
If directions are downloaded to the information, press = and select With a required specific OnStar
navigation system, the route can or say “WiFi settings.” subscription plan, a destination can
only be canceled through the be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar
navigation system. 2. The WiFi settings will display the RemoteLink information and
WiFi network name/SSID, compatibility, see www.onstar.com
Destinations can also be passphrase, and level of
downloaded on the go. For (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
encryption.
information about eNav or OnStar RemoteLink® Key Fob
Destination Download, see 3. To change the SSID or
Services
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, press Q or call
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect This feature is included for five
with an Advisor. years and allows for remote door
Connections lock/unlock (if equipped with
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App automatic locks), remote start (if
The required specific Onstar (If Equipped) factory equipped), or activation of
subscription plan includes the horn and lights from anywhere with
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
services that follow to help a wireless signal. Download the app
mobile app to select Apple®,
customers stay connected. and start using it any time during the
Android™, and BlackBerry® or
For coverage maps, see Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices. trial period to get started.
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or From the mobile device, check the
www.onstar.ca (Canada). vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds: 3. Say the entire number without
“OK, dialing 911.” pausing. System responds:
This service allows calls to be made
“Please say the name tag.”
and received from the vehicle. Retrieve My Number
4. Pick a name tag. System
To Make a Call 1. Press =. System responds: responds: “About to store <name
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready.” tag>. Does that sound OK?”
“OnStar ready.” 2. Say “My number.” System 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
2. Say “Call.” System responds: responds: “Your OnStar again. System responds: “OK,
“Call. Please say the name or Hands-Free Calling number is,” storing <name tag>.”
number to call.” then says the number.
Place a Call Using a Stored
3. Say the entire number without End a Call Number
pausing, including a “1” and the
Press =. System responds: “Call 1. Press =. System responds:
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.” ended.” “OnStar ready.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
Calling 911 Emergency responds: “OK, calling
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds: <name tag>.”
“OnStar Ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.” Verify Minutes and Expiration
a tone.
2. Say “Call.” System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Call. Please say the name or “Please say the number you “Verify” to check how many minutes
number to call.” would like to store.” remain and their expiration date.
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
other major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information. all OnStar services are available
On-Demand Diagnostics check is everywhere or on all vehicles. For
Selling/Transferring the more information, a full description
needed, press Q, and an Advisor Vehicle of OnStar services, system
can run a check.
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately limitations, and OnStar terms and
to terminate your OnStar services if conditions:
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
transferred, or if the lease ends. (1-888-466-7827).
Reactivation for Subsequent . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
Owners . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Press Q and follow the prompts to . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
. Press Q to speak with an
vehicle records and explain the Advisor.
OnStar service options available. OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service Services for People with OnStar Personal Identification
provider must also have coverage, Disabilities Number (PIN)
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar Advisors provide services to help A PIN is needed to access some of
services. Service involving location subscribers with physical disabilities the OnStar services, like Remote
information about the vehicle cannot and medical conditions. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
work unless GPS signals are Assistance. The PIN will need to be
Press Q for help with: changed the first time when
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Locating a gas station with an speaking with an Advisor. To
hardware. OnStar services may not attendant to pump gas. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs. calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
. Providing directions to the Warranty
or modified, OnStar services may closest hospital or pharmacy in OnStar equipment may be
not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations. warranted as part of the vehicle
the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users warranty.
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to Languages
design and architecture of the communicate to deaf, The vehicle can be programmed to
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired respond in multiple languages.
crash, or wireless phone network customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
congestion or jamming. Advisors are available in English,
system can provide in-vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services, Spanish, and French. Available
page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar languages may vary by country.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Assistance after the vehicle has Add-on Electrical Equipment
may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for five days.
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a into the electrical architecture of the
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle. Do not place items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical
antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9-84. Added
Global Positioning and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere
System (GPS) reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar
send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy
buildings; in parking garages; Message The complete OnStar Privacy
around airports; in tunnels,
If there is limited cellular coverage Statement may be found at
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached www.onstar.com (U.S.),
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the recommend that you review it. If you
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a have any questions, call
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location. or press Q to speak with an
Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless
. In emergency situations, OnStar communications are cautioned that
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS the privacy of any information sent
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency via wireless cellular communications
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. cannot be assured. Third parties
available and operating for features
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this or other dealings in this Software
transmissions and private permission notice appear in all without prior written authorization of
communications without consent. copies. the copyright holder.
OnStar - software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED unzip:
acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT Info-ZIP copyright and license.
libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES The definitive version of this
third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS document should be available
notices and licenses associated FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
with libcurl and unzip and for other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF license.html indefinitely.
third party software please see THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
http://www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR rights reserved.
opensource/index and COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
https://www.onstar.com/web/portal/ For the purposes of this copyright
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
getdocuments DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, the following set of individuals:
libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
THE SOFTWARE. Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
All rights reserved. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Except as contained in this notice, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
and distribute this software for any Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
not be used in advertising or Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
hereby granted, provided that the George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
14-10 OnStar
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit
Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such
This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further
without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from
express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the addresses or of the
incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s).
damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
inability to use this software. disabled. the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases.
freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static
restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but
(compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System Alert

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Accessories and
How Does an Airbag Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-62
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Passenger Sensing All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Active Emergency
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Antilock Brake
Braking System . . . . . . . . 1-19, 9-60
What Makes an Airbag System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . 9-27
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-47
What Will You See after an Appearance Care
Add-On Electrical
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-84
When Should an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Additional Information
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Assistance Program,
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-28 Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Additional Maintenance
Airbags Assistance Systems for
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Adding Equipment to the Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Adjustable Throttle and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Assistance Systems for
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-19 Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-55
Adjustments
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Automatic
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-10
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Air Filter, Passenger
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Alarm Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-10
i-2 INDEX
Automatic Transmission Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Carbon Monoxide

Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Braking System Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Shift Lock Control Active Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Cargo
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
B Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Cautions, Danger, and
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 High Intensity Discharge Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-29 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-20
Voltage and Charging Check
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37 C Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Child Restraints
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 California Infants and Young
Brake Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-67 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Pedal and Adjustable Perchlorate Materials Lower Anchors and
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-47
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-23 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56, 3-58
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Capacities and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Cleaning
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Cover Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Door
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Compartments Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-47 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Connections Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-54
Control Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Driver Information
Traction and Electronic Customer Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41 Service Publications Driving
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Customer Satisfaction Characteristics and
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70
Coolant Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 D Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Temperature Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Danger, Warnings, and Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11
Engine Temperature Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-13
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Daytime Running Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Fan
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Coolant Temperature
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Features
Dual Automatic Climate Coolant Temperature
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Filter,
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-10
E Cooling System Messages . . .5-40
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Electrical Equipment, Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-84 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Electrical System Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Engine Compartment Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Fluid
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10
Instrument Panel Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-34, 10-37 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Four-Wheel Drive
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Rear Compartment Fuse Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-29
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Emergency Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Forward Collision Alert
Engine Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-77
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-35, 10-21
Check and Service Engine Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . 5-24
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Frequency Statement
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2
INDEX i-5
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 G H

Front Fog Lamp
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-58 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Gauges Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Engine Coolant Headlamps
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Filling a Portable Fuel
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Daytime Running
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-69
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67
Transmission Temperature . . . .5-16 High Intensity Discharge
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-28
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Warning Lights and High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Requirements, California . . . . .9-67
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-29
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
General Information Heated
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Engine Compartment Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated and Cooled Front
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Instrument Panel
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-34, 10-37
GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater
Rear Compartment Fuse
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-50
i-6 INDEX
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11 J Lamps (cont'd)

Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-40 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
How to Wear Safety Belts K Lane Change Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-42 Lane Departure
Keyless Entry Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
I Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Lane Departure Warning
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Indicator L LATCH System
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-43 Replacing Parts after a
Infants and Young Children, Lamps Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Exterior Lamps Off Level Control
Instrument Panel Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-24 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Lighting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-20 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
INDEX i-7
Lights Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-3

Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Locks Recommended Fluids
Antilock Brake System Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-23 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-20
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Engine Coolant Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Messages
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-26 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-28 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Battery Voltage and
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Lower Anchors and Tethers Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 for Children (LATCH Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-40
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-25 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 M Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-17 Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-43 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Maintenance Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Maintenance and Care Object Detection System . . . . .5-42
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Traction Control System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
i-8 INDEX
Messages (cont'd) O OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 OnStar® Vehicle
Object Detection System
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49 Ordering
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50 Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Mirror Outlets
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Mirrors Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Oil
Automatic Dimming
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 P
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Park
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .10-9
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Engine Oil Pressure
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Parking
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Brake and P (Park)
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-39
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-24 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Monitor System, Tire Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-27
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
OnStar® Parking or Backing
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-55
N OnStar® Additional Passenger Airbag Status
Navigation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Passenger Compartment Air
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 10-23 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
INDEX i-9
Perchlorate Materials R Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Replacement
Radio Frequency
Personalization Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Radio Frequency
Power Replacement Parts
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-39
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Replacing LATCH System
Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-25 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Rear Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Replacing Safety Belt
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-25
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Reporting Safety Defects
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5
Pregnancy, Using Safety Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Rearview Mirrors
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Privacy U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-14 Restraints
Recommended Fluids and
Program Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-8 Retained Accessory
Records
Proposition 65 Warning, Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Recreational Vehicle
Ride Control Systems
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Reimbursement Program,
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Roads
Remote Keyless Entry
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3
i-10 INDEX
Roadside Assistance Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7 Service (cont'd)

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Seats Maintenance, General
Roof Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Publications Ordering
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Services
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
S Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Securing Child Check, Automatic
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56, 3-58 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Security Shifting
How to Wear Safety Belts Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Side Blind Zone
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-25 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Signals, Turn and
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-24 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Safety Defects Reporting Accessories and Special Application Services . . . 11-7
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Specifications and
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14 StabiliTrak
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
INDEX i-11
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 System Tires (cont'd)

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Active Emergency Braking . . . .9-60 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Forward Collision If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-51
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Steering System Messages . . . . 5-46 Systems Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Steps Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50
Storage T Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Storage Areas Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Terminology and
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-21 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Uniform Tire Quality
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-61
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 When It Is Time for New
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1 All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
i-12 INDEX
Towing Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Care

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-70 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-77 Vehicle Data Recording
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-70 U and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-77 Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Diagnostics
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-73 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-84 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-58 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-61 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Traction Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Control System (TCS)/ Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 W
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Traction Control/Electronic V Warning
Vehicle Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-65
Trailer Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii Warning Lights, Gauges,
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-84 and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-73 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Transmission Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Wheels
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-49
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Alignment and Tire
Transportation Program, Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-25
INDEX i-13
When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
i-14 INDEX
2 NOTES

2015 Yukon Denali 2ndprint

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2015 Yukon Denali 2ndprint

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2k15i_gmc_yukon_den_23168273B.

2015 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2015 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Danger indicates a hazard with a

Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Rear Vision

20. Horn on page 5-3. Initial Drive

24. Rear Climate Control Buttons. Remote Keyless Entry

Power Door Locks Keyless Access Liftgate

Q: Press to lock the doors. To open the liftgate, press K on the

The SET, "1," "2," and B (Exit)

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

Refer to the following sections for

2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

The switch used to adjust the

Exterior Lighting For vehicles first sold in Canada,

Press m or n next to each reading

Climate Controls 9. Rear Climate Control Power Transmission

Vehicle Features Cruise Control +RES: If there is a set speed in

Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In

Rear Vision Parking Assist Collision Preparation (ACP) System.

Keep vehicle tires properly

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription,

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry locking has occurred. If enabled

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If other electronic devices interfere

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

7. Remove the transmitter from the To start the vehicle:

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Battery Replacement To replace the battery:

Remote Vehicle Start

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Canceling a Remote Start

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Key Cylinder Access Pressing the power lock switch

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. Automatic Door Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

manually overridden by pressing Safety Locks Doors

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

You, or others, could be injured if

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Manual Operation To operate, kick your foot straight up

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If equipped, the power assist steps

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Vehicle Security Slow Flash: Alarm system is

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows